© Siemens AG 2018

Electrical Components
for the Railway Industry
Catalog Edition
IC 12 2019 siemens.com/railway-components
 © Siemens AG 2018

Related catalogs
Related catalogs Miscellaneous

Industrial Controls IC 10 Products for Automation and Drives CA 01

SIRIUS Interactive Catalog
Download

PDF (E86060-K1010-A101-A8-7600) www.siemens.com/ca01download

Low-Voltage Power Distribution and LV 10 Industry Mall

Electrical Installation Technology Information and Ordering Platform
SENTRON • SIVACON • ALPHA on the Internet:
Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring
Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems
www.siemens.com/industrymall
PDF (E86060-K8280-A101-A7-7600)
Print (E86060-K8280-A101-A6-7600) Information and Download Center
Digital versions of the catalogs are available
ALPHA FIX LV 52 in the Internet
Terminal Blocks

www.siemens.com/industry/infocenter
PDF (E86060-K1852-A101-A4-7600)
PDF/print (E86060-K1852-A101-A2-7600)
Response E-mail
Please send your comments and suggestions
DELTA ET D1 for improvement to
Switches and Socket Outlets
[email protected]
(include the catalog name in the subject field)

PDF

3AH47 Vakuum Circuit-Breakers HG 11.52

for Traction Applications
Medium-Voltage Equipment

E50001-K1511-A521-A3-7600

Trademarks Technical Assistance

All product designations may be registered trademarks or Expert technical assistance

product names of Siemens AG or other supplying companies. for Industrial controls:
Third parties using these trademarks or product names for their Tel.: +49 (911) 895-5900
own purposes may infringe upon the rights of the trademark Fax: +49 (911) 895-5907
owners.
E-Mail: technical-
Further information about industrial controls: [email protected]
www.siemens.com/sirius
 © Siemens AG 2018

Electrical Components for the Railway Industry

Introduction
1

Industrial Controls
2

SIRIUS
SIPLUS extreme RAIL and SIDOOR
3
Catalog IC 12 · 2019 SIPLUS

Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of

this catalog:
Medium-voltage SENTRON / DELTA

www.siemens.com/industrymall Low-Voltage Power Distribution

4
The products contained in this catalog can also be
found in the Interactive Catalog CA 01.
Article No.: E86060-D4001-A510-D8-7600.

Please contact your local Siemens branch.

© Siemens AG 2019
Medium-Voltage Components
5

Surge Arresters for Railway Applications

6
High-voltage

Network Components
7
components
Network

The products and systems described in

this catalog are manufactured/distributed
under application of a certified quality
Appendix
8
management system in accordance with
EN ISO 9001
(For Certified Registration No., see
www.siemens.com/system-certificates/cp).
The certificate is recognized by all IQNet
countries.
 © Siemens AG 2018

Large temperature fluctuations, condensation, shock, vibration, electromagnetic

interference, and more: Electrical and mechanical components for the railway industry must
provide safe and reliable operation even under extreme application conditions at all times.
This is why, Siemens leaves nothing to chance when developing these components. Right from
the start, sound technology, application and service know- how go hand in hand with the
highest quality standards.

As a global technology and innovation leader, we continuously push progress and help our
customers overcome challenges e.g. by using the so-called digital twin. This cross-domain
digital model integrates all data of a physical asset (product, plant or infrastructure systems)
from the early design phase to engineering, commissioning, and service. The digital twin
offers real value throughout the entire asset lifecycle, reducing over-engineering as well as
improving component reliability with predictive engineering system simulation. It also
reduces the costs for design, dimensioning and commissioning and accelerates your
engineering and project execution.

We have been your reliable partner in the railway industry for decades. Our comprehensive
experience in the fields of rolling stock and infrastructure is directly incorporated in the
development of our components as is the knowledge we have gained from close cooperation
with international standards committees. Therefore, you can rely on our components’
guaranteed compliance with railway-specific requirements and standards.

2 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Developed, tested and certified

in accordance with current standards
and directives
Siemens is a founding member of the IRIS Initiative, and
consistently implements its requirements.

Our railway components comply with all the relevant standards,

for example: DIN, EN, IEC, IEEE, ISO, EAC/GOST and ANSI,
as well as the current fire protection standard EN45545.

With our certified components, we actively support the

worldwide vehicle approval process.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 3
 © Siemens AG 2018

Any more questions? Competent and fast

technical advice regarding:

Our experts are there to • Product selection

uring
help you by telephone or nfig Or
Co de • Conversion from old to new
rin
e-mail with competent g
• Competitor conversion

g
technical advice

i
nn
Pl a • Special versions
Technical

is sio nin g
• Particular requirements
Infor m

Assistance •
•
Commissioning
Operation

mm
ati
on

Co
Se
r vi
ce ion
O p e r at
Phone: +49 (911) 895-59 00
E-mail: [email protected]

IC01_00338
Technical Assistance
One click – and you have all the information you need,

both before and after delivery.

• Industry Online Support – get fast and up-to-date information

online
https://support.industry.siemens.com

In Industry Online Support you will find FAQs,

manuals, certificates, applications & tools, and much more

• Support Request – the fast track to the experts

https://support.industry.siemens.com/My/ww/en/requests

Using the Support Request form in Industry Online Support

you can send your query directly to Technical Assistance.

• Conversion tool – the easy and efficient way

to find successor products
www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool

4 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 1
© Siemens AG 2018

Introduction

1/2 SIRIUS

1/6 SENTRON

1/8 Surge arresters

1/10 SIDOOR

1/11 SIPLUS extreme RAIL

1/12 SCALANCE | RUGGEDCOM

1/16 Siemens Propulsion System

Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Introduction

Electrical components for the railway industry – SIRIUS

1 ■ Overview
SIRIUS range of electrical components for the railway industry
Whether for rolling stock or infrastructure applications, we offer loads, as well as for their monitoring, control, detection,
a comprehensive portfolio of electrical components for commanding, signaling, or supply. Our portfolio is rounded out
countless applications. One of our portfolio highlights is SIRIUS, by numerous products specifically developed and tested for the
the complete range for industrial controls. SIRIUS offers railway industry.
everything required for the switching, protection, or starting of

SIRIUS 3RV2 motor starter protectors for motor protection

• Spring-loaded or screw-type connection system on the terminals
(also ring cable lug connection on request)
• For screw and snap-on mounting on DIN rail
• Short-circuit breaking capacity up to 100 kA
• Trip class 10 (sizes S00-S3)
• Integrated motor protection up to 100 A at +70 °C
• Comprehensive accessories / infeed systems
• Rated current:
- Up to +60 °C 100 %
- Up to +70 °C 87 %
• Mechanical service life:
- 250 to 500 switching cycles

SIRIUS 3RT2 motor contactors up to 45 kW

• Spring-loaded or screw-type connection system on the terminals
(also ring cable lug connection on request)
• Coil with suppressor diode or varistor circuit
• For screw and snap-on mounting on DIN rail
• Extended operating range: 0.7 – 1.25 x Us
• Communication via IO-Link for stationary applications
• Mounting:
- Electronic coil: clearance up to
ambient temperatures of 70 °C is not required
• Contacts:
- Electronic coil: Auxiliary switches expandable in the same way
as standard contactors

SIRIUS 3RT1 motor contactors from 55 to 250 kW

• Screw-type connection system via busbar connection or box terminal
• Optional control via a separate control signal input of 24 to 110 V DC
(operating range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us)
• Can be used at ambient temperatures up to 70 °C
• Contacts:
- Two NO contacts and two NC contacts as standard
- Auxiliary switches expandable in the same way as standard contactors

1/2 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Introduction

Electrical components for the railway industry – SIRIUS

SIRIUS 3RF solid-state switching devices 1
• Solid-state switching devices for switching 1- and 3-phase resistive
and 3-phase motor loads
• Spring-loaded, screw-type and ring cable lug connection system
• Extremely durable, low-maintenance, rugged, and reliable thanks to long
switching service life
• Wear- and noise-free switching, also for noise-sensitive areas
• Expandable functionality through plug-on function modules
• Vibration resistance in accordance with EN 61373 Category 1, Class B

SIRIUS 3TC DC contactors

• 3TC44 for screw and snap-on mounting on DIN rail
• 3TC48 to 3TC78 for screw mounting
• Solenoid coil fitted with varistor
• Extended operating range: 0.7 – 1.25 x Us
• Contactors for switching DC voltages up to 1500 V
• Version with series resistor:
- Mounting clearance up to ambient temperatures of 70 °C is not required
- Mounting: with size 2 (3TC44) a clearance of 10 mm is required
- Contacts: auxiliary switches not expandable; two NO contacts and
one NC contact as standard

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/3

 © Siemens AG 2018

Introduction

Electrical components for the railway industry – SIRIUS

1 SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays
• Spring-loaded and screw-type connection system on all terminals
(also ring cable lug connection on request)
• Coil with suppressor diode or varistor circuit
• For screw and snap-on mounting on DIN rail
• Extended operating range: 0.7 to 1.25 x Us
• Electronic coil with very low switch-on and holding power
• With electronic coil:
- Ambient temperature up to 70 °C
- Mounting without clearance
- A 4-pole auxiliary switch block can be mounted
• Standard coil (coupling contactors):
- Ambient temperature > 60 °C
- Mounting with a clearance of 10 mm
- It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block

SIRIUS 3RH2 latched contactor relays

• Screw-type connection system
• Solenoid coil fitted with varistor
• For screw and snap-on mounting on DIN rail
• Extended operating range: 0.7 – 1.25 x Us
• Electronic coil with very low switch-on and holding power
• With electronic coil:
- Ambient temperature up to 70 °C
- Mounting without clearance
- A 4-pole auxiliary switch block can be mounted

SIRIUS 3TH4 contactor relays with 8 and 10 contacts

• Screw-type connection system
• Solenoid coil fitted with varistor
• For screw and snap-on mounting on DIN rail
• Extended operating range: 0.7 – 1.25 x Us
• The contacts are not expandable
• Mounting:
- At ambient temperatures between 55 °C and 70 °C a clearance
of 10 mm is required for side-by-side mounting

SIRIUS ACT push buttons and signaling devices

• Modern design and flexible concept:
- 4 design lines in plastic, shiny metal and matte metal in 22 / 30 mm
- Actuators, holders, contact module and LED modules can be ordered
individually and combined freely
• Broad product range:
- State-of-the-art functions, such as ID key-operated switches on RFID basis
- Customized variants, e.g. special tumbler arrangements, labeling,
pre-assembled enclosures
• Communication:
- Communication-enabled due to optional connection to AS-Interface,
IO-Link or PROFINET
• Ruggedness:
- Degree of protection IP69K is our standard

1/4 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Introduction

Electrical components for the railway industry – SIRIUS

SIRIUS monitoring relays 1
• Monitoring relays for electrical parameters, thermistor motor protection,
temperature, filling level, speed
• All versions with removable terminals, featuring either spring-loaded or
screw-type connection system
• Applicability in all networks thanks to wide voltage range
• Variable adjustability
• 3-phase current monitoring integrated in the main circuit
• Communication via IO-Link for stationary applications

SIRIUS 3RQ coupling relays

• SIRIUS 3RQ2 coupling relays in robust industrial housing (22.5 mm width)
and 3RQ3 coupling relays in slim design (6.2 mm)
• Coupling technology with power, plug-in and coupling relays in accordance
with the railway standard
• Coupling links with two-tier design and connections on two levels
• Versions with removable terminals, featuring either spring-loaded
or screw-type connection system
• Versions with very slim design of only 6.2 mm (3RQ3)
• Versions with up to 3 changeover contacts in width of only 22.5 mm (3RQ2),
also available with hard gold-plated contacts for switching of small currents
• Low power consumption
• Applicability in all networks thanks to wide voltage range
• Version with solid-state compatible outputs (hard gold-plating)

SIRIUS 3RP2 timing relays

• Electronic timing relays (multifunction) with up to 15 time ranges
• Electronic timing relays with two changeover contacts and positively-driven
relay contacts
• Individual or selectable time ranges
• Switch position and voltage indication via LED
• With removable terminals, featuring either spring-loaded or
screw-type connection system
• For screw and snap-on mounting on DIN rail
• Electronic timing relays with positively-driven relay contacts:
- 2 changeover contacts
- Vibration resistance in accordance with DIN EN 61373 Category 1, Class B
- Interference immunity in accordance with EN 50121-3-2

SIRIUS 3SK1 safety relays

• Suitable for all safety applications up to SIL 3 / PL e
• Modular hardware configuration
• Simple commissioning using DIP switches and software parameter
assignment
• Simple selection thanks to a small number of multifunctional devices
• SIRIUS safety relays can be integrated into systems simply and
independently of the automation solution
• More functionality and flexibility through freely configurable safety logic
• Vibration resistance in according with DIN EN 61373 Category 1, Class B
• Interference immunity in accordance with EN 50121-3-2 Table 1

SIRIUS 3SE5 position switches

• Modular device design with easy plug-in connection system
• Four different enclosure versions in plastic and metal
• Optional LED display for all enclosures
• Positive opening of NC contacts
• Area of application up to SIL 3 in accordance with IEC 62061
• High contact reliability, also with 5 V DC / 1 mA
• Safety position switches with separate actuator with/without tumbler
• High degree of protection up to IP 66 / IP 67
• Extended temperature range: -40 °C to +85 °C
• Versions with increased corrosion protection

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/5

 © Siemens AG 2018

Introduction

Electrical components for the railway industry – SENTRON

1 ■ Overview
SENTRON protection and switching devices
Tested protection and switching devices from the SENTRON The perfectly coordinated components offer outstanding
portfolio ensure reliable low-voltage power distribution in flexibility, convenience, and safety for the railway industry.
infrastructure and railway applications.

5SY4 MCBs
• Optional top or bottom infeed thanks to identical terminals
• Convenient entry thanks to large and easily accessible wiring space
• Rapid manual removal from the busbar assembly
• Vibration- and shock-proof in accordance with DIN EN 61373 and
DIN EN 50155 "1B"
• Applicability at ambient temperatures from -40 °C to +70 °C,
with max. humidity of 95 %
• Rated switching capacity: 10 kA AC
• Vibration resistance:
- According to IEC 60068-2-6. 50 m/s² with 25 to 150 Hz
and 60 m/s² with 35 Hz (4sec)
- According to EN 61373 Category 1, Class B

5SY5 MCBs
• Optional top or bottom infeed thanks to identical terminals
• Convenient entry thanks to large and easily accessible wiring space
• Rapid manual removal from the busbar assembly
• Vibration- and shock-proof in accordance with DIN EN 61373 and
DIN EN 50155 "1B"
• Applicability at ambient temperatures from -40 °C to +70 °C,
with max. humidity of 95 %
• Rated switching capacity: 10 kA AC and 1 kA DC
• Vibration resistance:
- According to IEC 60068-2-6. 50 m/s² with 25 to 150 Hz
and 60 m/s² with 35 Hz (4sec)
- According to EN 61373 Category 1, Class B

5ST3010 auxiliary switches (AS) for MCBs

• 5ST3 add-on components: can be combined with 5SY MCBs and
5SU1 RCBOs
• Signaling of the miniature circuit breaker’s contact position by the auxiliary
switch (AS) – released by hand or due to fault
• Auxiliary switch version with test button for testing of the control circuit
without switching the miniature circuit breaker
• Rated breaking capacity: 60 A
• Ambient temperatures: –25 °C to +55 °C
• Climate resistance: according to IEC 60068-2-30 28 cycles

5SV RCCBs
• Enhanced comfort and safety due to improved design
• Comprehensive uniform accessories for additional functions
• Consistent busbar system concept for all RCCBs with N connection on the
right or left
• Easy removal of individual equipment from the linked assembly
• Rated residual current: 30, 300 mA
• Quick and easy replacement thanks to fast manual removal of the RCCBs
from the assembly

1/6 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Introduction

Electrical components for the railway industry – SENTRON

5SU1 RCBOs 1
• Clear, visible and controllable connection of the supply line
• Convenient entry thanks to large and easily accessible wiring space
• Peak withstand current (> 1 kA) for safe operation
• Retrofitting of add-on components for miniature circuit breakers on the right side
• Rated residual current: 10, 30, 300 mA, Rated current: 6 to 40 A
• Width: 2 WU
• For all 10 kA versions up to 40 A:
- Full insulation through integrated, movable terminal covers in the area of
conductor entries
- Replacement time savings thanks to rapid manual removal of the miniature
circuit breakers from the assembly when changing the connections
Remote controlled mechanisms 5ST30
• The market’s most modular system
• Easy selection between manual / off / RC mode
• Easy connection to RCBOs, RCDs, MCBs, and other devices with adapters
• Rated voltages: 12 ... 30 / 177 ... 270 V AC or 12...48 V DC
• Width: 2 WU
• Applicability at ambient temperatures from -40 °C to +70 °C
• Climate resistance: according to IEC 60068-2-30 28 cycles
• Vibration resistance: according to IEC 60068-2-6. 50 m/s² with 10 to 150 Hz
3NA3360, 3NA3812 LV HRC fuse links
• Fuse links with combined indicator: fuse disconnection signaled
by color change from red to white
• Insulated metal grip lugs embedded in upper and lower cover
of the fuse link in plastic for increased safety during replacement
• Imprinted sign for insulated grip lugs
• Rated breaking capacity: 25 kA DC
• Rated current: 2 to 315 A
• Contact blade: corrosion-free, silver-plated
• Climatic withstand capability: –20 °C up to +50 °C with 95 % relative humidity
3NH3030 LV HRC fuse bases and accessories
• Made of ceramic material for screw mounting
• With flat connections, screw
• Weight per product unit: 0.217 kg

Vacuum interrupters for medium-voltage contactors and circuit breakers

• Extremely safe switching and long service life due to vacuum design
• Many years of manufacturing experience, with more than 5 million
interrupters supplied
• Customer-specific development according to OEM customer requirements
• High product variance for different switching applications
• Use in:
- Medium- and low-voltage switching devices
- Medium-voltage contactors, circuit breakers, load-break switches and
switch disconnectors for railway applications
3AH47 VCB for traction applications
• Rated voltages up to 27.5 kV, frequencies of 16.7 - 60 Hz,
Rated current up to 2500 A
• Rated short-circuit breaking current up to 50 kA
• 1-, 2- and 3-pole version
• Vertical pole assembly fixed to operating mechanism via post insulators
• Customer benefits:
- compact & high mechanically stable design
- various additional equipment available
- economical integration
- competent consultation by our experts

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/7

 © Siemens AG 2018

Introduction

Electrical components for the railway industry – Surge arresters

1 ■ Overview
Siemens surge arresters for railway applications – reliable, stable and safe overvoltage protection
Siemens has been designing and manufacturing surge arresters Siemens surge arresters are an indispensable aid to insulation
for all kinds of applications since 1925. For more than 80 years coordination in electrical power systems. Valuable equipment,
we’ve been manufacturing surge arresters for rail systems. such as traction vehicles, is optimally protected against lightning
Continuous research and development, the wealth of Siemens and switching overvoltages. Siemens surge arresters have been
know-how, and comprehensive worldwide experience give designed to meet the requirements of a wide range of common
Siemens surge arresters a leading edge in overvoltage installation environments, from arctic cold to the heat of the
protection Their uncompromising quality ensures a long service desert and the dampness of tropical climates.
life and the highest reliability in any application.
All Siemens surge arresters feature a superior sealing system
that reliably prevents moisture ingress to ensure the highest
possible degree of overvoltage protection and decades of
trouble-free service.

3EB4 surge arrester for railway applications

• Housing made of glass fiber reinforced plastic (FRP) tube and silicone
rubber sheds
• For AC systems up to 25 kV
• For DC systems up to 3 kV
• Train speeds up to 420 km/h
• Short circuit current capability 50 kA
• Tested according to IEC 60099-4 (AC version) and
EN 50526-1 (DC version)
• Fire test according to DIN EN 45545-2
• Shock and vibration test according to IEC 61373
• For use on:
- High-speed trains and intercity trains
- Commuter and regional trains
- (Multi-traction) locomotives
- Urban transportation (light rail, metros and tram cars)

3EB5 surge arrester for railway applications

• Cage designTM with directly molded silicone rubber housing
• For AC systems up to 25 kV
• For DC systems up to 3 kV
• Travel speed up to 200 km/h
• Short circuit current capability 65 kA
• Tested according to IEC 60099-4 (AC version) and
EN 50526-1 (DC version)
• Fire test according to DIN EN 45545-2
• Shock and vibration test according to IEC 61373
• For use on:
- Intercity trains
- Commuter and regional trains
- (Multi-traction) locomotives
- Urban transportation (light rail, metros and tram cars)

1/8 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

© Siemens AG 2018

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/9

 © Siemens AG 2018

Introduction

Electrical components for the railway industry – SIDOOR

1 ■ Overview
SIDOOR – Innovative door control systems and now also for metro gap filler control systems
In the field of railway applications, we offer SIDOOR automatic Safe and convenient operation of the doors or steps is always
control system for platform screen doors (PSDs), train doors and ensured (friction and energy limitation).
now also for gap fillers.

Controller for gap filler – SIDOOR ATE530G coated

• Extends a step until 30 kg within 1 s by a maximum of 163 mm
against a fixed stop
• Project specific EC motor
• Ice function: A higher extension force can be created within the first 50 mm
(parameterizable)
• Variant with additional, transparent protective coating to prevent impairment
or damage by moisture and atmospheric pollutants
• Certified according to: DIN EN 50657: 2017 (Basic Integrity)

Controllers for platform screen doors – SIDOOR ATE530S and SIDOOR ATE531S
• Less mounting and wiring effort thanks to PROFINET. Furthermore,
program changes, software updates and the teach-in drive of all SIDOOR
systems can be started from a platform or even from the metro line control
center. This substantially reduces commissioning times.
• Seamless integration into the TIA system architecture and expansion of the
inputs and outputs for additional actuators and sensors, for example by
SIPLUS ET 200SP RAIL
• Detailed diagnostics and parameter assignment options
• The 5 inputs and 2 outputs can be individually configured
• Freely configurable unlocking sequences
• Certified according to: IEC 62061 (SIL 2 for named functions), EN 60335-1,
EN ISO 13849-1, EN 14752 (power and energy)
• SIDOOR ATE530S coated (fig. without lid)
- Variant with additional, transparent protective coating to prevent
impairment or damage by moisture and atmospheric pollutants
- Corresponds to EN 50155 chapter 12, chapter 9.4
• SIDOOR ATE531S (fig. without lid)
- Coated like ATE530S, and with temperature range extended to +70 °C

Motors for platform screen doors – SIDOOR MEG251 and SIDOOR MED280
• Low noise, low heat rise, maintenance-free
• SIDOOR MEG251 left / right:
- Compact size – EC geared motor for door weights up to 250 kg
- For retrofit applications (replacement for SIDOOR ATE250S,
including SIDOOR MEG250)
• SIDOOR MED280:
- Gearless EC direct drive for door weights up to 280 kg –
provides even higher reliability and energy balance = less wear = long
service life
- Just one motor for different installation orientations = asset minimization

Door drive for interior railway doors – SIDOOR ATD400T with SIDOOR MDG180 DIN EN 45545-2
• Complies with the new fire protection standard for components in rail vehicles
according to DIN EN 45545-2 – Hazard Level HL 3
• Certified safety according to DIN EN 14752 (fail-safe limitation of force and
energy)
• Extended operating temperature range: -25 °C to +70 °C and for 10 minutes
up to +85 °C with reduced track-related speed profile parameters
• SIDOOR MDG180 DIN EN 45545-2 left / right:
- Compact design – DC geared motor for door weights up to 180 kg
• SIDOOR ATD400T:
- Including push-to-open and push-to-close function

1/10 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Introduction

Electrical components for the railway industry – SIPLUS extreme RAIL

■ Overview
1
SIPLUS extreme RAIL – automation with railway approvals
Thanks to their extensive approvals and conformity to railway features such as integrated system diagnostics and security and
standards, the new SIPLUS extreme RAIL products are the safety are already included. Whether simple, complex or
perfect choice for a wide range of rolling stock and trackside distributed - SIPLUS extreme RAIL offers a durable and robust
applications. Based on SIMATIC industrial controllers, common solution for your automation tasks.

SIPLUS extreme RAIL-Controller

• Basic and advanced controller for use in simple applications such as sanding
systems and hygiene cubicles up to complex setups such as HVAC,
signaling systems and interlockings
• Compliant to EN 50155, EN 45545 and EN 50124
• Failsafe controller certified for EN 50126, EN 50128, EN 50129 and EN 50159
• Insulation testing for every item
• Conformal Coating
• Temperature classes TX: -40 °C to +85 °C* and T1: -25 °C to +70 °C*
(* includes +15 K overtemperature for 10 minutes)
• PROFINET, Ethernet, CAN, OPC UA and PROFISAFE communication
• High electromagnetic immunity to interference (EMC) and mechanical
resilience (vibration and shock)
• Integrated system diagnostics and security
• 110 V IOs available

SIPLUS extreme Rail HMI

• HMI Panels for visualization of simple, medium and complex applications
• Compliant to EN 50155, EN 45545 and EN 50124
• Insulation testing for every item
• Conformal Coating
• Temperature class T1: -25 °C to +70 °C*
(* includes +15 K overtemperature for 10 minutes)
• PROFINET, Ethernet, CAN, OPC UA and PROFISAFE communication
• High electromagnetic immunity to interference (EMC) and mechanical
resilience (vibration and shock)
• Integrated system diagnostics and security
• Horizontal installation

SIPLUS extreme Rail Distributed I/O

• Distributed I/O controller for medium and complex applications
• Compliant to EN 50155, EN 45545 and EN 50124
• Failsafe controller certified for EN 50126, EN 50128, EN 50129 and EN 50159
• Insulation testing for every item
• Conformal Coating
• Temperature classes TX: -40 °C to +85 °C* and T1: -25 °C to +70 °C*
(* includes +15 K overtemperature for 10 minutes)
• Seamless integration into the common TIA Portal engineering framework
• PROFINET, Ethernet, CAN, OPC UA and PROFISAFE communication
• High electromagnetic immunity to interference (EMC) and mechanical
resilience (vibration and shock)
• Integrated system diagnostics and security

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/11

 © Siemens AG 2018

Introduction

Electrical components for the railway industry – SCALANCE | RUGGEDCOM

1 ■ Overview
Communication solutions for railway industry with SCALANCE and RUGGEDCOM
Siemens offers a wide range of communication products and and widespread wireless connectivity for mobile and stationary
technologies that are specifically designed to give railway applications. Siemens is active worldwide, and has the
operators all the tools they need for continuously trouble-free knowledge and experience to deliver complete, standardized
railway operation based on current security standards – from the communication solutions to the railway industry.
integration of legacy infrastructure to long-haul fiber backbones

SCALANCE XC-200
• Meets the railway standard EN 50121-4 (trackside)
• Redundant power supply
• Up to 24 x RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s for mounting in the control cabinet
• Additional versions with optical ports (SC/ST/LC) up to 1 Gbit/s and with
conformal coating (XC-200EEC) available
• Slot for optional C-PLUG removable data storage medium for easy device
replacement without additional equipment such as a field PG
• Fast mobile network diagnostics by smartphone or tablet via WLAN and NFC
(Near Field Communication)
SCALANCE XP208EEC, XP208PoE EEC, XP216EEC and XP216PoE EEC
• Meets the railway standards EN 50155 and EN 45545-2 (train- and trackside)
• Managed Switch, high degree of protection (IP 65) for use outside the control
cabinet, temperature range -40 °C to +70 °C with coated PCBs
(conformal coating), stable metal enclosure
• Flat type for installing in partitions etc., many mounting options
• Clearly highlighted diagnostic area
• Supports PoE ports (IEEE 802.3 at type 2, 30 W per port)
• Variants:
- XP208EEC: 8-port managed switch
- XP208PoE EEC: 8-port managed switch, 4 ports with PoE function
- XP216EEC: 16-port managed switch
- XP216PoE EEC: 16-port managed switch, 8 ports with PoE function
SCALANCE XR324-12M TS / XR324-4M PoE TS
• Meets the railway standards EN 50155, EN 45545-2 and EN 50121-4
(train- and trackside)
• Modular, managed Layer 2 Industrial Ethernet 19" rack switches
• Redundancy functions for highly available ring topologies, tried and tested
in industrial applications (MRP / HRP), equipped with additional IT functions,
e.g. VLAN, RSTP, MSTP
• Gigabit Ethernet support on all 24 ports
• Ambient temperature -40 °C to +70 °C
• Can be used in harsh environments due to vibration-proof/shock-proof
plug-in connection
• Variants:
- SCALANCE XR324-12 M TS: 12 slots for electrical (RJ45 / M12) and/or
optical 2-port media modules (multi-mode or single-mode), which are
inserted into the media module slots of the basic unit
- SCALANCE XR324-4M PoE TS:
- 16 integrated RJ45 ports, of which 8 are PoE-capable
- 4 slots for electrical (RJ45 / M12) and/or optical 2-port media modules,
which are inserted into the media module slots
(multi- or single-mode) of the basic unit
SCALANCE XM408-8C with Port Extender PE408PoE
• Meets the railway standard EN 50121-4 (trackside)
• SCALANCE XM408-8C with 8 ports available in total, of which
- up to 8 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s are RJ45 ports with retaining collars
- up to 8 x SFP slots (combo ports), 100 or 1000 Mbit/s of either electric port or
SFP slot
• Two port extenders with 8 ports each can be connected to implement a
maximum of 24 ports in one switch
• Fast mobile network diagnostics by smartphone or tablet via WLAN and NFC
• High-speed media redundancy through integral redundancy manager even
for large networks, for both Gigabit Ethernet and Fast Ethernet
• Opt. activation of the Layer 3 functions in connection with the KEY-PLUG XM-400
• PE408PoE Port Extender for SCALANCE XM-400 managed modular
IE switch; extension by 8 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45 with up to 8 ports PoE
according to IEEE 802.3 at type 2

1/12 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Introduction

Electrical components for the railway industry – SCALANCE | RUGGEDCOM

SCALANCE M876-4 + ANT896-6MH 1
• Meets the railway standards EN 50155 and EN 50121-4
• 3G/LTE router for wireless connection via the mobile radio network –
perfect for large bandwidth requirements, e.g. for video transmission,
data link for automatic ticket machines, infotainment services,
internet on board and telemetry
• Bandwidth up to 100 Mbit/s downlink and 50 Mbit/s uplink (LTE)
• Redundant power supply
• Managed 4-port switch, network management via SNMP
• Integrated firewall and IPsec / OpenVPN
• Ambient temperature -20 °C to +60 °C
• 2G / 3G / 4G antenna ANT896-6MH for mounting on the vehicle roof

SCALANCE W774-1 M12 EEC and SCALANCE W778-1 M12 EEC

• Meets the railway standards EN 50155 and EN 50121-4
• Industrial Wireless LAN access points for installation in control cabinets or
for indoor use with IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n support and data transfer rates
up to 300 Mbit/s
• Low-profile, compact aluminum enclosure, shock and vibration-proof, for
high mechanical requirements, variants in protection class IP30 and IP65
• M12 connections for 10/100 Mbit/s with PoE
• Coated PCBs (conformal coating) and extended temperature range
(-30 °C to +70 °C)
• Mounting outside of the cabinet also possible thanks to IP65 protection class
(SCALANCE W778-1 M12)
• Additional functions (iFeatures) can be activated optionally with a KEY-PLUG,
e.g. iPRP for reliable redundancy with WLAN

SCALANCE W788-2 M12 EEC and SCALANCE W1788-2 M12 EEC

• Meets the railway standards EN 50155, EN 45545-4 and EN 50121-4
• Industrial Wireless LAN access point for installation in control cabinets
or for indoor use with IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n support and data transfer rates
up to 450 Mbit/s
• SCALANCE W1788-2 M12 EEC: further 802.11ac support,
transfer rates up to 1700 Mbit/s
• Rugged aluminum enclosure, shock and vibration-proof, for high mechanical
requirements, protection class IP65, coated PCB (conformal coating)
• M12 connection for 10/100/1000 Mbit/s with PoE
• Antenna positioning optimized for 3 x 3 MIMO technology (W1788: 4 x 4 MIMO);
no interference between the antennas for direct mounting on the device
• Ambient temperatures: -40 °C to +70 °C (W788-2 M12 EEC),
-20 °C to +60 °C (W1788-2 M12 EEC)
• Additional functions (iFeatures) can be activated optionally with a KEY-PLUG,
e.g. iPRP for reliable redundancy with WLAN (for W1788 with CLP in 2019)

SCALANCE W786
• Meets the railway standard EN 50121-4
• IWLAN access points for outdoor use with IEEE 802.11a/b/g/n support and
data transfer rates up to 450 Mbit/s, RJ45 or SFP connections for
10/100 Mbit/s with PoE
• Rugged, impact-resistant plastic enclosure, shock and vibration-proof for
demanding mechanical requirements, Protection class IP65, resistant to
condensation, UV radiation and saltwater spray
• Additional functions (iFeatures) can be activated optionally with a KEY-PLUG,
e.g. iPRP for reliable redundancy with WLAN

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/13

 © Siemens AG 2018

Introduction

Electrical components for the railway industry – SCALANCE | RUGGEDCOM

1 IWLAN accessories: antennas and cables
• Remote antennas increase the reliability of wireless links by optimizing
signal reception and emission
• Use in Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) and WLAN according to IEEE 802.11
with 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz with data transfer rates up to 450 Mbit/s
• The connection cables meet the increased requirements for environmental
conditions and fire protection that are required for use in vehicles
(including EN 45545-2)

RUGGEDCOM RS900G / RS900GP

• Meets the railway standard EN 50121-4
• Managed Ethernet switch for reliable operation in critical infrastructure
• Multiple fiber connector types (LC, SC, ST, SFP)
• Long-haul optics allow Gigabit uplinks for distances up to 70 km
• Operating temperature from -40 °C to +85 °C
• Variants:
- RS900G: Managed Ethernet switch with 10 ports, Gigabit fiber-optic
uplinks and 128 bit encryption
- RS900GP: Managed Ethernet switch with 10 ports, of which 8 are Power-
over-Ethernet (PoE) ports and 2 Gigabit uplinks, with 128 bit encryption

RUGGEDCOM RSG920P
• Meets the railway standards EN 45545-2 and EN50121-4
• High port density to meet the Ethernet requirements along the track
• Compact layer 2 Gigabit switch with 20 Gigabit ports, including
4 PoE ports and 4 SFP slots and I/Os with PoE supply
• SFP ports for greater flexibility and migration in future Ethernet networks
• 19" switch performance features in compact design to save space
• Application and commissioning with USB console and MicroSD
firmware/configuration
• RPS1300 power supply suitable for Power-over-Ethernet devices,
max. power 140 W

RUGGEDCOM RSG907R / RSG909R

• Meets the railway standard EN 50121-4
• PRP / HSR coupling functionality to cover all types of redundant network
topologies
• 3 x RNA (Redundant Network Access) and coupler Ethernet ports according to
IEC 62439-3 (1000BASE-X), plus
RSG907R: 4 x SAN (Singly Attached Node) fiber optic ports (LC, 100BASE-FX)
RSG909R: 6 x SAN (Singly Attached Node) copper Ethernet (RJ45)
• Power redundancy: Integrated power supply with redundant inputs
- Universal high voltage range: 88 – 300 VDC or 85 – 264 VA;
- Universal low voltage power supply range: 10 – 60 VDC

RUGGEDCOM RX1400
• Meets the railway standard EN 50121-4
• Rugged Industrial Ethernet switch and TCP / IP router with LTE and
fiber-optic WAN options in compact design
• For safe, cost-effective implementation of extensive communication
applications and a high processing performance in harsh industrial
environments
• 4 x Fast Ethernet copper ports and 2 x Gigabit SFP slots
(Small Form Factor Pluggable)
• Supports multi-mode and single-mode SFPs for distances up to 100 km
• Equipped with GPS input
• Available with or without LTE modem for Europe, North America,
the Asia-Pacific Region and Japan
• Operating temperatures from -40 °C to +85 °C; fanless operation
• The RUGGEDCOM VPE1400 provides a virtualized environment to run a
guest Linux operating system and third party applications on the RX1400,
enabling intelligence at the network edge

1/14 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Introduction

Electrical components for the railway industry – SCALANCE | RUGGEDCOM

RUGGEDCOM RX1500 1
• Meets the railway standards EN 50155 and EN 50121-4
• Modular and field-replaceable layer 2 and layer 3 switch and router
• M12 line modules with very wide range of functions
(M12 / RJ45, Fast Ethernet / Gigabit, etc.)
• ROX II software features with integrated router / firewall / VPN / VRRP / MPLS
• Input voltage: 24 V DC, 48 V DC, 88 to 300 V DC, and 85 to 264 V AC for
worldwide operability
• Operating temperature from -40 °C to +85 °C
RUGGEDCOM RSG2100 / RSG2100P
• Meets the railway standard EN 50121-4
• Modular fully managed Ethernet switch for use in electrically harsh and
climatically demanding environments
• Up to 3 Gigabit Ethernet ports and 16 Fast Ethernet ports
(copper and /or fiber optic)
• 2-port modules for outstanding flexibility
• Store and forward switching
• Supports many fiber-optic types (multi-mode, single-mode) with diverse
connectors (ST, MTRJ, LC, SC, SFP)
• Fully integrated, dual redundant (optional) power supplies
• Variant available with up to 4 ports conforming with IEEE 802.3af (10/100BaseTX)
RUGGEDCOM RSG2300 / RSG2300P
• Meets the railway standard EN 50121-4
• Fully managed Ethernet rack switch with 32 ports and 4 modular
Gigabit uplink ports and 24 Fast Ethernet copper ports
• Optional: up to 4 x 1000LX Gigabit Ethernet ports (copper and / or fiber-optic)
and up to 8 x 100FX Fast Ethernet ports (copper and / or fiber-optic)
• Non-blocking, store and forward switching
• Supports many fiber-optic types (multi-mode, single-mode) with diverse
connectors (ST, MTRJ, LC, SC, SFP)
• Fully integrated, doubly redundant (optional) power supplies
• Variant available with up to four ports conforming with IEEE 802.3af
(10/100BaseTX)
RUGGEDCOM RST2228 / RST2228P
• Meets the railway standard EN 50121-4
• 19" Layer 2 rack switch with up to 28 Ports: 4 x 1/10 Gigabit ports (SFP),
24 Gigabit / Fast Ethernet ports (SFP, RJ45, LC)
• Power-over-Ethernet Variant available
• Supports IEEE 8023.at / 802.3bt (draft) with max. 60W per port
• Maximum Power budget 500W
• Modular; field-replaceable Ethernet media modules with 4 ports
for outstanding flexibility
• Supports IEEE 1588 v2 time synchronization with hardware time stamping
and transparent clock
• Non-blocking, store and forward switching
• Integrated dual redundant power supplies
RUGGEDCOM WIN
• First broadband wireless product portfolio designed for private networks
delivering the benefits of 4G technology to critical infrastructure applications
in harsh environments
• Provides enhanced security, network simplicity and private network feature set
• Mobile WiMAX compliance based on IEEE 802.16e standard and WiMAX
Forum Wave2 (MIMO) certification
• Lowest frequency use: leverages OFDMA and built-in GPS to enable users to
deploy an entire network on a single frequency channel
• Quality of service: separate traffic types over the air and guarantee latency,
minimum bandwidth and jitter, according to application needs
• Stand-alone architecture: does not require an entire network infrastructure to
be in place, while maintaining the interoperability and technology advances
of broadband wireless
• Improved security: built-in features ensure NERC CIP compliance,
such as two-factor mutual authentication and AES encryption
• Operating temperature from -40 °C to +75 °C

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/15

 © Siemens AG 2018

Introduction

Electrical components for the railway industry – Siemens Propulsion System

1 ■ Overview
Components for the propulsion system
Siemens, as the inventor of electric traction, has always felt itself Following this tradition, we offer tailor-made components
obligated to provide efficient, reliable drive systems for high- which are of course perfectly coordinated with one another
speed trains, locomotives, EMUs, metros, tram cars, trolley (for example as a motor-gear unit). We are innovation drivers of
buses and mining trucks. energy efficiency, and offer extensive, worldwide service
solutions, including retrofits, from a single source.

Pantograph
• Rated voltage: 0.6 – 25 kV; AC / DC
• Rated current: up to 4000 A
• Operating speed: up to 400 km/h
• (Static) contact force: 60-150 N
• Working height: up to 3200 mm
• Pan profiles: 1450, 1550, 1600, 1800, 1950 mm
• Option:
- Automatic dropping device (ADD), raised height limit, electronic control
for contact force tracking, lowered position monitoring, lowered position
locking, monitoring of the wear on the contact strips

Transformers
• Rated voltage: 1.5 / 3 kV DC; 12 / 15 / 25 kV AC and special voltages
• Frequency: 16 2/3 – 60 Hz
• Rated power: up to 12 MVA
• Installation location: Underfloor, roof, machine room
• Feature:
- Integrated transformer & inductor design, cooling system and expansion
tank
- High-class insulating material for maximum energy density
- Ester cooling and insulating fluid for the highest environmental and fire
protection requirements
• Option:
- Multi-system transformers for cross-border travel, as well as integrated line
- filter & 2ndharmonic inductors, HEP/AUX transformers with filter, auxiliary
- and heating circuit windings according to customer specifications

Traction converter
• Rated voltage: 600 / 750 / 1500 / 3000 V DC
• Rated power: up to 1.6 MW per axle; in group supply up to 2.2 MW
• Efficiency: up to 98%
• Installation location: underfloor, roof, machine room
• Feature:
- Cooling: Naturally or forced air cooling, water cooling
- Ambient temperatures: -40 °C to +70 °C
• Option:
- Single and multi-system configuration; group, bogie and individual axle
control including redundancy concept; integrated on-board converter

Battery charger
• Rated voltage: 670 / 750 / 1500 V DC
• Rated power: 6 kW to 60 kW
• Output voltage: 24 – 110 V DC
• Feature:
- Cooling: Naturally or forced air cooling, water cooling
• Option:
- SiC technology, bidirectional, suitable for deserts and / or low temperatures

1/16 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Introduction

Notes
On-board converter 1
• Rated voltage: 600 / 750 V DC; 1000 V AC; 1500 / 3000 V AC / DC
• Rated power: 20 kVA to 500 kVA
• Output voltage: 24 to 110 V DC, 1 AC / 3 AC / 3 AC+N, fixed / variable
frequency
• Efficiency > 92 %
• Installation location: Underfloor, roof, machine room
• Feature:
- Full and partial redundancy
- Cooling: Naturally or forced air cooling, water cooling
- Ambient temperatures: -40 °C to +55 °C
• Option:
- SiC technology, integrated battery charger, parallel connection of converter
without additional synchronous line, suitable for deserts and / or low
temperatures

Traction motor
• Rated voltage: 750 – 4200 V DC
• Rated power: up to 1600 kW
• Rated speed: up to 8000 rpm
• Starting torque: up to 42000 Nm
• Cooling: Self-ventilated or forced-cooled, water-cooled
• Feature:
- Synchronous (permanent-magnet-excited) and asynchronous motors
- Open or encapsulated
• Type:
- Semi-, fully suspended, or nose-suspended drive
- Wheel hub motor

Coupling
• Membrane coupling:
- Size 200 to 465 for 70 % and 100 % LF drives (fully suspended),
with and without torque limiter
• Cardan joint and wedge-type integrated coupling:
- Sizes 350 to 370 for 70 % LF drives (fully suspended),
up to size 680 for locomotive drives
• Guide coupling:
- Sizes 330 to 365 for 100 % LF drives (fully suspended)
• Gear coupling:
- Metro: Axle-mounted drives, with and without torque limiter
- EMU/high-speed: Normal and low temperature version,
with and without torque limiter
• Steel multiple-disk coupling:
- Locomotives
• Option:
- Project-specific design and optimization of the couplings based on the
relevant specification and requirement

Gear unit
• Axle loads: up to 32.5 t
• Rated speeds: up to 10.000 rpm
• Power: up to 1300 kW
• Ambient temperatures: -50 °C to +45 °C
• Type:
- Bevel, bevel helical and helical gear units for semi- and fully suspended
drive concepts
• Feature:
- Gear unit and coupling as optimized system from a single source
- Design optimized for noise and weight
- Gear unit manufacture and gearing design and manufacturing competence
in one company
• Option:
- Suitable for deserts and / or low temperatures, specific grounding and / or
current insulation solutions, special solutions for integration into digitized
logistics systems (e.g. RFID), digital maintenance documentation for
optimizing service processes

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 1/17

 © Siemens AG 2018

Introduction

Notes
1

1/18 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 2
© Siemens AG 2018

Industrial Controls

2/2 Power Contactors for Switching 2/187 Monitoring and Control Devices
Motors 2/189 Timing relays
2/12 SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 2/202 Monitoring relays
3-pole up to 250 kW
2/230 Safety technology
2/59 Contactors for Special Applications
2/231 SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
2/60 SIRIUS 3RT.4 contactors
2/238 Basic units
for resistive loads (AC-1), 3-pole
2/241 Expansion units
2/63 Contactors for Railway Applications
2/246 Position and Safety Switches
2/63 SIRIUS 3RT contactors
with extended operating range, 3-pole 2/248 SIRIUS 3SE5 mechanical position
switches
2/68 SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays
with extended operating range 2/260 SIRIUS 3SE5, 3SE2 mechanical safety
hinge switches
2/71 - 3TH4 contactor relays, 8-pole
2/261 SIRIUS 3SE5 mechanical position
2/72 - 3TC contactors for switching
switches for ambient temperatures
DC voltage, 2-pole
of -40 °C
2/73 - 3TC contactors for switching
DC voltage, 1-pole and 2-pole 2/275 SIRIUS ACT pushbuttons and
indicator lights
2/81 Contactor Relays and Relays
2/289 Actuators and indicators, 22 mm,
2/83 Contactor Relais plastic with metal front ring, matte
2/98 Coupling Relays 2/289 - Actuating and signaling elements
2/110 Solid-State switching devices 2/300 Actuators and indicators, 22 mm,
Metal, shiny
2/112 Solid-state switching devices for
resistive/inductive loads 2/300 - Compact units
2/115 - Solid-state relays 2/300 - Actuating and signaling elements
2/125 - Solid-state contactors 2/301 Actuators and indicators, flat, 30 mm,
metal, matte
2/135 - Function Modules
2/301 - Actuating and signaling elements
2/147 Motor Starter Protectors/ 2/304 Actuators and Indicators,
Circuit Breakers Customized Designs
2/148 SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter 2/306 Holders without module/
Protectors/Circuit Breakers holders with module
2/307 Modules for actuators and indicators
2/307 - Contact modules
2/310 - LED modules
2/311 Enclosures
2/318 Accessories

Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies

Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Introduction

■ Overview
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components Conversion tool, e.g. from 3RT10 to 3RT20, see
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool
Home page, see www.siemens.com/sirius Online configurator for 3RT2 contactors, see
www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators
Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3RT_3TK_3TC
TIA Selection Tool Cloud (TST Cloud), see
2 https://mall.industry.siemens.com/spice/TSTWeb/?kmat=Contactor

Size S00 S0
Type 3RT201 3RT202
3RT20 contactors
Type 3RT2015 3RT2016 3RT2017 3RT2018 3RT2023 3RT2024 3RT2025 3RT2026 3RT2027 3RT2028
AC, DC operation (p. 2/37, 2/64) (p. 2/39, 2/65)
AC-3
Ie/AC-3/400 V A 7 9 12 16 9 12 17 25 32 38
400 V kW 3 4 5.5 7.5 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5
230 V kW 1.5 2.2 3 4 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11
690 V kW 4 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 11 11 18.5 18.5
1 000 V kW -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
AC-4 (at Ia = 6 x Ie)
400 V kW 3 4 4 5.5 4 5.5 7.5 7.5 11 11
400 V (200 000 operating kW 1.15 2 2 2.5 2 2.6 3.5 4.4 6 6
cycles)
AC-1 (40 °C, ≤ 690 V)
Ie 3RT20 A 18 22 22 22 40 40 40 40 50 50

Accessories for contactors

Auxiliary • On front 3RH29, 3RA28 (p. 2/52) 3RH29, 3RA28 (p. 2/52)
switch blocks • Lateral 3RH29 (p. 2/56) 3RH29 (p. 2/56)

3RU2 and 3RB3 overload relays

3RU thermal overload relays 3RU2116 0.11 ... 16 A 3RU2126 1.8 ... 40 A
3RB electronic overload relays
• For standard applications 3RB3016 0.1 ... 16 A 3RB3026 0.1 ... 40 A
3RB3113 3RB3123
• For High-Feature applications 3RB22, 3RB23 and 3RB24 3RB22, 3RB23 and 3RB24
with 3RB2906-2.G1 current measuring with 3RB2906-2.G1 current measuring module
module
0.3 ... 25 A 0.3 ... 25 A

3RV20 motor starter protectors

Motor starter protectors 3RV2011 0.11 ... 16 A 3RV2021 0.45 ... 40 A
Link modules 3RA2911 3RA2921
3RA1921

Note:
Safety characteristics for contactors,
see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 16
"Standards and Approvals".
3RU2 and 3RB3 overload relays and 3RV20 motor starter
protectors, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 7

2/2 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies

Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Introduction

Size S2 S3
2
Type 3RT203 3RT204
3RT20 contactors
Type 3RT2035 3RT2036 3RT2037 3RT2038 3RT2045 3RT2046 3RT2047
AC, DC operation (p. 2/41, 2/66) (p. 2/66)
AC-3
Ie/AC-3/400 V A 40 50 65 80 80 95 110
400 V kW 18.5 22 30 37 37 45 55
230 V kW 11 15 18.5 22 22 22 30
690 V kW 22 22 37 45 55 75 90
1 000 V kW -- -- -- -- 37 37 37
AC-4 (at Ia = 6 x Ie)
400 V kW 18.5 22 30 37 37 45 55
400 V (200 000 operating kW 11.6 12.6 14.7 15.8 17.9 22 24.3
cycles)
AC-1 (40 °C, ≤ 690 V)
Ie A 60 70 80 90 125 130 130
Accessories for contactors
Auxiliary • On front 3RH29, 3RA28 (p. 2/52) 3RH29, 3RA28 (p. 2/52)
switch blocks • Lateral 3RH29 (p. 2/56) 3RH29 (p. 2/56)
Function • Direct-on-line starting 3RA283. 3RA283.
modules • IO-Link, AS-Interface 3RA271.-.AA00 3RA271.-.AA00
Surge suppressors 3RT2936 3RT29361), 3RT2946
Terminal covers 3RT2936-4EA2 3RT2946-4EA2
3RU2 and 3RB overload relays
3RU thermal overload relays 3RU2136 11 ... 80 A 3RU2146 28 ... 100 A
3RB electronic overload relays
• For standard applications 3RB3036 12.5 ... 80 A 3RB3046 12.5 ... 115 A
3RB3133 3RB3143
• For High-Feature applications 3RB22, 3RB23 and 3RB24 3RB22, 3RB23 and 3RB24
with 3RB2906-2JG1 current measuring module with 3RB2906-2JG1 current measuring module
10 ... 100 A 10 ... 100 A
3RV20 motor starter protectors
Motor starter protectors 3RV2031, 3RV2032 9.5 ... 80 A 3RV2041, 3RV2042 28 ... 100 A
Link modules 3RA2931 3RA1941
1)
From product version E03 onwards, 3RT2936-1B/-1E surge suppressors
can be used for 3RT2.4 contactors.
Note:
Safety characteristics for contactors,
see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 16
"Standards and Approvals".
3RU2 and 3RB overload relays and 3RV20 motor starter
protectors, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 7

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/3

 © Siemens AG 2018

Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies

Power Contactors for Switching Motors
Introduction

2
Size S6 S10 S12
Type 3RT105 3RT1.6 3RT1.7
3RT10 contactors, 3RT12 vacuum contactors
Type 3RT1054 3RT1055 3RT1056 3RT1064 3RT1065 3RT1066 3RT1075 3RT1076
AC, DC operation
AC-3
Ie/AC-3/400 V A 115 150 185 225 265 300 400 500
400 V kW 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250
230 V 3RT10 kW 37 45 55 55 75 90 132 160
690 V 3RT10 kW 110 132 160 200 250 250 400 400/500
1 000 V kW 75 90 90 90/315 132/355 132/400 250/560 250/710
AC-4 (at Ia = 6 x Ie)
400 V 3RT10 kW 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250
400 V kW 29 38 45 54/78 66/93 71/112 84/140 98/161
(200 000 operating cycles)
AC-1 (40 °C, ≤ 690 V)
Ie 3RT10 A 160 185 215 275/330 330 330 430/610 610

Accessories for contactors

Auxiliary • On front 3RH19, 3RT1926 (p. 2/55)
switch • Lateral 3RH19 (p. 2/57)
blocks
Surge suppressors 3RT1956-1C (RC element)
Terminal covers 3RT1956-4EA. 3RT1966-4EA.
Box terminal blocks 3RT1955-4G, 3RT1956-4G 3RT1966-4G

3RB2 overload relays

3RB electronic overload relays
• For standard applications 3RB2056 50 ... 200 A 3RB2066 55 ... 250 A or 160 ... 630 A
3RB2153 50 ... 200 A 3RB2163
• For High-Feature applications 3RB22, 3RB23 and 3RB22, 3RB23 and
3RB24 3RB24
with 3RB2956-2TH2 current measuring with 3RB2966-2WH2 current measuring module
module
20 ... 200 A 63 ... 630 A
3RV10 molded case motor starter protectors
Molded case motor starter 3RV1063 40 ... 200 A 3RV1073 160 ... 400 A 3RV1083 252 ... 630 A
protectors

Note:
Safety characteristics for contactors,
see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 16
"Standards and Approvals".
3RB2 overload relays and 3RV10 molded case circuit breakers,
see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 7

2/4 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

General data

■ Overview
The SIRIUS family of controls
The SIRIUS modular system with its components for the
switching, starting, protection and monitoring of motors and
industrial systems stands for the fast, flexible and space-saving
construction of control cabinets.

3RT2 contactors
Size S00 with mountable accessories
2
10

11

12

13

16

1 15
18 1
6 2
7 17

IC01_00614a
8

16
9

3
4
5
14

13
1 Contactor size S00

2 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable 11 Star jumper, 3-pole, without connecting terminal
3 1-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front 12 Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with connecting terminal
cable entry from the top 13 Solder pin adapter
4 2-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front 14 Connection module (adapter and connector) for contactors
cable entry from the bottom with screw-type connection
5 4-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front 15 Safety main current connector for two contactors
6 3RA28 function module Assembly kit 3RA2913-2AA1
7 3RA27 function module for AS-Interface, direct-on-line starting comprising:
8 3RA27 function module for IO-Link, direct-on-line starting 16 Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the main,
auxiliary and control current paths, electrical interlock 1)
9 Surge suppressor with/without LED
included, can be broken off (NC contact interlock)
10 Three-phase feeder terminal
17 Mechanical interlocks 2)
18 Two connecting clips for two contactors 2)

For contactors
For contactors and coupling contactors
1) 3RT201. contactors with one NC contact in the basic unit
are required for the electrical interlock. An additional NO contact
is required for momentary-contact operation.
2) The parts
17 and 18 can only be ordered together as 3RA2912-2H
mechanical connectors.

Accessories and spare parts, see pages 2/44 to 2/58.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/5

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

General data
3RT2 contactors
Size S0 with mountable accessories

16

15

2 14

2 18
1
17
1
7 20
8
9

IC01_00615b
19

5
4 10

6
18
14

13

3
11

12
1 Contactor size S0

2 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable 12 Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with connecting terminal
3 1-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front 13 Connection module (adapter and plug) for contactors
cable entry from the top with screw-type connection
4 4-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front 14 Coil terminal module, on the top and bottom
5 2-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front 15 Three-phase feeder terminal
cable entry from the bottom 16 Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole,
6 Surge suppressor with/without LED without connecting terminal
17 Safety main current connector for two contactors
7 3RA27 function modules for AS-Interface, direct-on-line starting
8 3RA28 function modules Assembly kit 3RA2923-2AA1
comprising:
9 3RA27 function modules for IO-Link, direct-on-line starting
18 Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the
10 Pneumatically delayed auxiliary switch block main current paths, electrical interlock included (NC
11 Mechanical latching block contact interlock)
19 Mechanical interlocks 1)
20 Two connecting clips for two contactors 1)

For contactors
For contactors and coupling contactors
1)
The parts 19 and 20 can only be ordered together as 3RA2912-2H
mechanical connectors.

Accessories and spare parts, see pages 2/44 to 2/58.

2/6 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

General data
3RT2 contactors
Size S2 with mountable accessories

13

12

2
11

15
1
16
14
2 1
17

7
8
9

IC01_00616a
6
3 15
5
4 11

1 Contactor, size S2
10
2 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable 13 Link for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole,
without connection terminal
3 1-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front,
cable entry from above 14 Safety main current connector for two contactors
4 4-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front Assembly kit 3RA2933-2AA1
5 2-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front, comprising:
cable entry from below 15 Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the
6 Surge suppressor with/without LED main current paths, electrical interlock included
(NC contact interlock)
7 3RA27 function modules for AS-Interface, direct-on-line starting
16 Two connecting clips for two contactors
8 3RA28 function modules
9 3RA27 function modules for IO-Link, direct-on-line starting To be ordered separately:
10 Link for paralleling, 3-pole, with connection terminal 17 Mechanical interlocks
11 Coil terminal module, top and bottom
12 Three-phase feeder terminal

Accessories and spare parts, see pages 2/44 to 2/58.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/7

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

General data
3RT2 contactors
Size S3 with mountable accessories

13

2 12

11

14
1

2 15 1

16

7
8
9

IC01_00617a
6

14
3
5
4

11

1 Contactor, size S3
10
2 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable 10 Links for paralleling, 3-pole, with connection terminal
3 1-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front, 11 Coil terminal module, top and bottom
cable entry from above
12 Single-phase infeed terminals (3 units)
4 4-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front
13 Links for paralleling (star jumper), 3-pole
5 2-pole auxiliary switch block, for snapping onto the front, without connecting terminal
cable entry from below Assembly kit 3RA2943-2AA1
6 Surge suppressor with/without LED comprising:
7 3RA27 function modules for AS-Interface, direct-on-line starting 14 Wiring modules on the top and bottom for connecting the main,
8 3RA28 function modules auxiliary and control current paths, electrical interlock1)
included, can be broken off (NC contact interlock)
9 3RA27 function modules for IO-Link, direct-on-line starting
15 Two connectors for two contactors
To be ordered separately:
16 Mechanical interlock
1)
3RT201. contactors with one NC contact in the basic unit
are required for the electrical interlock. An additional NO contact
is required for momentary-contact operation.

Accessories and spare parts, see pages 2/44 to 2/58.

2/8 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

General data
3RT1 contactors
Sizes S6 to S12 with mountable accessories
(illustration for basic unit)

IC01_00618a
9

5
7
2

3
8

1 3RT10 and 3RT14 air-break contactor, sizes S6, S10 and S12

2 Auxiliary switch block, solid-state time-delay 7 Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection
(ON or OFF-delay or star-delta (wye-delta) starting)
8 Terminal cover for box terminal
3 4-pole auxiliary switch block
9 Box terminal block
4 1-pole auxiliary switch block (up to 4 can be snapped on)
5 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable left or right
6 Surge suppressor (RC element) for plugging into top of withdrawable coil
Accessories identical for sizes S6 to S12
Different accessories for sizes S6 and S10/S12

Accessories and spare parts, see pages 2/44 to 2/58.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/9

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

General data
3RT12 vacuum contactors
Sizes S10 to S12 with mountable accessories
(illustration for basic unit)

3
4

1
IC01_00536

8
2

1 3RT12 vacuum contactor, sizes S10 and S12

2 2-pole auxiliary switch block, laterally mountable left or right

3 Withdrawable coils for 3RT1...-.A... contactors with conventional operating mechanism
4 Withdrawable coils for 3RT1...-.N... contactors with solid-state operating mechanism
5 Surge suppressor (RC element) for plugging into top of withdrawable coil
6 Terminal cover for cable lug and busbar connection
7 Terminal cover for box terminal
8 Box terminal block

Accessories and spare parts, see pages 2/44 to 2/58.

2/10 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

General data
3RT1 contactors
Sizes S6 to S12 with mountable accessories

3
4
5

5
1

IC01_00620a

1 3RT10 and 3RT14 air-break contactor, sizes S6, S10 and S12
(3RT1054, size S6 shown here)
2 3RT12 vacuum contactor, sizes S10 and S12
(3RT1266, size S10 shown here)
3 Withdrawable coils for 3RT1...-.A... contactors with conventional operating mechanism
(size S10: differentiation between 3RT10/3RT14 air-break contactors and 3RT12 vacuum contactors)
(size S12: the same for air-break and vacuum contactors)
4 Withdrawable coils for 3RT1...-.N... contactors with solid-state operating mechanism.
(size S10: differentiation between 3RT10/3RT14 air-break contactors and 3RT12 vacuum contactors)
(size S12: the same for air-break and vacuum contactors)
5 Withdrawable coils and laterally mountable module (plug-on) for 3RT1...-.P... air-break
contactors with solid-state operating mechanism and remaining lifetime indicator
6 Surge suppressor (RC element), plug-mountable on withdrawable coils
• 3RT1...-.A... with conventional operating mechanism
• 3RT1...-.N... with solid-state operating mechanism

Same accessories for sizes S6 to S12

Different accessories depending on size

For accessories and spare parts for

• 3RT10 contactors, see page 2/44

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/11

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

■ Overview

Contactors with screw terminals: 3RT2 (sizes S00 to S3) and 3RT1 (sizes S6 to S12)

3RT contactors, sizes S00 to S12 Auxiliary contact complement

Our power range: • Size S00: An auxiliary contact is integrated in the basic
device.
• Contactors for switching motors:
- Size S00: 3RT201 up to 7.5 kW • Sizes S0 to S3: The basic units contain two integrated auxiliary
- Size S0: 3RT202 up to 18.5 kW contacts (1 NO + 1 NC).
- Size S2: 3RT203 up to 37 kW All basic units, with the exception of coupling relays S00 and
- Size S3: 3RT204 up to 55 kW S0, can be expanded using auxiliary switch blocks, see
- Sizes S6 to S12: 3RT10 up to 250 kW page 2/46 for the permitted selection of auxiliary switches.
• For vacuum contactors for switching motors, see from • Sizes S6 to S12: These contactors are supplied with two
page XX/X onwards: laterally mounted auxiliary switch blocks. The fitting of
- Sizes S10 and S12: 3RT12 up to 250 kW auxiliary switches is possible on the front and on the side
- Size 14: 3TF6 up to 450 kW (the 3RT12 vacuum contactor is an exception: only lateral
fitting of auxiliary switches is possible here).
Standards
For detailed information about fitting of auxiliary switches, see
IEC/EN 60947-1, pages 2/46 to 2/51.
IEC/EN 60947-4-1,
IEC/EN 60947-5-1 (auxiliary switches) Contact reliability

Ambient conditions If voltages ≤ 110 V and currents ≤ 100 mA are to be switched,

the auxiliary contacts of the 3RT contactors or 3RH contactor
If the devices are used in ambient conditions which deviate from relays should be used as they guarantee a high level of contact
common industrial conditions (IEC 60721-3-3 "Stationary Use, reliability.
Weather-Protected"), information must be obtained about
possible restrictions with regard to the reliability and endurance These auxiliary contacts are particularly suitable for solid-state
of the device and possible protective measures. In this case circuits with currents ≥ 1 mA at a voltage ≥ 17 V.
contact our Technical Assistance,
Tel.: +49 (911) 895-5900
E-mail: [email protected]

2/12 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Connection methods Contactors with voltage tap-off
Main circuit 3RT2 contactors
• Sizes S00 and S0: screw or spring-type terminals, spring-type The size S00 to S3 contactors with voltage tap-off are special
terminals with convenient plug-in design for device connec- versions for mounting the SIRIUS 3RA27 function modules for
tors connection to the control system via IO-Link or AS-Interface
• Sizes S2 and S3: screw terminals with box terminal; direct (see page 2/12).
connection to the connecting bar possible with cable lugs for Without a function module, these contactors can be used like the
2
S3 when the box terminal is removed. standard versions.
• Sizes S6 to S12: screw terminals with connecting bars that the
cables can be connected to using either cable lugs or flexible For more information on IO-Link and AS-Interface, see Catalog
or rigid busbars. Alternatively, box terminals are available as IC 10 "Industrial Communication", from page 2/1 onwards.
accessories. Control supply voltage
Auxiliary/control circuit Different versions of operating mechanisms are available
• Sizes S00 to S12: Screw or spring-type terminals depending on the contactor size:
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) • AC or DC operation for sizes S00 to S3
• AC/DC operating mechanism for sizes S0 to S12 that can
The 3RT contactors fulfill the requirements for environment operate on AC (50 to 60 Hz) or DC.
category A.
Note: Operating mechanism types

When the contactors are used in an environment with frequency 3RT2 contactors
converters, the configuration notes in the Manual "SIRIUS – 3RT2 contactors are available as versions with conventional AC
SIRIUS 3RT Contactors/Contactor Assemblies" must be or DC operating mechanisms or as versions with a wide-range
observed, see "More information" on page 2/15. solid-state operating mechanism and a universal actuating volt-
age (AC or DC operation possible).
Short-circuit protection
DC coupling contactors with reduced power consumption are
Refer to the manuals for details of short-circuit protection of the also ideally suited for connection to the controller.
contactors with overload relays; see "More information" on
page 2/15. With an operating range between 0.8 to 1.1 x Us, control takes
place via the control supply voltage connection A1 - A2 as is
Ratings of three-phase motors typically the case.
The quoted rating (in kW) refers to the output power on the motor 3RT1 contactors
shaft (according to the nameplate).
The following control and/or actuator versions are available in
The power rating specifications of the contactors in kW sizes S6 to S12:
(in accordance with IEC 60947-4-1, Table G) are guide values
for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz AC and specified voltage • Conventional operating mechanisms
(e.g. 400 V). The actual starting and rated data of the motor to • Solid-state operating mechanisms
be switched must be considered when selecting the units. The Overvoltage damping of the operating mechanism coil is
motor current, motor protection device and the permissible already integrated in the electronics for contactors with solid-
contactor current according to the utilization category must be state operating mechanisms. The operating mechanisms are
aligned with each other. powered via a supply voltage with an operating range from
0.8 to 1.1 x Us, optionally also controlled depending on the
chosen mode of operation. Alternatively, control is via the sep-
arate 24 V DC control signal input. Various rated voltage
ranges for AC/DC control are available.

The following versions are available:

- With two operating modes: Direct control or via CPU input
- As above, but additionally with remaining lifetime indication
(RLT)
- With fail-safe PLC input for simplification of safety applica-
tions (without mode of operation selection)
Solenoid coils/drive units
3RT2 contactors
Coil replacement is possible for sizes S0 to S3.
3RT1 contactors
The operating mechanisms for 3RT10..-.A/-.N/-.P contactors
are removable and can be replaced simply by unlocking and
pulling them out.
IMPORTANT: Removal or changing of the operating mechanism
is not permitted for 3RT10..-.S contactors with fail-safe control.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/13

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Article No. scheme
Product versions Article No.
SIRIUS power contactors 3RT2 @ @ @ – @ @ @ @ @ – @ @ @ @
Device type e.g. 0 = 3-pole motor contactor @
Size of the contactor e.g. 4 = S3 @
Power dependent on size e.g. 5 = 37 kW in the case of S3 @
Type of electrical connection e.g. 1 = screw terminals (main and auxiliary circuits) @

2 Operating range/solenoid coil circuit

Rated control supply voltage
e.g. A = AC standard/without coil circuit
e.g. P0 = 230 V AC, 50 Hz
@
@@
Auxiliary switches e.g. 0 = in the case of S3: 1 NO + 1 NC integrated @
Special version @@@@
Example 3RT2 0 4 5 – 1 A P 0 0
Note:
The Article No. scheme shows an overview of product versions For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers. selection and ordering data.

2/14 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

■ Technical specifications
More information
Technical specifications, see Manuals, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16134/td • System Manual "SIRIUS – System Overview",
FAQs, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16134/faq https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/WW/en/view/60311318
• Manual "SIRIUS – SIRIUS 3RT Contactors/Contactor Assemblies",
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/WW/en/view/60306557
• Application Manual "SIRIUS Controls with IE3/IE4 motors;
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/94770820
2
Type 3RT20 contactors 3RT10
Size S00 to S2 S3 S6 to S12
Rated data of the auxiliary contacts
Acc. to IEC/EN 60947-5-1
Data applies to integrated auxiliary contacts and conventional
contacts in the auxiliary switch blocks
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 690 1 000 --
(3RT20. .-0CC0: 690)
• For laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks V 690 690 500
• For front mountable auxiliary switch blocks V 690 690 690
Conventional thermal current Ith = A 10
rated operational current Ie/AC-12
AC load
Rated operational current Ie/AC-15/AC-14
• For rated operational voltage Ue Up to 230 V A 101) 6 6
400 V A 3 3
500 V A 2 2
690 V A 1 12)
DC load
Rated operational current Ie/DC-12
• For rated operational voltage Ue 24 V A 10 10
60 V A 6 6
110 V A 3 3
125 V A 2 2
220 V A 1 1
440 V A 0.3 0.3
600 V A 0.15 0.152)
Rated operational current Ie/DC-13
• For rated operational voltage Ue 24 V A 101) 103)
60 V A 2 2
110 V A 1 1
125 V A 0.9 0.9
220 V A 0.3 0.3
440 V A 0.14 0.14
600 V A 0.1 0.152)
Contact reliability at 17 V, 1 mA Frequency of contact faults < 10-8 i.e. < 1 fault per 100 million operating cycles
Acc. to IEC/EN 60947-5-4
1)
3RH22, 3RH29, 3RT2. . .-. . ..4, 3RT2...-....6: Ie = 6 A at AC-15/AC-14 and
DC-13.
2)
For laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks, only the rated operational
voltages up to 500 V apply.
3) For laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks, DC-13/at 24 V: max. 6 A.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/15

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Type 3RT contactors

Size S00 to S12
Contact endurance of the auxiliary contacts
It is assumed that the operating mechanisms are switched Sizes S00 to S3
randomly, i.e. not synchronized with the phase angle of the supply
system. 30 NSB0_02061c
Basic unit
The contact endurance is mainly dependent on the breaking

Million operating cycles (106)

current.
2
10
5 Basic unit with
4 attachable
3 AC-15/AC-14
2 contact block
DC-13 DC-13 Basic unit with
1 220 V 110 V attachable
0,5 contact block

DC-13
24 V
0,1
1)
0,05

0,01
0,01 0,03 0,05 0,1 0,3 0,5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 a (A)
e -DC-13 e -DC-13 e -DC-13 e -AC-15
220 V 110 V 24 V < 230 V
Diagram legend:
a = Breaking current
e = Rated operational current

The characteristic curves apply to:

• Integrated auxiliary contacts on 3RT20
• 3RH2911, 3RH2921 auxiliary switch blocks1)
Sizes S6 to S12
30
NSB0_00472c
Basic unit
Million operating cycles (106)

10
5 Basic unit
4 with aux.
3 block
2 snapped on
DC-13 DC-13
1 220 V 110 V
AC-15/AC-14
0,5

DC-13
24 V
0,1
0,05

2)

0,01
0,01 0,03 0,05 0,1 0,3 0,5 1 2 3 5 6 7 10 (A)
a

e -DC-13 e -DC-13 e -AC-15 e -DC-13

220 V 110 V < 230 V 24 V
Diagram legend:
a = Breaking current
e = Rated operational current

The characteristic curves apply to:

• Integrated auxiliary contacts on 3RT10
• 3RH1911, 3RH1921 auxiliary switch blocks3)
1)
3RH22, 3RH29, 3RT2. . .-. . ..4, 3RT2...-....6: Ie = 6 A for AC-15/AC-14 and
DC-13, 3RT2.4: Ie = 6 A for AC-15/AC-14.
2) For laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks, DC-13/at 24 V: max. 6 A.
3)
For laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks, only the rated operational
voltages up to 500 V apply.

2/16 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Type 3RT2 contactors

Size S00 and S0
Contact endurance of the main
contacts
The characteristic curves show the contact Size S00
endurance of the contactors when switching
resistive and inductive AC loads (AC-1/AC-3) Operating cycles at
depending on the breaking current and rated

230 V

500 V

690 V

400 V
operational voltage. It is assumed that the
operating mechanisms are switched Contactor 3RT2015, 3RT2016 3RT2017, 3RT2018
randomly, i.e. not synchronized with the 7 type (3 kW, 4 kW) (5,5 kW, 7,5 kW)
phase angle of the supply system. 7 10
10 8 6 8
NSB0_02059a

The rated operational current Ie complies with 8 6 4 6

utilization category AC-4 (breaking 6 times 6 4 4
the rated operational current) and is intended 4 2
for a contact endurance of approximately 2
200 000 operating cycles. 6 2
2 6 10
If a shorter contact endurance is sufficient, 10 8 10
6
6 8
the rated operational current Ie/AC-4 can be 10 6 8
8 6 4 6
increased.
6 4
If the contacts are used for mixed operation, 4
4 2
i.e. normal switching (breaking the rated
operational current according to utilization 2 2
2 5
category AC-3) in combination with 5 10
intermittent inching (breaking several times 10 8 105
5
the rated operational current according to 10 8 6 8
utilization category AC-4), the contact 8 6 4 6
endurance can be calculated approximately 6 4 4
from the following equation: 4 2
2 2
A
X = -------------------------------------------------------
- 2 10
4
C  --
-  - – 1
1 + -------- A 10
4 4
8 10
100 B 2 3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100
Breaking current a (A)
Characters in the equation:
X Contact endurance for mixed operation Size S0
in operating cycles
A Contact endurance for normal operation Operating cycles at
(Ia = Ie) in operating cycles
230 V

500 V

690 V

400 V

B Contact endurance for inching

Cont. 3RT2023 3RT2024 3RT2025 3RT2026
(Ia = multiple of Ie) in operating cycles type
7 (4 kW) (5,5 kW) (7,5 kW) (11 kW)
C Inching operations as a percentage of 10
total switching operations 107 8 6 8
NSB0_02060a

8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 2 3RT2027, 3RT2028
6
2 6 10 (15 kW, 18,5 kW)
10 8 106
106 8 6 8
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 2
2 5
5 10
10 8 105
105 8 6 8
8 6 6
4
6 4 4
4 2
2 2
2 4
4 10
10 8 104
3 4 5 6 8 10 15 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200
Breaking current a (A)

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/17

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Type 3RT2 contactors

Size S2 to S12
Contact endurance of the main
contacts
Size S2
Operating cycles at

230 V

500 V

690 V

400 V
2 7
Contactor 3RT2035 3RT2036 3RT2037 3RT2038
type (18,5 kW) (22 kW) (30 kW) (37 kW)
7 10
10 8 6 8 IC01_00456
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 6 2
2 6 10
6 10 8 106
10 8 6 8
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 5 2
2 5 10 5
5 10 8 10
10 8 6 8
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 2
2 4
4 10 4
10 8 10
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400500
Breaking current a (A)

Size S3
Operating cycles at
230 V

500 V

690 V

400 V

Contactor 3RT2045 3RT2046 3RT2047

7 type (37 kW) (45 kW) (55 kW)
7 10
10 8 6 8 IC01_00521
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 6 2
2 6 10
6 10 8 106
10 8 6 8
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 5 2
2 5 10 5
5 10 8 10
10 8 6 8
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 2
2 4
4 10 4
10 8 10
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400500
Breaking current a (A)

Sizes S6 to S12
Operating cycles at
230 V
500 V

690 V

400 V

Contactor type
3RT1054 3RT1055 3RT1056 3RT1064 3RT1065 3RT1066 3RT1075 3RT1076
7 (55 kW) (75 kW) (90 kW) (110 kW) (132 kW) (160 kW) (200 kW) (250 kW)
7 10
10 8 6 8 NSB0_01141a
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 6 2
2 6 6 10
10
6 10 8
10 8 8 6
8 6 6 4
6 4 4
4 2
2 5 2
2 5 10 5
5 10 8 10
10 8 6 8
8 6 4 6
6 4 4
4 2
2 4 2
2 4 10 4
10 8 10
10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 150 200 300 400 600 800 1 000 2 0003 000
Breaking current a (A)

2/18 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Contactors
Type 3RT2015, 3RT2016 3RT2017, 3RT2018
Size S00
General data
Permissible mounting position
The contactors are designed for operation on a

NSB0_00478c
360° 22,5° 22,5°
vertical mounting surface.

2
Upright mounting position

NSB0_00477a

Special version required

Mechanical endurance
• Basic unit Operat- 30 million
ing cy-
cles
• Basic unit with mounted auxiliary switch block Operat- 10 million
ing cy-
cles
• Basic unit with solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block Operat- 5 million
ing cy-
cles
Electrical endurance For contact endurance of the main contacts, see page 2/17.
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts V 400
according to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
Mirror contacts
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be closed
simultaneously with an NO main contact.
• 3RT2.1. (removable auxiliary switch block) Yes, this applies to both the basic unit as well as to between the basic unit
and the mounted auxiliary switch block acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
• 3RH2919-.NF.. solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks Have no mirror contact for size S00
Ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... +60
• During storage °C -55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529
• On front IP20 (screw terminals and spring-type terminals)
• Connecting terminal IP20 (screw terminals and spring-type terminals)
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe (screw terminals and spring-type terminals)
Shock resistance
• Rectangular pulse
- AC operation g/ms 6.7/5 and 4.2/10 7.3/5 and 4.7/10
- DC operation g/ms 6.7/5 and 4.2/10 7.3/5 and 4.7/10
• Sine pulse
- AC operation g/ms 10.5/5 and 6.6/10 11.4/5 and 7.3/10
- DC operation g/ms 10.5/5 and 6.6/10 11.4/5 and 7.3/10

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/19

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Contactors
Type 3RT2015, 3RT2016 3RT2017, 3RT2018
Size S00
Control
Solenoid coil operating range
• AC operation 50 Hz 0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
60 Hz 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us

2 • DC operation Up to 50 °C
Up to 60° C
0.8 ... 1.1 x Us
0.85 ... 1.1 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils
(for cold coil and 1.0 x Us)
• AC operation, 50/60 Hz, standard version
- Closing VA 27/24.3 37/33
- P.f. 0.8/0.75
- Closed VA 4.2/3.3 5.7/4.4
- P.f. 0.25/0.25
• AC operation, 50 Hz, for USA/Canada
- Closing VA 26.4 36
- P.f. for closing 0.81 0.8
- Closed VA 4.4 5.9
- P.f. for closed 0.24
• AC operation, 60 Hz, for USA/Canada
- Closing VA 31.7 43
- P.f. for closing 0.81 0.8
- Closed VA 4.8 6.5
- P.f. for closed 0.25
• DC operation (closing = closed) W 4
Permissible residual current of the electronics
(with 0 signal)
• AC operation < 3 mA x (230 V/Us)1) < 4 mA x (230 V/Us)1)
• DC operation < 10 mA x (24 V/Us)1)
Operating times for 1.0 x Us2)
Total break time = Opening delay + Arcing time
• AC operation
- Closing delay ms 9.5 ... 24 9 ... 22
- Opening delay ms 4 ... 14 4.5 ... 15
• DC operation
- Closing delay ms 35 ... 50
- Opening delay ms 7 ... 12
• Arcing time ms 10 ... 15
1) The 3RT2916-1GA00 additional load module is recommended for higher
residual currents.
2)
The OFF-delay times of the NO contacts and the ON-delay times of the NC
contacts increase if the contactor coils are attenuated against voltage
peaks (suppression diode 6x to 10x; diode assembly 2x to 6x; suppression
diode +1 to 5 ms; varistor +2 to 5 ms).

2/20 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Coupling contactors
Type 3RT201.-.HB4. 3RT201.-.JB4. 3RT201.-.KB4.
Size S00
Control
Solenoid coil operating range 0.7 ... 1.25 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils At Us 24 V DC W 2.8
(for cold coil)

2
closing = closed
Permissible residual current < 6 mA x (24 V/Us)
of the electronics (with 0 signal)
Upright mounting position On request
Overvoltage configuration of the solenoid coil No overvoltage damping Built-in diode Built-in suppressor
diode

Operating times
• Closing delay
- ON-delay NO ms 35 ... 60
- OFF-delay NC ms 25 ... 40
• Opening delay
- ON-delay NO ms 7 ... 20 38 ... 65 7 ... 20
- OFF-delay NC ms 20 ... 30 55 ... 75 20 ... 30

Coupling contactors
Type 3RT201. -1MB4. -0KT0 3RT201. -1VB4. 3RT201.-1SB4.
Size S00
Control
Solenoid coil operating range 0.85 ... 1.85 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils At Us 24 V DC W 1.6
(for cold coil)
closing = closed
Permissible residual current, On request
upright mounting position
Overvoltage configuration of the solenoid coil No overvoltage damping Built-in diode Built-in suppressor
diode

Operating times
• Closing delay
- ON-delay NO ms 25 ... 90
- OFF-delay NC ms 15 ... 80
• Opening delay
- ON-delay NO ms 5 ... 20 20 ... 80 5 ... 20
- OFF-delay NC ms 10 ... 30 30 ... 90 10 ... 30

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/21

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Contactors
Type 3RT2015 3RT2016 3RT2017 3RT2018
Size S00
Rated data of the main contacts
Load rating with AC
Utilization category AC-1,
switching resistive load

2 • Rated operational currents Ie At 40 °C up to 690 V

At 60 °C up to 690 V
A
A
18
16
22
20
• Rated power for AC loads1) 230 V kW 6 7.5
P.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 400 V kW 10.5 13
690 V kW 18 22
• Minimum conductor cross-section At 40 °C mm2 2.5 4
for loads with Ie At 60 °C mm2 2.5
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
• Rated operational currents Ie Up to 400 V A 7 9 12 16
440 V A 7 9 11 14
500 V A 6 7.7 9.2 12.4
690 V A 4.9 6.7 8.9
• Rated power for slipring or squirrel-cage At 230 V kW 1.5 2.2 3 4
motors at 50 and 60 Hz 400 V kW 3 4 5.5 7.5
690 V kW 4 5.5 7.5
Thermal load capacity 10 s current A 56 72 96 128
Power loss per conducting path At Ie/AC-3 W 0.42 0.7 1.24 2.2
Utilization category AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)2)
• Maximum values
- Rated operational current Ie Up to 400 V A 6.5 8.5 11.5
- Rated power for squirrel-cage motors Up to 400 V kW 3 4 5.5
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
• The following applies to a contact endurance
of about 200 000 operating cycles:
- Rated operational currents Ie Up to 400 V A 2.6 4.1 5.5
690 V A 1.8 3.3 4.4
- Rated power for squirrel-cage motors At 230 V kW 0.67 1.1 1.5
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz 400 V kW 1.15 2 2.5
690 V kW 1.15 2.5 3.5
1) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, etc.
(increased power consumption on heating up has been taken into
account).
2)
The data applies to 3RT2516 and 3RT2517 contactors (2 NO + 2NC)
up to a rated operational voltage of 400 V only.

2/22 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Contactors
Type 3RT2015 3RT2016 to 3RT2018
Size S00
Rated data of main contacts (continued)
Load rating with DC
Utilization category DC-1,
switching resistive loads (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
- 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A 15 20
2
60 V A 15 20
110 V A 1.5 2.1
220 V A 0.6 0.8
440 V A 0.42 0.6
600 V A 0.42 0.6
- 2 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 15 20
60 V A 15 20
110 V A 8.4 12
220 V A 1.2 1.6
440 V A 0.6 0.8
600 V A 0.5 0.7
- 3 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 15 20
60 V A 15 20
110 V A 15 20
220 V A 15 20
440 V A 0.9 1.3
600 V A 0.7 1
Utilization category DC-3/DC-5,
shunt-wound and series-wound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
- 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A 15 20
60 V A 0.35 0.5
110 V A 0.1 0.15
220 V A --
440 V A --
600 V A --
- 2 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 15 20
60 V A 3.5 5
110 V A 0.25 0.35
220 V A --
440 V A --
600 V A --
- 3 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 15 20
60 V A 15 20
110 V A 15 20
220 V A 1.2 1.5
440 V A 0.14 0.2
600 V A 0.14 0.2
1) Dependence of the switching frequency z’ on
the operational current I’ and operational voltage U ’:
z’ = z ⋅ (Ie/I’ ) ⋅ (U e/U ’)1.5 ⋅1/h.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/23

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Contactors
Type 3RT2023 to 3RT2025 3RT2026 to 3RT2028
Size S0
General data
Permissible mounting position
The contactors are designed for operation on a

NSB0_00478c
360° 22,5° 22,5°
vertical mounting surface.

2
Upright mounting position

NSB0_00477a

Special version required,

also applies to 3RT202.-.K.40 coupling contactors
Mechanical endurance
• Basic unit and Operat- 10 million
basic unit with mounted auxiliary switch block ing cy-
cles
• Basic unit with solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block Operat- 5 million
ing cy-
cles
Electrical endurance For contact endurance of the main contacts, see page 2/17.
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts V 400
(according to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N)
Mirror contacts
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be closed
simultaneously with an NO main contact.
• Integrated auxiliary switches Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
• 3RT2.2. (removable auxiliary switch block) Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... +60
• During storage °C -55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529
• On front IP20 (screw terminals and spring-type terminals)
• Connecting terminal IP20 (screw terminals and spring-type terminals)
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe (screw terminals and spring-type terminals)
Shock resistance
• Rectangular pulse
- AC operation g/ms 7.5/5 and 4.7/10 8.3/5 and 5.310
- DC operation g/ms 10/5 and 7.5/10
• Sine pulse
- AC operation g/ms 11.8/5 and 7.4/10 13.5/5 and 8.3/10
- DC operation g/ms 15/5 and 10/10

2/24 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Contactors
Type 3RT2023 3RT2024 3RT2025 3RT2026 3RT2027 3RT2028
Size S0
Rated data of the main contacts
Load rating with AC
Utilization category AC-1,
switching resistive load
• Rated operational current Ie At 40 °C up to 690 V
At 60 °C up to 690 V
A
A
40
35
50
42 2
• Rated power for AC loads1) 230 V kW 13.3 15.5
P.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 400 V kW 23 27.5
690 V kW 40 47.5
• Minimum conductor cross-section At 40 °C mm2 10
for loads with Ie At 60 °C mm2 10
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
• Rated operational currents Ie Up to 400 V A 9 12 17 25 32 38
440 V A 9 12 17 22 32 35
500 V A 9 12 17 18 32
690 V A 9 13 21
• Rated power for slipring or squirrel-cage motors At 230 V kW 2.2 3 4 5.5 7.5 11
at 50 and 60 Hz 400 V kW 4 5.5 7.5 11 15 18.5
690 V kW 7.5 11 18.5
Thermal load capacity 10 s current A 80 110 150 200 260 300
Power loss per conducting path At Ie/AC-3 W 0.4 0.5 0.9 1.6 2.7 3.8
Utilization category AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)
• Maximum values:
- Rated operational current Ie Up to 400 V A 8.5 12.5 15.5 22
- Rated power for squirrel-cage motors At 400 V kW 4 5.5 7.5 11
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
• The following applies to a contact endurance
of about 200 000 operating cycles:
- Rated operational currents Ie Up to 400 V A 4.1 5.5 7.7 9 12
690 V A 3.3 5.5 7.7 9 12
- Rated power for squirrel-cage motors At 110 V kW 0.5 0.73 1 1.2 1.6
with 50 Hz and 60 Hz 230 V kW 1.1 1.5 2 2.5 3.4
400 V kW 2 2.6 3.5 4.4 6
690 V kW 2.5 4.6 6 7.7 10.3
1)
Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, etc.
(increased power consumption on heating up has been taken into
account).

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/25

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Contactors
Type 3RT2023 to 3RT2025 3RT2026 to 3RT2028
Size S0
Rated data of main contacts (continued)
Load rating with DC
Utilization category DC-1,
switching resistive loads (L/R ≤ 1 ms)

2 • Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)

- 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A 35
60 V A 20
110 V A 4.5
220 V A 1
440 V A 0.4
600 V A 0.25
- 2 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 35
60 V A 35
110 V A 35
220 V A 5
440 V A 1
600 V A 0.8
- 3 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 35
60 V A 35
110 V A 35
220 V A 35
440 V A 2.9
600 V A 1.4
Utilization category DC-3/DC-5,
shunt-wound and series-wound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
- 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A 20
60 V A 5
110 V A 2.5
220 V A 1
440 V A 0.09
600 V A 0.06
- 2 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 35
60 V A 35
110 V A 15
220 V A 3
440 V A 0.27
600 V A 0.16
- 3 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 35
60 V A 35
110 V A 35
220 V A 10
440 V A 0.6
600 V A 0.6
1) Dependence of the switching frequency z’ on
the operational current I’ and operational voltage U ’:
z’ = z ⋅ (Ie/I’ ) ⋅ (U e/U ’)1.5 ⋅1/h.
1) If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping
point, both cross-sections must lie in one of the ranges specified.

2/26 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Contactors
Type 3RT2035 3RT2036 3RT2037 3RT2038
Size S2
General data
Permissible mounting position
The contactors are designed for operation on a

NSB0_00478c
360° 22,5° 22,5°
vertical mounting surface.

2
Upright mounting position

NSB0_00477a Special version required

Mechanical endurance
• Basic units and Operat- 10 million
basic units with mounted auxiliary switch block ing cy-
cles
• Basic units with solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block Operat- 5 million
ing cy-
cles
Electrical endurance For contact endurance of the main contacts, see page 2/18 onwards.
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts V 400
(according to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N)
Mirror contacts
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be closed
simultaneously with an NO main contact.
• Integrated auxiliary switches Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
• 3RT2.3. (removable auxiliary switch block) Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... +60
• During storage °C -55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529
• On front IP20
• Connecting terminal IP00 (for higher degree of protection, use additional terminal covers)
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe for vertical touching from the front
Shock resistance
• Rectangular pulse
- AC operation g/ms 11.8/5 and 7.4/10
- DC operation g/ms 7.7/5 and 4.5/10
• Sine pulse
- AC operation g/ms 18.5/5 and 11.6/10
- DC operation g/ms 12/5 and 7/10

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/27

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Contactors
Type 3RT2035 3RT2036 3RT2037 3RT2038
Size S2
Rated data of the main contacts
Load rating with AC
Utilization category AC-1,
switching resistive load

2 • Rated operational current Ie At 40 °C up to 690 V

At 60 °C up to 690 V
A
A
60
55
70
60
80
70
90
80
• Rated power for AC loads1) 230 V kW 23 26 30 34
P.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 400 V kW 39 46 53 59
690 V kW 68 79 91 102
• Minimum conductor cross-section At 40 °C mm2 16 25 35
for loads with Ie At 60 °C mm2 16 25
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
• Rated operational currents Ie Up to 400 V A 40 50 65 80
440 V A 40 50 65 80
500 V A 40 50 65 80
690 V A 24 47 58
• Rated power for slipring or squirrel-cage At 230 V kW 11 15 18.5 22
motors at 50 and 60 Hz 400 V kW 18.5 22 30 37
690 V kW 22 37 45
Thermal load capacity 10 s current A 400 420 520 640
Power loss per conducting path At Ie/AC-3 W 2.2 4 3.8 5.7
Utilization category AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)
• Maximum values
- Rated operational current Ie Up to 400 V A 35 41 55
- Rated power for squirrel-cage motors with At 400 V kW 18.5 22 30
50 Hz and 60 Hz
• The following applies to a contact endurance
of about 200 000 operating cycles:
- Rated operational currents Ie Up to 400 V A 22 24 28 30
690 V A 18.5 20 22 24
- Rated power for squirrel-cage motors with At 110 V kW 3.2 3.5 4.1 4.3
50 Hz and 60 Hz 230 V kW 6.7 7.3 8.5 9.1
400 V kW 11.6 12.6 14.7 15.8
690 V kW 16.8 18.2 20 21.8
1)
Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, etc.
(increased power consumption on heating up has been taken into
account).

2/28 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Contactors
Type 3RT2035 3RT2036 3RT2037 3RT2038
Size S2
Rated data of main contacts (continued)
Load rating with DC
Utilization category DC-1,
switching resistive loads (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
- 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A 55
2
60 V A 23
110 V A 4.5
220 V A 1
440 V A 0.4
600 V A 0.25
- 2 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 55
60 V A 45
110 V A 45
220 V A 5
440 V A 1
600 V A 0.8
- 3 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 55
60 V A 55
110 V A 55
220 V A 45
440 V A 2.9
600 V A 1.4
Utilization category DC-3/DC-5,
shunt-wound and series-wound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
- 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A 35
60 V A 6
110 V A 2.5
220 V A 1
440 V A 0.1
600 V A 0.06
- 2 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 55
60 V A 45
110 V A 25
220 V A 5
440 V A 0.27
600 V A 0.16
- 3 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 55
60 V A 55
110 V A 55
220 V A 25
440 V A 0.6
600 V A 0.35

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/29

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Contactors
Type 3RT2045 3RT2046 3RT2047
Size S3
General data
Permissible mounting position
The contactors are designed for operation on a

NSB0_00478c
360° 22,5° 22,5°
vertical mounting surface.

2
Upright mounting position

NSB0_00477a
Special version required
Mechanical endurance
• Basic units and Operating cycles 10 million
basic units with mounted auxiliary switch block
• Basic units with solid-state compatible Operating cycles 5 million
auxiliary switch block
Electrical endurance For contact endurance of the main contacts, see page 2/18.
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 1 000 (3RT20. .-0CC0: 690)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts V 690
(according to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N)
Mirror contacts
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be closed
simultaneously with an NO main contact.
• Integrated auxiliary switches Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
• 3RT2.4. (removable auxiliary switch block) Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... +60
• During storage °C -55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529
• On front IP20
• Connecting terminal IP00 (for higher degree of protection, use additional terminal covers)
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe for vertical touching from the front
Shock resistance
• Rectangular pulse
- AC operation g/ms 10.3/5 and 6.7/10
- DC operation g/ms 6.7/5 and 4.0/10 (3RT204.-.KB40: 6.3/5 and 3.6/10)
• Sine pulse
- AC operation g/ms 16.3/5 and 10.5/10
- DC operation g/ms 10.6/5 and 6.3/10 (3RT204.-.KB40: 9.8/5 and 5.6/10)

2/30 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Contactors
Type 3RT2045 3RT2046 3RT2047
Size S3
Rated data of the main contacts
Load rating with AC
Utilization category AC-1,
switching resistive load
• Rated operational current Ie At 40 °C up to 690 V A
At 60 °C up to 690 V A
125
105
130
110 2
• Rated power for AC loads1) 230 V kW 40 42
P.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 400 V kW 69 72
690 V kW 119 125
• Minimum conductor cross-section At 40 °C mm2 50
for loads with Ie At 60 °C mm2 35
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
• Rated operational currents Ie Up to 400 V A 80 95 110
500 V A 80 95 110
690 V A 58 78 98
1 000 V A 30
• Rated power for slipring or squirrel- At 230 V kW 22 22 30
cage motors at 50 and 60 Hz 400 V kW 37 45 55
690 V kW 55 75 90
1 000 V A 37
Thermal load capacity 10 s current A 760 880
Power loss per conducting path At Ie/AC-3 W 5.3 6.6 7.9
Utilization category AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)
• Maximum values
- Rated operational current Ie Up to 400 V A 66 80 97
- Rated power for squirrel-cage At 400 V kW 37 45 55
motors with 50 Hz and 60 Hz
• The following applies to a contact endurance
of about 200 000 operating cycles:
- Rated operational currents Ie Up to 400 V A 34 42 46
690 V A 24 30 36
- Rated power for squirrel-cage At 110 V kW 4.9 6.1 6.7
motors with 50 Hz and 60 Hz 230 V kW 10.4 12 14
400 V kW 17.9 22 24.3
690 V kW 21.8 27.4 32.9
1)
Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, etc.
(increased power consumption on heating up has been taken into
account).

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/31

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Contactors
Type 3RT2045 3RT2046 3RT2047
Size S3
Rated data of main contacts (continued)
Load rating with DC
Utilization category DC-1,
switching resistive loads (L/R ≤ 1 ms)

2 • Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)

- 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A 100
60 V A 60
110 V A 9
220 V A 2
440 V A 0.6
600 V A 0.4
- 2 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 100
60 V A 100
110 V A 100
220 V A 10
440 V A 1.8
600 V A 1.0
- 3 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 100
60 V A 100
110 V A 100
220 V A 80
440 V A 4.5
600 V A 2.6
Utilization category DC-3/DC-5,
shunt-wound and series-wound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
- 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A 40
60 V A 6
110 V A 2.5
220 V A 1
440 V A 0.15
600 V A 0.06
- 2 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 100
60 V A 100
110 V A 100
220 V A 7
440 V A 0.42
600 V A 0.16
- 3 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 100
60 V A 100
110 V A 100
220 V A 35
440 V A 0.8
600 V A 0.35

2/32 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Type 3RT1054 3RT1055, 3RT1064, 3RT1075 3RT1076

3RT1056 3RT1065,
3RT1066
Size S6 S10 S12
General data
Permissible mounting position

NSB0_00649a
22,5° 22,5°
The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical 90° 90°
mounting surface.
2
Mechanical endurance Operating cycles 10 million
Electrical endurance For contact endurance of the main contacts, see page 2/18.
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 1 000
(pollution degree 3)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8
Protective separation between the coil and the V 690
main contacts according to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
Mirror contacts Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be
closed simultaneously with an NO main contact.
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... +60
• During storage °C -55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529
• On front IP00
(IP20 with box terminal/cover)
• Connecting terminal IP00
(for higher degree of protection, use additional terminal covers)
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe for vertical touching from the front with cover
Shock resistance
• Rectangular pulse g/ms 8.5/5 and 4.2/10
• Sine pulse g/ms 13.4/5 and 6.5/10
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) See page 2/13

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/33

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Type 3RT105. 3RT106. 3RT107.

Size S6 S10 S12
Control
Operating range of the solenoid operating AC/DC 0.8 x Us min ... 1.1 x Us max
mechanism
Power consumption of the solenoid operating mechanism
(with cold coil and rated range Us min ... Us max)

2
• Conventional operating mechanisms
- AC operation Closing at Us min VA/p.f. 250/0.9 490/0.9 700/0.9
Closing at Us max VA/p.f. 300/0.9 590/0.9 830/0.9
Closed at Us min VA/p.f. 4.8/0.8 5.6/0.9 7.6/0.9
Closed at Us max VA/p.f. 5.8/0.8 6.7/0.9 9.2/0.9
- DC operation Closing at Us min W 300 540 770
Closing at Us max W 360 650 920
Closed at Us min W 4.3 6.1 8.5
Closed at Us max W 5.2 7.4 10
• Solid-state operating mechanisms
- AC operation Closing at Us min VA/p.f. 190/0.8 400/0.8 560/0.8
Closing at Us max VA/p.f. 280/0.8 530/0.8 750/0.8
Closed at Us min VA/p.f. 3.5/0.6 5.5/0.5 5.6/0.5
Closed at Us max VA/p.f. 4.8/0.6 8.5/0.4 9/0.4
- DC operation Closing at Us min W 250 440 600
Closing at Us max W 320 580 800
Closed at Us min W 2.1 2.8 3
Closed at Us max W 2.8 3.4 3.6
PLC control input acc. to IEC 60947-1
• Conventional operating mechanism Type 2
3RT10..-.A
• Solid-state operating mechanism
- 3RT10..-.N/-.P Type 2
- 3RT10..-.S Type 1
• Rated voltage V DC 24
• Operating range V DC 17 ... 30
• Power consumption mA ≤ 30
• Recovery time after mains failure, typical s 2
(applicable only for fail-safe version
3RT10..-.S)
Operating times for rated range
Us min ... Us max
(Total break time = Opening delay + Arcing
time)
• Conventional operating mechanism Closing delay ms 25 ... 50 35 ... 50 50 ... 70
(3RT10..-.A) Opening delay ms 40 ... 60 50 ... 80 70 ... 100
• Solid-state operating mechanism
- Actuated via A1/A2 Closing delay ms 100 ... 120 110 ... 130 125 ... 150
(3RT10..-.N/-.P) Opening delay ms 80 ... 100
- Actuated via PLC input Closing delay ms 40 ... 60 50 ... 65 65 ... 80
(3RT10..-.N/-.P) Opening delay ms 80 ... 100
- Actuated via F-PLC input Closing delay ms 60 ... 75
(3RT10..-.S) Opening delay ms 115 ... 130
• Arcing time ms 10 ... 15

2/34 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Type 3RT1054 3RT1055 3RT1056 3RT1064 3RT1065 3RT1066 3RT1075 3RT1076

Size S6 S10 S12
Rated data of the main contacts
Load rating with AC
Utilization category AC-1
switching resistive load
• Rated operational currents Ie
- At 40 °C up to 690 V
- At 60 °C up to 690 V
A
A
160
140
185
160
215
185
275
250
330
300
430
400
610
550 2
- At 60 °C up to 1 000 V A 80 90 100 150 200
• Rated power for AC loads1)
with p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C)
- At 230 V kW 53 60 70 94 113 151 208
- At 400 V kW 92 105 121 164 197 263 362
- At 500 V kW 115 131 152 205 246 329 452
- At 690 V kW 159 181 210 283 340 454 624
- At 1 000 V kW 131 148 165 164 246 329
• Minimum conductor cross-section for loads with Ie
- At 40 °C mm2 70 95 150 185 2 x 150 2 x 185
- At 60 °C mm2 50 70 95 120 185 240 2 x 185
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
• Rated operational currents Ie
- Up to 500 V A 115 150 185 225 265 300 400 500
- At 690 V A 115 150 170 225 265 280 400 450
- At 1 000 V A 53 65 68 95 180
• Rated power for slipring or squirrel-cage motors
at 50 and 60 Hz
- At 230 V kW 37 50 61 73 85 97 132 164
- At 400 V kW 64 84 104 128 151 171 231 291
- At 500 V kW 81 105 132 160 189 215 291 363
- At 690 V kW 113 146 167 223 265 280 400 453
- At 1 000 V kW 75 90 132 250
Thermal load capacity, 10 s current A 1 100 1 300 1 480 1 800 2 400 3 200 4 000
Power loss per main conducting path W 7 9 13 17 18 22 35 55
at Ie/AC-3/500 V
Utilization category AC-4 (for Ia = 6 x Ie)
Maximum values:
• Rated operational current Ie
- Up to 400 V A 97 132 160 195 230 280 350 430
• Rated power of squirrel-cage motors
at 50 and 60 Hz
- At 400 V kW 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250
The following applies to a contact endurance
of about 200 000 operating cycles:
• Rated operational currents Ie
- Up to 500 V A 54 68 81 96 117 125 150 175
- Up to 690 V A 48 57 65 85 105 115 135 150
• Rated power of squirrel-cage motors
At 50 and 60 Hz
- At 230 V kW 16 20 25 30 37 40 48 56
- At 400 V kW 29 38 45 54 66 71 85 98
- At 500 V kW 37 47 57 67 82 87 105 123
- At 690 V kW 48 55 65 82 102 112 133 148
1) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, etc.
(increased power consumption on heating up has been taken into
account).

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/35

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

Type 3RT1054 3RT1055 3RT1056 3RT1064 3RT1065 3RT1066 3RT1075 3RT1076

Size S6 S10 S12
Rated data of main contacts (continued)
Load rating with DC
Utilization category DC-1,
switching resistive loads (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)

2 - 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A
60 V A
160
160
200
200
300
300
400
330
110 V A 18 33
220 V A 3.4 3.8
440 V A 0.8 0.9
600 V A 0.5 0.6
- 2 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 160 200 300 400
60 V A 160 200 300 400
110 V A 160 200 300 400
220 V A 20 300 400
440 V A 3.2 4
600 V A 1.6 2
- 3 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 160 200 300 400
60 V A 160 200 300 400
110 V A 160 200 300 400
220 V A 160 200 300 400
440 V A 11.5 11
600 V A 4 5.2
Utilization category DC-3/DC-5,
shunt-wound and series-wound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
- 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A 160 200 300 400
60 V A 7.5 11
110 V A 2.5 3
220 V A 0.6
440 V A 0.17 0.18
600 V A 0.12 0.125
- 2 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 160 200 300 400
60 V A 160 200 300 400
110 V A 160 200 300 400
220 V A 2.5
440 V A 0.65
600 V A 0.37
- 3 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 160 200 300 400
60 V A 160 200 300 400
110 V A 160 200 300 400
220 V A 160 200 300 400
440 V A 1.4
600 V A 0.75

2/36 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

■ Selection and ordering data

DC operation for direct control from the PLC
• Coupling contactors with adapted power consumption
• Suitable for solid-state PLC/F-PLC outputs
• Cannot be extended with auxiliary switch blocks
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1

2
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B

3RT201.-2.B4.
Rated data Auxiliary contacts Rated control SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
AC-2 and AC-3, AC-1, supply voltage (UNIT, per PU
tu: Up to 60° C tu: 40 °C Us SET, approx.
M)
Operational Ratings of Opera- Ident No. Version
current Ie three-phase tional Article No.
up to motors current Ie
at 50 Hz and up to
400 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V DC d kg
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
Size S00
Diode, varistor or RC element, attachable
(no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
Operating range 0.7 ... 1.25 x Us, power consumption of the solenoid coils 2.8 W at 24 V
7 3 18 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2015-2HB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.317
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2015-2HB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.317
9 4 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2016-2HB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.300
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2016-2HB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.315
12 5.51) 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2017-2HB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.317
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2017-2HB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
Operating range 0.85 ... 1.85 x Us, power consumption of the solenoid coils 1.6 W at 24 V
7 3 18 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2015-2MB41-0KT0 1 1 unit 41B 0.319
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2015-2MB42-0KT0 1 1 unit 41B 0.317
9 4 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2016-2MB41-0KT0 1 1 unit 41B 0.317
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2016-2MB42-0KT0 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
12 5.51) 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2017-2MB41-0KT0 1 1 unit 41B 0.318
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2017-2MB42-0KT0 1 1 unit 41B 0.317
With integrated coil circuit (diode)1)
(no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
Operating range 0.7 ... 1.25 x Us, power consumption of the solenoid coils 2.8 W at 24 V
7 3 18 10 1 -- 24 2 3RT2015-2JB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.315
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2015-2JB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
9 4 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2016-2JB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2016-2JB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.317
12 5.51) 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2017-2JB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2017-2JB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
Operating range 0.85 ... 1.85 x Us, power consumption of the solenoid coils 1.6 W at 24 V
7 3 18 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2015-2VB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2015-2VB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.323
9 4 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2016-2VB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.320
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2016-2VB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.318
12 5.51) 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2017-2VB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.320
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2017-2VB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.320
1) When using contactors with IE3/IE4 motors, use contactors fitted with Other voltages, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 3
varistors instead of diodes. In the case of 5.5 kW coupling contactors of on request.
size S00, use 5.5 kW coupling contactors of size S0, see page 2/39.
Accessories and spare parts, see pages 2/44 to 2/58.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/37
 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

DC operation for direct control from the PLC
• Coupling contactors with adapted power consumption
• Suitable for solid-state PLC/F-PLC outputs
• Cannot be expanded with auxiliary switch blocks
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B

3RT201.-2.B4.
Rated data Auxiliary contacts Rated control SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
AC-2 and AC-3, AC-1, supply voltage (UNIT, per PU
tu: Up to 60° C tu: 40 °C Us SET, approx.
M)
Operational Ratings of Opera- Ident No. Version
current Ie three-phase tional Article No.
up to motors at 50 Hz current Ie
and up to
400 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V DC d kg
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
Size S00
With integrated coil circuit (suppressor diode)1)
(no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
Operating range 0.7 ... 1.25 x Us, power consumption of the solenoid coils 2.8 W at 24 V
7 3 18 10 1 -- 24 2 3RT2015-2KB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.315
01 -- 1 24 } 3RT2015-2KB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.318
9 4 22 10 1 -- 24 2 3RT2016-2KB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.315
01 -- 1 24 2 3RT2016-2KB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
12 5.51) 22 10 1 -- 24 } 3RT2017-2KB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
01 -- 1 24 } 3RT2017-2KB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
Operating range 0.85 ... 1.85 x Us, power consumption of the solenoid coils 1.6 W at 24 V
7 3 18 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2015-2SB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.310
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2015-2SB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.318
9 4 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2016-2SB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.317
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2016-2SB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.312
12 5.51) 22 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2017-2SB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.323
01 -- 1 24 5 3RT2017-2SB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.321
1) When using contactors with IE3/IE4 motors, use contactors fitted with Other voltages, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 3
varistors instead of diodes. In the case of 5.5 kW coupling contactors of on request.
size S00, use 5.5 kW coupling contactors of size S0, see page 2/39.
Accessories and spare parts, see pages 2/44 to 2/58.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/38 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

DC operation for direct control from the PLC
• Coupling contactors with adapted power consumption
• Suitable for solid-state PLC outputs
• Cannot be expanded with auxiliary switch blocks

3RT202.-2KB40
Rated data Auxiliary contacts Rated control SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
AC-2 and AC-3, AC-1, supply voltage (UNIT, per PU
tu: Up to 60° C tu: 40 °C Us SET, approx.
M)
Operational Rating of three- Opera- Ident No. Version
current Ie phase motors at tional Article No.
up to 50 Hz and current Ie
up to
400 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V DC d kg
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
Size S0
With integrated coil circuit (varistor)
(no auxiliary switch blocks can be mounted)
Operating range 0.7 ... 1.25 x Us, power consumption of the solenoid coils 4.5 W at 24 V
9 4 40 11 1 1 24 } 3RT2023-2KB40 1 1 unit 41B 0.635
12 5.5 40 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2024-2KB40 1 1 unit 41B 0.645
17 7.5 40 11 1 1 24 2 3RT2025-2KB40 1 1 unit 41B 0.643
25 11 40 11 1 1 24 2 3RT2026-2KB40 1 1 unit 41B 0.643
32 15 50 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2027-2KB40 1 1 unit 41B 0.650

Other voltages, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 3

on request.
Accessories and spare parts, see pages 2/44 to 2/58.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/39
 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

AC/DC operation (50/60 Hz AC and DC)
• Extended operating range of the solenoid coil 0.7 to 1.3 x Us
• Reduced power consumption when closing and in the closed
state

3RT202.-2N.30
Rated data Auxiliary contacts Rated control SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
AC-2 and AC-3, AC-1, supply voltage (UNIT, per PU
tu: Up to 60° C tu: 40 °C Us SET, approx.
M)
Operational Rating of three- Opera- Ident No. Version
current Ie phase motors at tional Article No.
up to 50 Hz and current Ie
up to
400 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V AC/DC d kg
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting
rail
Size S0
With integrated coil circuit (varistor)
12 5.5 40 11 1 1 21 ... 28 5 3RT2024-2NB30 1 1 unit 41B 0.608
95 ... 130 5 3RT2024-2NF30 1 1 unit 41B 0.581
200 ... 280 2 3RT2024-2NP30 1 1 unit 41B 0.585
17 7.5 40 11 1 1 21 ... 28 5 3RT2025-2NB30 1 1 unit 41B 0.609
95 ... 130 5 3RT2025-2NF30 1 1 unit 41B 0.583
200 ... 280 2 3RT2025-2NP30 1 1 unit 41B 0.586
25 11 40 11 1 1 21 ... 28 2 3RT2026-2NB30 1 1 unit 41B 0.618
95 ... 130 5 3RT2026-2NF30 1 1 unit 41B 0.582
200 ... 280 5 3RT2026-2NP30 1 1 unit 41B 0.587
32 15 50 11 1 1 21 ... 28 2 3RT2027-2NB30 1 1 unit 41B 0.626
95 ... 130 5 3RT2027-2NF30 1 1 unit 41B 0.590
200 ... 280 5 3RT2027-2NP30 1 1 unit 41B 0.595
38 18.5 50 11 1 1 21 ... 28 5 3RT2028-2NB30 1 1 unit 41B 0.619
95 ... 130 5 3RT2028-2NF30 1 1 unit 41B 0.585
200 ... 280 5 3RT2028-2NP30 1 1 unit 41B 0.594

Other voltages, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 3

on request.
Accessories and spare parts, see pages 2/44 to 2/58.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/40 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

AC/DC operation (50/60 Hz AC and DC)
• Extended operating range of the solenoid coil 0.8 to 1.1 x Us
• Reduced power consumption when closing and in the closed
state
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B

3RT203.-3N.30
Rated data Auxiliary contacts Rated control SD Spring-type Weight
AC-2 and AC-3, AC-1, supply voltage Us1) terminals per PU
tu: Up to 60° C tu: 40 °C approx.
Operational current Ie Rating of three- Operational current Ident Version
up to phase motors at Ie No.
50 Hz and up to Article No.
400 V 400 V 690 V

A kW A NO NC V AC/DC d kg
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
Size S2
With integrated coil circuit (varistor)
40 18.5 60 11 1 1 20 ... 33 } 3RT2035-3NB30 1.112
83 ... 155 5 3RT2035-3NF30 1.112
175 ... 280 5 3RT2035-3NP30 1.113
50 22 70 11 1 1 20 ... 33 } 3RT2036-3NB30 1.100
83 ... 155 5 3RT2036-3NF30 1.115
175 ... 280 5 3RT2036-3NP30 1.112
65 30 80 11 1 1 20 ... 33 } 3RT2037-3NB30 1.130
83 ... 155 5 3RT2037-3NF30 1.127
175 ... 280 5 3RT2037-3NP30 1.116
80 37 90 11 1 1 20 ... 33 } 3RT2038-3NB30 1.107
83 ... 155 5 3RT2038-3NF30 1.121
175 ... 280 2 3RT2038-3NP30 1.119

Other voltages, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 3

on request.
Accessories and spare parts, see pages 2/44 to 2/58.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/41
 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

AC/DC operation (50/60 Hz AC and DC)
• Extended operating range of the solenoid coil 0.8 to 1.1 x Us
• Reduced power consumption when closing and in the closed
state
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41B

3RT204.-3N.30
Rated data Auxiliary contacts Rated control SD Spring-type Weight
AC-2 and AC-3, AC-1, supply voltage Us1) terminals per PU
tu: Up to 60° C tu: 40 °C approx.
Operational Rating of Operational Ident No. Version
current Ie three-phase motors current Ie Article No. Price
up to at 50 Hz and up to per PU
400 V 400 V 690 V
A kW A NO NC V AC/DC d kg
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
Size S3
With integrated coil circuit (varistor)
80 37 125 11 1 1 20 ... 33 2 3RT2045-3NB30 1.830
83 ... 155 5 3RT2045-3NF30 1.815
175 ... 280 5 3RT2045-3NP30 1.820
95 45 130 11 1 1 20 ... 33 2 3RT2046-3NB30 1.834
83 ... 155 5 3RT2046-3NF30 1.815
175 ... 280 5 3RT2046-3NP30 1.748
110 55 130 11 1 1 20 ... 33 2 3RT2047-3NB30 1.833
83 ... 155 5 3RT2047-3NF30 1.815
175 ... 280 5 3RT2047-3NP30 1.818

Other voltages, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 3

on request.
Accessories and spare parts, see www.siemens.com/ic10,
Chapter 3.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/42 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

SIRIUS 3RT contactors, 3-pole up to 250 kW

AC/DC operation (50/60 Hz AC and DC)
• Withdrawable coils with integrated coil switch (varistor)
• Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw or spring-type terminals
• Main conductors: Busbar connections, for 3RT1054 (55 kW) box terminals1)

3RT105. 3RT106. 3RT107.

Size Rated data Auxiliary Rated control SD Article No. Price PU PS* PG Weight
AC-2 and AC-3, AC-1, contacts, supply per PU (UNIT, per PU
tu: Up to 60° C tu: 40 °C lateral voltage Us SET, approx.
M)
Opera- Ratings of Opera- Version
tional three-phase motors tional
current Ie at 50 Hz and current
up to Ie up to
500 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW A NO NC V AC/DC d kg
Solid-state operating mechanisms · with 24 V DC control signal input
e.g. for control by PLC
A1 + - Spring-type
ON OFF
PLC
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43 terminals
for coil and auxiliary
switch terminals
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44
A2

S6 115 37 55 75 110 160 2 2 96 ... 127 5 3RT1054-3NF36 1 1 unit 41B 3.624

200 ... 277 5 3RT1054-3NP36 1 1 unit 41B 3.618
150 45 75 90 132 185 2 2 96 ... 127 5 3RT1055-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B 3.333
200 ... 277 5 3RT1055-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B 3.350
185 55 90 110 160 215 2 2 96 ... 127 5 3RT1056-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B 3.353
200 ... 277 5 3RT1056-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B 3.350
S10 225 55 110 160 200 275 2 2 96 ... 127 5 3RT1064-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B 6.610
200 ... 277 5 3RT1064-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B 6.462
265 75 132 160 250 330 2 2 96 ... 127 5 3RT1065-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B 6.656
200 ... 277 5 3RT1065-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B 6.549
300 90 160 200 250 330 2 2 96 ... 127 5 3RT1066-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B 6.720
200 ... 277 5 3RT1066-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B 6.599
S12 400 132 200 250 400 430 2 2 96 ... 127 5 3RT1075-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B 10.352
200 ... 277 5 3RT1075-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B 10.095
500 160 250 355 400 610 2 2 96 ... 127 5 3RT1076-2NF36 1 1 unit 41B 10.501
200 ... 277 5 3RT1076-2NP36 1 1 unit 41B 10.340
1)
Alternatively, the 3RT1054 contactor (55 kW) can also be supplied with Other voltages, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 3
busbar connections instead of box terminals. on request.
In the 8th position of the article number, the "1" must be replaced with "6"
for screw terminals, e.g. 3RT1054-6N..., for spring-type terminals, the "3" Accessories and spare parts, see www.siemens.com/ic10,
must be replaced with "2", e.g. 3RT1054-2N.... Chapter 3.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/43
 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

Accessories and Spare Parts for SIRIUS 3RT Contactors and SIRIUS 3RH2 Contactor Relays
General data

■ Overview
Extensive accessories and spare parts are available for SIRIUS Overview graphics with mountable accessories
3RT power contactors and SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays. • For 3RT2 contactors, see pages 2/5 to 2/8
These components are easily fitted to the contactors without the • For 3RT1 contactors, see pages 2/9 to 2/11
use of any tools according to requirements. • For 3RH2 contactor relays, see page 2/84
More information
2 TIA Selection Tool Cloud (TST Cloud),
see https://mall.industry.siemens.com/spice/TSTWeb/?kmat=Contactor

Version For contactors Selection and

3RT2, 3RT1, ordering data
Sizes S00 to S3; Sizes S6 to S12
3RH2,
Size S00 Page
Accessories for 3RT contactors and 3RH2 contactor relays
Auxiliary switch blocks
Instantaneous 3RH29.1 3RH19.1
Delayed
• Pneumatic time-delay auxiliary switch blocks 3RT2926-2P..1 --
• Solid-state time-delay auxiliary switch blocks 3RA2813, 3RA2814, 3RA2815 3RT1926-2E/-2F/-2G
Surge suppressors
• Without LED 3RT29.6-1B/-1C/-1D/-1E 3RT1956-1C
• With LED 3RT29.6-1J/-1L/-1M --
Modules for contactor control
Coupling links for control by PLC 3RH29.4-.GP11 --
3RA28 function modules
• For direct on-line starting: ON delay or OFF-delay 3RA2811, 3RA2812, --
3RA2831, 3RA2832
• For star-delta (wye-delta) starting 3RA2816 --
3RA27 function modules for IO-Link or AS-Interface
• For direct-on-line, reversing or star-delta (wye-delta) starting 3RA271.-. A/.B/.C --
Mechanical latching blocks 3RT2926-3A. 31 --
OFF-delay devices for contactors with AC/DC and DC operation 3RT2916-2B.01 --
Link modules
Link modules from motor starter protector to contactor 3RA.9.1 --
Safety main current connectors for two contactors 3RA29.6-1A --
Assembly kits
• For reversing contactor assemblies 3RA29.3-2AA. 3RA19.3-2A
• For contactor assemblies for star-delta (wye-delta) starting 3RA29..-2BB., 3RA29.3-2C 3RA1953-3G,
3RA19.3-2./-3.
Single wiring modules 3RA.9.3-3.A. 3RA19.3-3.
Star jumpers (links for paralleling), 3-pole 3RT.9.6-4BA3. 3RT19.6-4BA31
Mechanical interlock kits for two contactors 3RA29.2-2H --
Mechanical interlocks for contactor assemblies 3RA2934-2B 3RA1954-2.
Mechanical connectors for contactor assemblies 3RA29.2-2 . 3RA1932-2D
Terminal modules/adapters
Links for paralleling for main circuits 3RT.9.6-4BB.1 --
Single-phase infeed terminals 3RA2943-3L --
Three-phase infeed terminals 3RA2913-3K, 3RV29.5-5A. --
• With increased clearances and creepage distances 3RV2935-5E --
Three-phase busbars 3RV1915-1AB --
Box terminal blocks -- 3RT19..-4G
• Box terminal for auxiliary conductor connection -- 3TX7500-0A
Solder pin adapters for contactor assembly on printed circuit boards 3RT1916-4KA. --
Coil connection modules for connections from top or from below 3RT2926-4R.1. --
Motor feeder connector 3RT1900-4RE01 --
Covers
Terminal covers 3RT29.6-4EA. 3RT19.6-4EA.,
3TX65.6-3B
Sealable covers 3RT2916-4MA10 3RT1926-4MA10

2/44 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

Accessories and Spare Parts for SIRIUS 3RT Contactors and SIRIUS 3RH2 Contactor Relays
General data

Version For contactors Selection and

3RT2, 3RT1, ordering data
Sizes S00 to S3; Sizes S6 to S12
3RH2,
Size S00 Page
Accessories for 3RT contactors and 3RH2 contactor relays (continued)
Miscellaneous accessories
Base plates
• For reversing contactor assemblies
• For contactor assemblies for star-delta (wye-delta) starting
--
3RA29.2-2F
3RT19.2-2A
3RA19. 2-2.
2
Adapters for screw fixing 3RT1926-4P --
EMC suppression modules 3RT2916-1P.. --
Additional load modules 3RT2916-1GA00 --
LED modules for displaying contactor operation 3RT2926-1QT00 3RT1926-1QT00
Control kit for manual operation 3RT29.6-4MC00 --
Insulation stop for securely holding back the conductor insulation for 3RT2916-4JA02 3RT1916-4JA02
conductors up to 1 mm2
Tools for opening spring-type terminals 3RA2908-1A 3RA2908-1A
Blank labels 3RT2900-1SB.0 3RT1900-1S..0
Spare parts for 3RT2 contactors
Solenoid coils 3RT29..-5...1 --
Withdrawable coils -- 3RT19..-5....
Contacts with fixing parts 3RT29..-6. 3RT19..-6.
Arc chambers -- 3RT19..-7.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/45

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

Accessories and Spare Parts for SIRIUS 3RT Contactors and SIRIUS 3RH2 Contactor Relays
Auxiliary switch blocks, instantaneous

■ Selection and ordering data

Auxiliary switch: Terminal designations and identification numbers for auxiliary contacts
Terminal designations Identification numbers
The terminal designations are 2-digit, e.g. 13, 14, 21, 22: The identification number indicates the number and type of the
• Tens digit: Sequence digit auxiliary contacts, e.g. 40, 31, 22, 13:
- Related terminals have the same sequence digit • 1st digit: number of normally open contacts (NO)
2 • Units digit: Function digit
• 2nd digit: number of normally closed contacts (NC)
Examples:
- 1-2 for normally closed contacts (NC)
- 3-4 for normally open contacts (NO) • 31 = 3 NO + 1 NC
• 40 = 4 NO
Selection aid for mountable auxiliary switch blocks for power contactors and contactor relays
The auxiliary switch blocks of the 3RH29 series for mounting on
the front and side can be used for 3RT2 power contactors as well Example 1 Example 2
as for 3RH2 contactor relays. Type 3RT20 motor contactor, 3RT20 motor contactor,
S00 with 1 NO S0 with 1 NO + 1 NC
The possible combinations of basic unit and mounted auxiliary
switch block can be found in the tables, see pages 2/47 to 2/51.
1 3 5
Where the columns and lines intersect (blue and green in the ex-
ample) you will find the identification number for the combination SIRIUS
of basic unit (column) and auxiliary switch block (line). 3. 4. 5. 6.
13 21 A1
Additional auxiliary switch blocks 3-pole contactors
1 3 5
SIRIUS
13 A1
Article number Auxiliary contacts 3RT201 3RT201 3RT202 to 2. 3. 4. 5.
3RT204
Version S00 S00 S0 to S3
NO NC 10 01 11
3. 4. 5. 6.
13 21 13 21
14 22 A2

NSB0_02112

NSB0_02114
2. 3. 4. 5.
14 22 14 22
2 4 6
2 4 6 14 A2
2. 3. 4. 5. 5. 6. 7. 8. 3. 4. 5. 6.
1)
According to EN 50012
Sequence
Auxiliary switch blocks 2. 3. 4. 5. 3. 4. 5. 6.
digit
without NO contacts
Type Auxiliary switch blocks Auxiliary switch blocks
3RH2911-@HA01 -- 1 .1 11 02 12 with 4 NC, with 3 NC,
3RH2911-.FA04 3RH2911-.HA03
.2
.1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1
3RH2911-@HA02 -- 2 12 03 13
NSB0_02116

.2 .2
3RH2911-@HA03 -- 3 .1 .1 .1 13 04 14 IC01_00131

.2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2
.2 .2 .2
Function .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1 .1
3RH2911-@FA04 -- 4 .1 .1 .1 .1 14 -- --
NSB0 02142

digit .2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2 .2
3RT20 motor contactor, 3RT20 motor contactor,
.2 .2 .2 .2 Combina-
S00 S0
tion
Auxiliary switch blocks with aux. switch block with aux. switch block
with 1 NO contact
3RH2911-@HA10 1 -- .3 20 11 21

.4 SIRIUS
3. 4. 5. 6.
13 21 A1
1 For screw terminals SIRIUS
13 A1
3. 4. 5. .1 .1 .1
2 For spring-type terminals 2.

1)
Combinations according to EN 50012, EN 50011 and IEC 60947-5-1 are in .1 .1 .1 .1
bold print. All combinations comply with EN 50005.
Example 1
.2 .2 .2
Basic unit: 3-pole 3RT2017 motor contactor with 1 NO 14 22 A2
Required: 1 NO + 4 NC (Ident No. 14)
NSB0_02120

IC01_00132

.2 .2 .2 .2
Result: 3RH2911-.FA04 auxiliary switch block
14 A2
Example 2
Basic unit: 3-pole 3RT2023 motor contactor with 1 NO + 1 NC Terminal 13 21 31 41 51 13 21 31 41 51
Required: 1 NO + 4 NC (Ident No. 14) designation 14 22 32 42 52 14 22 32 42 52
Result: 3RH2911-.HA03 auxiliary switch block Result Ident No. 14 Ident No. 14

2/46 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

Accessories and Spare Parts for SIRIUS 3RT Contactors and SIRIUS 3RH2 Contactor Relays
Auxiliary switch blocks, instantaneous

Additional auxiliary switch blocks 3-pole contactors 4-pole contactors Contactor relays
Article number Auxiliary contacts S00 S0 to S3 S00 S0 to S3 S00
Version 3RT201 3RT202, 3RT231 3RT251 3RT232, 3RT252, 3RH21, 3RH24
3RT203, 3RT233, 3RT253,
3RT204, 3RT234 3RT254
3RT244
NO NC 10 01 11 -- -- 11 11 40E 31E 22E
13 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 13 21 31 43

14 22 14 24 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 22 32 44
2
14 22 14 22 14 22
2. 3. 4. 5. 5. 6. 7. 8. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 3. 4. 5. 6. 3. 4. 5. 6. 5. 6. 7. 8 5. 6. 7. 8. 5. 6. 7. 8.
According to EN 500121) According to EN 500121) According to EN 500111)
Auxiliary switch blocks, front
Without NO contact
3RH2911-@HA01 -- 1 .1 11 02 12 01 01 12 12 41X 32X 23X

.2
3RH2911-@HA02 -- 2 .1 .1 12 03 13 02 02 13 -- 42E 33X 24

.2 .2
3RH2911-@HA03 -- 3 .1 .1 .1 13 04 14 03 -- -- -- 43 34 --

.2 .2 .2
3RH2911-@FA04 -- 4 .1 .1 .1 .1 14 -- -- -- -- -- -- 44E -- --

.2 .2 .2 .2

With 1 NO contact
3RH2911-@HA10 1 -- .3 20 11 21 10 10 21 21 50E 41E 32E

.4
3RH2911-@HA11 1 1 .1 .3 21 12 22 11 11 22 22 51X 42X 33X

.2 .4
3RH2911-@HA12 1 2 .1 .1 .3 22 13 23 12 12 23 -- 52 43 34

.2 .2 .4
3RH2911-@HA13 1 3 .1 .1 .1 .3 23 14 24 13 -- -- -- 53X 44X --

.2 .2 .2 .4

With 2 NO contacts
3RH2911-@HA20 2 -- .3 .3 30 21 31 20 20 31 31 60E 51X 42X

.4 .4
3RH2911-@HA21 2 1 .1 .3 .3 31 22 32 21 21 32 32 61 52 43

.2 .4 .4
3RH2911-@HA22 2 2 .1 .1 .3 .3 32 23 33 22 22 33 -- 62X 53 44X

.2 .2 .4 .4
3RH2911-@FA22 2 2 .3 .1 .1 .3 32 23 33 22 22 33 -- 62X 53 44X

.4 .2 .2 .4
With 3 NO contacts
3RH2911-@HA30 3 -- .3 .3 .3 40 31 41 30 30 41 41 70 61 52

.4 .4 .4
3RH2911-@HA31 3 1 .1 .3 .3 .3 41 32 42 31 31 42 42 71X 62X 53X

.2 .4 .4 .4

With 4 NO contacts
3RH2911-@FA40 4 -- .3 .3 .3 .3 50 41 51 40 40 51 51 80E 71X 62X

.4 .4 .4 .4
1)
Combinations according to EN 50012, EN 50011 and IEC 60947-5-1 are in bold print. All combinations comply with EN 50005.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/47

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

Accessories and Spare Parts for SIRIUS 3RT Contactors and SIRIUS 3RH2 Contactor Relays
Auxiliary switch blocks, instantaneous

Additional auxiliary switch blocks 3-pole contactors 4-pole contactors Contactor relays
Article number Auxiliary contacts S00 S0 to S3 S00 S0 to S3 S00
Version 3RT201 3RT202, 3RT231 3RT251 3RT232, 3RT252, 3RH21, 3RH24
3RT203, 3RT233, 3RT253,
3RT204, 3RT234 3RT254
3RT244
NO NC 10 01 11 S00 S0 to S3 40E 31E 22E

2
13 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 13 21 31 43

14 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14 24 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 22 32 44
2. 3. 4. 5. 5. 6. 7. 8. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 3. 4. 5. 6. 3. 4. 5. 6. 5. 6. 7. 8 5. 6. 7. 8. 5. 6. 7. 8.
According to EN 50005 According to EN 50005 According to EN 50005
Auxiliary switch blocks, front
(continued)
With make-before-break1)
3RH2911-@FB11 1 1 .7 .5 21 12 22 11 11 22 22 51 42 33

.8 .6
3RH2911-@FB22 2 2 .3 .1 .5 .7 32 23 33 22 22 33 -- 62 53 44

.4 .2 .6 .8
3RH2911-@FC22 2 2 .7 .7 .5 .5 32 23 33 22 22 33 -- 62 53 44

.8 .8 .6 .6

Complete inscription with terminals from top or bottom

3RH2911-1AA10 1 -- 73 20 11 21 10 10 21 21 50 41 32

74
3RH2911-1BA10 1 -- 73 20 11 21 10 10 21 21 50 41 32

74
3RH2911-1AA01 -- 1 71 11 02 12 01 01 12 12 41 32 23

72
3RH2911-1BA01 -- 1 71 11 02 12 01 01 12 12 41 32 23

72
3RH2911-1LA11 1 1 73 81 21 12 22 11 11 22 22 51 42 33

74 82
3RH2911-1MA11 1 1 73 81 21 12 22 11 11 22 22 51 42 33

74 82
3RH2911-1LA20 2 -- 73 83 30 21 31 20 20 31 31 60 51 42

74 84
3RH2911-1MA20 2 -- 73 83 30 21 31 20 20 31 31 60 51 42

74 84
1)
Contacts with make-before-break have no mirror contact function.

2/48 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

Accessories and Spare Parts for SIRIUS 3RT Contactors and SIRIUS 3RH2 Contactor Relays
Auxiliary switch blocks, instantaneous

Additional auxiliary switch blocks 3-pole contactors 4-pole contactors Contactor relays
Article number Auxiliary contacts S00 S0 to S3 S00 S0 to S3 S00
Version 3RT201 3RT202, 3RT231 3RT251 3RT232, 3RT252, 3RH21, 3RH24
3RT203, 3RT233, 3RT253,
3RT204, 3RT234 3RT254
3RT244
NO NC 10 01 11 -- -- 11 11 40E 31E 22E

2
13 21 13 21 13 21 13 21 13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 13 21 31 43

14 22 14 22 14 22 14 22 14 24 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 22 32 44
2. 3. 4. 5. 5. 6. 7. 8. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. 3. 4. 3. 4. 5. 6. 3. 4. 5. 6. 5. 6. 7. 8 5. 6. 7. 8. 5. 6. 7. 8.
According to EN 50005 According to EN 50005 According to EN 500111)
Auxiliary switch blocks, front
With complete inscription (for contactor relays)2)
3RH2911-@GA40 4 -- 53 63 73 83 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 80E -- --

54 64 74 84
3RH2911-@GA31 3 1 53 61 73 83 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 71E -- --

54 62 74 84
3RH2911-@GA22 2 2 53 61 71 83 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 62E -- --

54 62 72 84
3RH2911-@GA13 1 3 53 61 71 81 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 53E -- --

54 62 72 82
3RH2911-@GA04 -- 4 51 61 71 81 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 44E -- --

52 62 72 82

Complete inscription
3RH2911-@XA40 4 -- 53 63 73 83 50 41 51 40 40 51 51 80E 71X 62X
-0MA0

54 64 74 84
3RH2911-@XA31 3 1 53 61 73 83 41 32 42 31 31 42 42 71E 62X 53
-0MA0

54 62 74 84
3RH2911-@XA22 2 2 53 61 71 83 32 23 33 22 22 33 -- 62E 53 44X
-0MA0

54 62 72 84
3RH2911-@XA04 -- 4 51 61 71 81 14 -- -- -- -- -- -- 44E -- --
-0MA0

52 62 72 82

Solid-state compatible
3RH2911-@NF02 -- 2 .1 .1 12 03 13 02 02 13 -- 42 33 24

.2 .2
3RH2911-@NF11 1 1 .3 .1 21 12 22 11 11 22 22 51 42 33

.4 .2
3RH2911-@NF20 2 -- .3 .3 30 21 31 20 20 31 31 60 51 42

.4 .4
1)
Combinations according to EN 50011 and IEC 60947-5-1 are in bold print.
All combinations comply with EN 50005.
2)
Selection and ordering data, see page 2/54.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/49

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

Accessories and Spare Parts for SIRIUS 3RT Contactors and SIRIUS 3RH2 Contactor Relays
Auxiliary switch blocks, instantaneous

Additional auxiliary switch blocks 3-pole contactors Contactor relays

Article number Auxiliary contacts S00 S0 to S3 S00
Version 3RT201 3RT202, 3RT203, 3RH21, 3RH24
3RT2.4
NO NC 10 01 11 40E 31E 22E
13 21 13 21 13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 13 21 31 43

2 14
2. 3. 4. 5.
22
5. 6. 7. 8.
14 22
3. 4. 5. 6.
14 24 34 44
5. 6. 7. 8
14 22 34 44
5. 6. 7. 8.
14 22 32 44
5. 6. 7. 8.
According to EN 500121) According to EN 500111)
Lateral auxiliary switch blocks
For size S00 Left Right
3RH2911-@DA02 -- 2 21 31 12 -- -- -- -- --

22 32
3RH2911-@DA02 -- 4 41 51 21 31 14 -- -- -- -- --

42 52 22 32
3RH2911-@DA11 1 1 21 33 21 -- -- -- -- --

22 34

3RH2911-@DA11 2 2 41 53 21 33 32 -- -- -- -- --

42 54 22 34

3RH2911-@DA20 2 -- 23 33 30 -- -- -- -- --

24 34
3RH2911-@DA20 4 -- 43 53 23 33 50 -- -- -- -- --

44 54 24 34
3RH2911-@DA20 2 -- 43 53 21 33 41 -- -- -- -- --
+
3RH2911-@DA11 1 1
44 54 22 34

3RH2911-@DA20 2 -- 43 53 21 31 32 -- -- -- -- --
+
3RH2911-@DA02 -- 2
44 54 22 32
3RH2911-@DA11 1 1 41 53 21 31 23 -- -- -- -- --
+
3RH2911-@DA02 -- 2
42 54 22 32

For sizes S0 to S3 Left Right

3RH2921-@DA02 -- 2 31 41 12 03 13 -- -- --

32 42
3RH2921-@DA02 -- 4 51 61 31 41 14 -- -- -- -- --

52 62 32 42
3RH2921-@DA11 1 1 31 43 21 12 22 -- -- --

32 44
3RH2921-@DA11 2 2 51 63 31 43 32 23 33 -- -- --

52 64 32 44
3RH2921-@DA20 2 -- 33 43 30 21 31 -- -- --

34 44

3RH2921-@DA20 4 -- 53 63 33 43 50 41 51 -- -- --

54 64 34 44
1) Combinations according to EN 50012, EN 50011 and IEC 60947-5-1 are in bold print. All combinations comply with EN 50005.

2/50 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

Accessories and Spare Parts for SIRIUS 3RT Contactors and SIRIUS 3RH2 Contactor Relays
Auxiliary switch blocks, instantaneous

Additional auxiliary switch blocks 3-pole contactors Contactor relays

Article number Auxiliary contacts S00 S0 to S3 S00
Version 3RT201 3RT202, 3RT203, 3RH21, 3RH24
3RT2.4
NO NC 10 01 11 40E 31E 22E
13 21 13 21 13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 13 21 31 43

14
2. 3. 4. 5.
22
5. 6. 7. 8.
14 22
3. 4. 5. 6.
14 24 34 44
5. 6. 7. 8
14 22 34 44
5. 6. 7. 8.
14 22 32 44
5. 6. 7. 8.
2
According to EN 500121) According to EN 500111)
Lateral auxiliary switch blocks
For sizes S00 to S3 Left Right
3RH2921-@DA20 2 -- 53 63 31 43 41 32 42 -- -- --
+
3RH2921-@DA11 1 1
54 64 32 44
3RH2921-@DA20 2 -- 53 63 31 41 32 23 33 -- -- --
+
3RH2921-@DA02 -- 2
54 64 32 42
3RH2921-@DA11 1 1 51 63 31 41 23 14 24 -- -- --
+
3RH2921-@DA02 -- 2
52 64 32 42

For contactor relays2) Left

3RH2921-@DA02 -- 2 51 61 -- -- -- 42Z 33X 24

52 62
3RH2921-@DA11 1 1 51 63 -- -- -- 51X 42X 33X

52 64
3RH2921-@DA20 2 -- 53 63 -- -- -- 60Z 51X 42X

54 64

Solid-state compatible
For size S00 Left Right
3RH2911-2DE11 1 1 23 31 21 -- -- -- -- --

24 32
3RH2911-2DE11 2 2 41 53 23 31 32 -- -- -- -- --

42 54 24 32
For sizes S00 to S3 Left Right
3RH2921-2DE11 1 1 33 41 21 12 22 -- -- --

34 42
3RH2921-2DE11 2 2 51 63 33 41 32 23 33 -- -- --

52 64 34 42
For contactor relays2) Left
3RH2921-2DE11 1 1 51 63 -- -- -- 51X 42X 33X

52 64
1)
Combinations according to EN 50012, EN 50011 and IEC 60947-5-1 are in
bold print. All combinations comply with EN 50005.
2)
Without positively driven operation.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/51

 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

Accessories and Spare Parts for SIRIUS 3RT Contactors and SIRIUS 3RH2 Contactor Relays
Auxiliary switch blocks, instantaneous

2
3RH2911-2HA22
For contactors/ Auxiliary contacts SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
contactor relays1) Version (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No.

Type NO NC d kg
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
Sizes S00 to S3
3RT2.1, -- 1 .1 } 3RH2911-2HA01 1 1 unit 41B 0.040
3RT2.2,
3RT2.3,
3RT2.4 .2
3RH21, -- 2 .1 .1 } 3RH2911-2HA02 1 1 unit 41B 0.058
3RH24
.2 .2

-- 3 .1 .1 .1 5 3RH2911-2HA03 1 1 unit 41B 0.059

.2 .2 .2

1 -- .3 } 3RH2911-2HA10 1 1 unit 41B 0.052

.4

1 1 .1 .3 } 3RH2911-2HA11 1 1 unit 41B 0.405

.2 .4
1 2 .1 .1 .3 } 3RH2911-2HA12 1 1 unit 41B 0.045

.2 .2 .4
1 3 .1 .1 .1 .3 } 3RH2911-2HA13 1 1 unit 41B 0.058

.2 .2 .2 .4
2 -- .3 .3 } 3RH2911-2HA20 1 1 unit 41B 0.057

.4 .4
2 1 .1 .3 .3 } 3RH2911-2HA21 1 1 unit 41B 0.046

.2 .4 .4
2 2 .1 .1 .3 .3 } 3RH2911-2HA22 1 1 unit 41B 0.057

.2 .2 .4 .4
3 -- .3 .3 .3 5 3RH2911-2HA30 1 1 unit 41B 0.058

.4 .4 .4
3 1 .1 .3 .3 .3 } 3RH2911-2HA31 1 1 unit 41B 0.046

.2 .4 .4 .4
1)
For detailed information on use, see page 2/47.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/52 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

Accessories and Spare Parts for SIRIUS 3RT Contactors and SIRIUS 3RH2 Contactor Relays
Auxiliary switch blocks, instantaneous

2
3RH2911-2FC22
For Connections Auxiliary SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
contactors/ contacts (UNIT, per PU
contactor Position Version SET, approx.
relays1) M)
Article No.

Type NO NC NO NC d kg
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
Sizes S00 to S3
3RT2.1, -- 4 -- -- -- .3 .3 .3 .3 } 3RH2911-2FA40 1 1 unit 41B 0.049
3RT2.2,
3RT2.3,
3RT2.4 .4 .4 .4 .4
3RH21, -- 2 2 -- -- .3 .1 .1 .3 } 3RH2911-2FA22 1 1 unit 41B 0.049
3RH24

.4 .2 .2 .4
-- -- 4 -- -- .1 .1 .1 .1 } 3RH2911-2FA04 1 1 unit 41B 0.049

.2 .2 .2 .2
-- -- -- 1 1 .7 .5 } 3RH2911-2FB11 1 1 unit 41B 0.049

.8 .6
-- 1 1 1 1 .3 .1 .5 .7 } 3RH2911-2FB22 1 1 unit 41B 0.049

.4 .2 .6 .8
-- -- -- 2 2 .7 .7 .5 .5 } 3RH2911-2FC22 1 1 unit 41B 0.049

.8 .8 .6 .6
1)
For detailed information on use, see pages 2/47 and 2/48.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/53
 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

Accessories and Spare Parts for SIRIUS 3RT Contactors and SIRIUS 3RH2 Contactor Relays
Auxiliary switch blocks, instantaneous

3RH2911-2GA22

2 For contactor Contactor

relays1) relay with
Auxiliary contacts SD Spring-type terminals PU
(UNIT,
PS* PG Weight
per PU
auxiliary SET, approx.
switch block M)
Ident No. Version
Article No.

Type NO NC d kg
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
Size S00
Blocks for the assembly of contactor relays with 8 contacts
3RH2140, 80E 4 -- 53 63 73 83 P 3RH2911-2GA40 1 1 unit 41B 0,049
3RH2440,
Ident No. 40E
54 64 74 84
71E 3 1 53 61 73 83 P 3RH2911-2GA31 1 1 unit 41B 0.049

54 62 74 84
62E 2 2 53 61 71 83 P 3RH2911-2GA22 1 1 unit 41B 0.049

54 62 72 84
53E 1 3 53 61 71 81 P 3RH2911-2GA13 1 1 unit 41B 0.049

54 62 72 82
44E -- 4 51 61 71 81 P 3RH2911-2GA04 1 1 unit 41B 0,058

52 62 72 82
1) For detailed information on use, see page 2/49.

3RH2911-2XA22-0MA0
For contactors/ Auxiliary contacts SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
contactor relays1) Version (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
Article No. M)

Type NO NC d kg
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
Sizes S00 to S3
3RT2.1, 4 -- 53 63 73 83 } 3RH2911-2XA40-0MA0 1 1 unit 41B 0,049
3RT2.2,
3RT2.3,
3RT2.4 54 64 74 84
3RH21, 3 1 53 61 73 83 } 3RH2911-2XA31-0MA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.049
3RH24

54 62 74 84
2 2 53 61 71 83 } 3RH2911-2XA22-0MA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.049

54 62 72 84
-- 4 51 61 71 81 5 3RH2911-2XA04-0MA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.049

52 62 72 82
1)
For detailed information on use, see page 2/49.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/54 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

Accessories and Spare Parts for SIRIUS 3RT Contactors and SIRIUS 3RH2 Contactor Relays
Auxiliary switch blocks, instantaneous

3RH1921-2C. ..
For Auxiliary contacts SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight

2
contactors (UNIT, per PU
Ident No. Version Article No. SET, approx.
M)

Type NO NC NO NC d kg
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
Sizes S6 to S12
4-pole auxiliary switch blocks
• Acc. to EN 50012
3RT1.5 ... 22 2 2 -- -- 53 61 71 83 20 3RH1921-2XA22-0MA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.060
3RT1.7

54 62 72 84

1-pole auxiliary switch blocks

• Acc. to EN 50005 and EN 50012
3RT1.5 ... 10 1 -- -- -- .3 } 3RH1921-2CA10 1 1 unit 41B 0.016
3RT1.7

.4
01 -- 1 -- -- .1 } 3RH1921-2CA01 1 1 unit 41B 0.015

.2

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/55
 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

Accessories and Spare Parts for SIRIUS 3RT Contactors and SIRIUS 3RH2 Contactor Relays
Auxiliary switch blocks, instantaneous

2 3RH2911-2DA02
For contactors1) Auxiliary contacts SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
Version Article No. SET, approx.
M)

Type NO NC d kg
Laterally mountable auxiliary switch blocks,
mounting on the right and/or on the left,
2-pole
Size S00 Left Right
3RT2.1 -- 2 41 51 21 31 2 3RH2911-2DA02 1 1 unit 41B 0.050

42 52 22 32
1 1 41 53 21 33 2 3RH2911-2DA11 1 1 unit 41B 0.050

42 54 22 34

2 -- 43 53 23 33 2 3RH2911-2DA20 1 1 unit 41B 0.050

44 54 24 34

Sizes S0 to S3 Left Right

3RT2.2, -- 2 51 61 31 41 2 3RH2921-2DA02 1 1 unit 41B 0.051
3RT2.32),
3RT2.4
52 62 32 42
1 1 51 63 31 43 2 3RH2921-2DA11 1 1 unit 41B 0.050

52 64 32 44
2 -- 53 63 33 43 2 3RH2921-2DA20 1 1 unit 41B 0.050

54 64 34 44
1) For detailed information on use, see pages 2/50 and 2/51. 2) With 3RT232. and 3RT252. contactors, mountable only on the right.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/56 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

Accessories and Spare Parts for SIRIUS 3RT Contactors and SIRIUS 3RH2 Contactor Relays
Auxiliary switch blocks, instantaneous

3RH1921-2DA11,
3RH1921-2JA11, 2
3RH1921-2EA. .,
3RH1921-2KA..
For contactors Auxiliary contacts SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
Version Article No. SET, approx.
M)

Type NO NC d kg
Lateral auxiliary switch blocks,
mounting on the left or right,
2-pole
Sizes S6 to S12 Left Right
First auxiliary switch block
• Acc. to EN 50012
3RT1.5 ... 1 1 21 13 31 43 } 3RH1921-2DA11 1 1 unit 41B 0.051
3RT1.7

22 14 32 44

• Acc. to EN 50005
3RT1.5 ... 2 -- 53 63 73 83 } 3RH1921-2EA20 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
3RT1.7

54 64 74 84
-- 2 51 61 71 81 } 3RH1921-2EA02 1 1 unit 41B 0.051

52 62 72 82

Second auxiliary switch block

• Acc. to EN 50012
3RT1.5 ... 1 1 61 53 71 83 } 3RH1921-2JA11 1 1 unit 41B 0.051
3RT1.7

62 54 72 84

• Acc. to EN 50005
3RT1.5 ... 2 -- 153 163 173 183 20 3RH1921-2KA20 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
3RT1.7

154 164 174 184

-- 2 151 161 171 181 20 3RH1921-2KA02 1 1 unit 41B 0.051

152 162 172 182

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/57
 © Siemens AG 2018

Power Contactors for Switching Motors

Accessories and Spare Parts for SIRIUS 3RT Contactors and SIRIUS 3RH2 Contactor Relays
Auxiliary switch blocks, instantaneous

2
3RH2911-2NF. . 3RH2911-2DE11 3RH1921-2DE11,
3RH1921-2JE11
For contactors/ Contacts SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
contactor relays1) Version (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No.

Type NO NC d kg
Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks, 2-pole
• For operation in dusty atmospheres
• For solid-state circuits with rated operational currents
Ie/AC-14 and DC-13 from 1 ... 300 mA at 3 ... 60 V
• Hard gold-plated contacts
• Laterally mountable auxiliary switches and auxiliary switches for snapping onto the front
for 3RT2 contactors,
sizes S0 to S3 are designed as mirror contacts according to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F.
Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front
Sizes S00 to S3
3RT2.1, -- 2 .1 .1 2 3RH2911-2NF02 1 1 unit 41B 0.046
3RT2.2,
3RT2.3,
3RT2.4 .2 .2
3RH21, 1 1 .3 .1 } 3RH2911-2NF11 1 1 unit 41B 0.047
3RH24

.4 .2
2 -- .3 .3 } 3RH2911-2NF20 1 1 unit 41B 0.047

.4 .4

Lateral auxiliary switch blocks, mounting on the right

and/or on the left
acc. to EN 50012
Size S00 Left Right
Auxiliary switch block
3RT2.1 1 1 41 53 23 31 2 3RH2911-2DE11 1 1 unit 41B 0.047

42 54 24 32
Sizes S0 to S3 Left Right
Auxiliary switch block
3RT2.2, 1 1 51 63 33 41 2 3RH2921-2DE11 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
3RT2.3,
3RT2.4
52 64 34 42
Sizes S6 to S12 Left Right
First auxiliary switch block
3RT1.5 ... 1 1 21 13 31 43 } 3RH1921-2DE11 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
3RT1.7

22 14 32 44

Second auxiliary switch block

3RT1.5 ... 1 1 61 53 71 83 } 3RH1921-2JE11 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
3RT1.7

62 54 72 84
1) For detailed information on use, see pages 2/49 and 2/51.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/58 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies

Contactors for Special Applications
Introduction

■ Overview
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components Conversion tool e.g. from 3RT13 to 3RT23, see
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool
Home page, see www.siemens.com/sirius Online configurator for 3RT20 contactors, see
www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators
Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3RT_3TK_3TC

Size S3 S6, S10, S12

Type 3RT2446, 3RT2448 3RT14.6
4-pole 3RT23, 3RT25, 3RT13 contactors · 3-pole 3RT24, 3RT14 contactors
Type 3RT2446 3RT2448 3RT1456 3RT1466 3RT1476
Number of main contacts 3 NO 3 NO
AC-1 (≤ 690 V)
Ie 40 °C A 140 160 275 400 690
60 °C A 130 140 250 380 650
P at 400 V 40 °C kW 92 105 180 263 454
At 230 V 40 °C kW 53 61 105 151 261
At 500 V kW -- -- 225 329 568
At 690 V 60 °C kW 159 182 310 454 783
At 1 000 V kW -- -- 165 247 410
AC-2 and AC-3
Ie/400 V A 44 44 97 138 170
P at 400 V kW 22 22 55 75 90
At 230 V kW 12.7 12.7 30 37 55
At 500 V kW 29.9 29.9 55 90 110
At 690 V kW 38.2 38.2 90 132 160

Accessories for contactors

Auxiliary switch 3RH29 3RH19 3RT1926
blocks (p. 2/52) (p. 2/55) (p. 2/181)
Terminal covers 3RT2946-4EA2 3RT1956-4EA .
(p. 2/177)
Surge suppressors 3RT29361), 3RT2946 3RT1956-1C
(RC element)
1)
From product version E03 onwards, 3RT2936-1B/-1E surge suppressors Contactors for railway applications
can be used for 3RT2.4 contactors.
• For SIRIUS 3RT contactors with extended operating range,
Note: 3-pole, see page 2/63
Safety characteristics for contactors, • For SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays with extended operating
see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 16 range, see page 2/68
"Standards and Approvals". • For 3TH4 contactor relays, 8-pole, see page 2/71
Accessories for contactors, see www.siemens.com/ic10 • For 3TC contactors for switching DC voltage, 2-pole,
Chapter 3 see page 2/72

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/59

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

SIRIUS 3RT.4 contactors for resistive loads (AC-1), 3-pole

■ Overview
Standards Sizes S6 to S12: AC/DC operation (50/60 Hz AC and DC)
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1, • Withdrawable coils with integrated coil circuit (varistor)
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1, • Auxiliary and control conductors: Screw terminals
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (auxiliary switches) • Main conductors: Busbar connections
The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are Operating mechanism types
2 finger-safe according to IEC 60529.
3RT. 4 contactors are used for switching resistive loads (AC-1) or
Two types of solenoid operation are available:
as contactors, that normally only have to carry the current, for • Conventional operating mechanisms
example for variable-speed drives. • Solid-state operating mechanisms
The accessories and spare parts of the 3RT contactors can also - The operating mechanism for the contactors features solid-
be used here, see from page 2/44 onwards. state control of the contactor coil. Overvoltage damping of
the operating mechanism coil is already integrated in the
For a general description of 3RT contactors, sizes S3 to S12, electronics. The operating mechanisms are powered via a
see from page 2/5 onwards. supply voltage with an operating range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us,
optionally also controlled depending on the chosen mode of
Size S3: AC or AC/DC operation operation. Alternatively, control is via the separate 24 V DC
• Coil circuits (varistors, diodes, etc.) can be retrofitted control signal input. Various rated voltage ranges for AC/DC
• Auxiliary switches can be retrofitted control are available.
- This version is additionally available with a 24 V DC PLC
• Main and control conductors: Screw terminals relay output and a remaining lifetime indicator (RLT).

■ Technical specifications
More information
Technical specifications,see Manuals, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/13613/td • System Manual "SIRIUS – System Overview",
FAQs, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/13613/faq https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/WW/en/view/60311318
• Manual "SIRIUS – SIRIUS 3RT Contactors/Contactor Assemblies",
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/WW/en/view/60306557
• Application Manual "SIRIUS Controls with IE3/IE4 motors,
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/94770820

Type 3RT2446 3RT2448 3RT1456 3RT1466 3RT1476

Size S3 S6 S10 S12
General data
Permissible mounting position
NSB0_00478c

360° 22,5° 22,5°

NSB0_00649a

22,5° 22,5°
The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical 90° 90°
mounting surface.

Upright mounting position --

NSB0_00477a

Special version required

Mechanical endurance
• Basic units and Operating cycles 10 million
basic units with mounted auxiliary
switch block
• Basic units with solid-state Operating cycles 5 million --
compatible auxiliary switch block
Electrical endurance Operating cycles 0.5 million
for utilization category AC-1, at Ie

2/60 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

SIRIUS 3RT.4 contactors for resistive loads (AC-1), 3-pole

Type 3RT2446 3RT2448 3RT1456 3RT1466 3RT1476

Size S3 S6 S10 S12
General data (continued)
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 1 000
(pollution degree 3)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 8
Protective separation between the coil and the main V 400 690

2
contacts according to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
Mirror contacts
according to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be
closed simultaneously with an NO main contact.
• Integrated auxiliary switches Yes --
• Removable auxiliary switch block -- Yes
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... +60
• During storage °C -55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529
• On front IP20 IP00
(IP20 with box terminal/cover)
• Connecting terminal IP00 (for higher degree of protection: use additional terminal covers)
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe Finger-safe
for vertical touching from the for vertical touching from the front with cover
front
Shock resistance
• Rectangular pulse
- AC operation g/ms 10.3/5 and 10.5/10 8.5/5 and 4.2/10
- DC operation g/ms 6.7/5 and 4.0/10 8.5/5 and 4.2/10
• Sine pulse
- AC operation g/ms 16.3/5 and 10.5/10 13.4/5 and 6.5/10
- DC operation g/ms 10.6/5 and 6.3/10 13.4/5 and 6.5/10

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/61

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

SIRIUS 3RT.4 contactors for resistive loads (AC-1), 3-pole

Type 3RT2446 3RT2448 3RT1456 3RT1466 3RT1476

Size S3 S6 S10 S12
Rated data of the main contacts
Load rating with AC
Utilization category AC-1,
switching resistive loads
• Rated operational currents Ie At 40 °C up to 690 V A 140 160 275 400 690

2 At 60 °C up to 690 V A
At 1 000 V A
130
60
140
80
250
100
380
150
6501)
250
• Rated power for AC loads2) At 230 V kW 49 53 95 145 245
with p.f. = 0.95 (at 60 °C) 400 V kW 86 92 165 250 430
500 V kW 107 115 205 315 535
690 V kW 148 159 285 430 740
1 000 V kW 98 131 165 247 410
• Minimum conductor cross-section At 40 °C mm2 50 70 2 x 70 240 2 x 240
for loads with Ie At 60 °C mm2 50 120 240 2 x 240
Utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3
With an electrical endurance of 1.3 million operating cycles
• Rated operational currents Ie Up to 400 V A 44 97 138 170
Up to 690 V A 44 97 138 170
• Rated power for slipring At 230 V kW 12.7 30 37 55
or squirrel-cage motors 400 V kW 37 55 75 90
at 50 and 60 Hz 500 V kW 39.9 55 90 110
690 V kW 38.2 90 132 160
Power loss per conducting path At Ie/AC-1 W -- 20 27 55
Load rating with DC
Utilization category DC-1,
switching resistive loads (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
- 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A 130 140 250 380 500
60 V A 80 250 380 500
110 V A 12 18 33
220 V A 2.5 3.4 3.8
440 V A 0.8 0.8 0.9
600 V A 0.48 0.5 0.6
- 2 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 130 140 250 380 500
60 V A 130 140 250 380 500
110 V A 130 140 250 380 500
220 V A 13 20 380 500
440 V A 2.4 3.2 4
600 V A 1.3 1.6 2
- 3 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 130 140 250 380 500
60 V A 130 140 250 380 500
110 V A 130 140 250 380 500
220 V A 130 140 250 380 500
440 V A 6 11.5 11
600 V A 3.4 4 5.2
Utilization category DC-3/DC-5,
shunt-wound and series-wound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 60 °C)
- 1 conducting path Up to 24 V A 6 250 380 500
60 V A 3 7.5 11
110 V A 1.25 2.5 3
220 V A 0.35 0.6
440 V A 0.15 0.17 0.18
600 V A 0.1 0.12 0.125
- 2 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 130 140 250 380 500
60 V A 130 140 250 380 500
110 V A 130 140 250 380 500
220 V A 1.75 2.5
440 V A 0.42 0.65
600 V A 0.27 0.37
- 3 conducting paths in series Up to 24 V A 130 140 250 380 500
60 V A 130 140 250 380 500
110 V A 130 140 250 380 500
220 V A 4 250 380 500
440 V A 0.8 1.4
600 V A 0.45 0.75
1)
Note: 600 A for 3RT1476 . N . contactor
2) Industrial furnaces and electric heaters with resistance heating, etc.
Further information on the products can be found (increased power consumption on heating up has been taken into
in the Catalog IC 10 catalogue and on the Internet at account).
www.siemens.com/sirius

2/62 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

Contactors for Railway Applications
SIRIUS 3RT contactors with extended operating range, 3-pole

■ Overview
Standards Operating range of contactor operating mechanisms
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1, Sizes S00 to S3
IEC 60077-2, EN 60077-2
The solenoid coils of the 3RT2 contactors have an extended coil
The contactors are finger-safe according to IEC 60529 operating range from max. 0.7 to 1.25 x Us and are fitted as
(exception: S3 series resistor). The auxiliary conductor and coil standard with surge suppressors. The opening delay is

2
terminals are all spring-type terminals. consequently 2 to 5 ms longer than for standard contactors.
Ambient temperature Sizes S6 to S12
The permissible ambient temperature for operation of the The operating mechanism for the 3RT10 contactors features
contactors (across the full coil operating range) is -40 to +70 °C. solid-state control of the contactor coil. Overvoltage damping of
the operating mechanism coil is already integrated in the
Performance range electronics. The operating mechanisms are powered via a
3RT contactors are available in all sizes from S00 to S12 up to supply voltage with an operating range of 0.7 to 1.25 x Us,
250 kW or 500 A (AC-3 at 400 V). optionally also controlled depending on the chosen mode of
operation. Alternatively, control is via the separate 24 to 110 V
DC control signal input.
Three rated voltage ranges are available as direct voltage (DC):
• 24 V DC
• 72 V DC
• 110 V DC

■ Application
Besides standard approval in compliance with IEC 60974-4-1, 3RT201 contactors with series resistor
the contactors with an extended operating range are also
approved in compliance with IEC 60077-2, thus fulfilling the Control and auxiliary circuits
requirement for use in railway applications. The solenoid coils of these contactors have an extended coil
Thus, their suitability for increased requirements such as an operating range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us (exception
3RT204.-.X...-0LA2: 0.7 to 1.2 x Us) and are fitted as standard
• extended temperature range in comparison with the regular with a surge suppressor (suppressor diode or varistor as
standard IEC 60497-4-1 or preferred).
• extended operating range of the solenoid coils or also
• increased resistance to mechanical oscillations and vibrations The DC solenoid systems of the contactors are modified
is warranted. The design of the terminals in the spring-type (to holding excitation) by means of a series resistor.
connection system also contributes toward vibration 3RT201 to 3RT204 contactors with solid-state operating
resistance. mechanism, extended operating range
3RT20 contactors with conventional coil Control and auxiliary circuits
Control and auxiliary circuits The solenoid coils of these contactors have an extended coil
These contactors have an extended operating range from 0.7 to operating range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us (exception
1.25 x Us; on size S00 the coils are fitted with suppressor diodes, 3RT204.-.X...-0LA2: 0.7 to 1.2 x Us)and are fitted as standard
on size S0 with varistors. An additional series resistor is not with varistors to provide protection against overvoltage.
required. The contactors are energized via upstream control electronics
Note: which ensure the coil operating range of 0.7 to 1.25 x Us at an
ambient temperature of 70 °C. They are supplied as complete
An additional auxiliary switch block cannot be mounted. units with integrated coil electronics. A varistor is integrated for
Side-by-side mounting damping opening surges in the coil.

A clearance of 10 mm is required for side-by-side mounting at The possibility of mounting auxiliary switches is the same as that
ambient temperatures > 60 °C ≤ 70 °C. for equivalent standard contactors for switching motors in the
matching size (see overview diagrams of the 3RT20 contactors
from page 2/5 onwards).
Side-by-side mounting
With these contactor versions in sizes S00 and S0, side-by-side
mounting is permitted at ambient temperatures up to 70 °C.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/63

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

Contactors for Railway Applications
SIRIUS 3RT contactors with extended operating range, 3-pole

■ Selection and ordering data

DC operation
Spring-type terminals
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto standard mounting rails
Solenoid coil fitted with surge suppressor

3RT201 . -2K . 4 . 3RT201 . -2K . 42-0LA0

Rated data Auxiliary contacts Rated control SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
AC-2 and AC-3 supply voltage (UNIT, per PU
tu: 70 °C Us SET, approx.
Opera- Ratings of Ident No. Version M)
tional three-phase motors Article No.
current at
Ie
at
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW NO NC V DC d kg
3RT20 contactors for switching motors
Size S00
With conventional coil, fitted with suppressor diode
(coupling contactors)
• 1 NO, Ident No. 10 • 1 NC, Ident No. 01
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21

A2(–) A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 101) 1 -- 24 } 3RT2017-2KB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
110 5 3RT2017-2KF41 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 011) -- 1 24 } 3RT2017-2KB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
110 5 3RT2017-2KF42 1 1 unit 41B 0.316
With conventional coil, fitted with varistor
• 1 NO, Ident No. 10 • 1 NC, Ident No. 01
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21

A2(–) A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
1)
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2017-2LB41 1 1 unit 41B 0.317
110 5 3RT2017-2LF41 1 1 unit 41B 0.318
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 011) -- 1 24 5 3RT2017-2LB42 1 1 unit 41B 0.319
110 5 3RT2017-2LF42 1 1 unit 41B 0.319
With series resistor, fitted with suppressor diode
E1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3

12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 --2) -- 13) 24 5 3RT2017-2KB42-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.329

110 5 3RT2017-2KF42-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.322
16 4 7.5 10 11 --2) -- 13) 24 5 3RT2018-2KB42-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.330
110 5 3RT2018-2KF42-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.325
With series resistor, fitted with varistor
E1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3

A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 --2) -- 13) 24 5 3RT2017-2LB42-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.332
110 5 3RT2017-2LF42-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.323
16 4 7.5 10 11 --2) -- 13) 24 5 3RT2018-2LB42-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.333
110 5 3RT2018-2LF42-0LA0 1 1 unit 41B 0.327
1)
It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block. A clearance of 10 mm Accessories and spare parts, see page 2/44 onwards.
is required for side-by-side mounting at ambient temperatures > 60 °C.
2)
One 4-pole auxiliary switch block according to EN 50005 can be mounted
from -40 to 70 °C; no clearance required.
3) NC contact cannot be used because it is used for switching of the series
resistor.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
2/64 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

Contactors for Railway Applications
SIRIUS 3RT contactors with extended operating range, 3-pole
DC operation
Spring-type terminals
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto standard mounting rails
Solenoid coil fitted with varistor

3RT201. -2X . 4 1-0LA2 3RT201. -2X . 4 2-0LA2 3RT202. -2K . 4 0 3RT202 . -2X . 40-0LA2
Rated data Auxiliary contacts Rated control SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
AC-2 and AC-3 supply voltage (UNIT, per PU
tu: 70 °C Us SET, approx.
Opera- Ratings of Ident No. Version M)
tional three-phase motors Article No.
current at
Ie
at
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW NO NC V DC d kg
3RT20 contactors for switching motors
Size S00
With solid-state operating mechanism, with integrated varistor
• 1 NO, Ident No. 10 • 1 NC, Ident No. 01
A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 21

A2(–) A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 22
1)
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 10 1 -- 24 5 3RT2017-2XB41-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.310
110 5 3RT2017-2XF41-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.313
12 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 011) -- 1 24 5 3RT2017-2XB42-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.310
110 5 3RT2017-2XF42-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.310
16 4 7.5 10 11 101) 1 -- 24 5 3RT2018-2XB41-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.310
110 5 3RT2018-2XF41-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.300
16 4 7.5 10 11 011) -- 1 24 5 3RT2018-2XB42-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.340
110 5 3RT2018-2XF42-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.310
Size S0
With conventional operating mechanism1)
(coupling contactors)
1 NO + 1 NC, Ident No. 11

A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21

A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22

17 4 7.5 10 11 11 1 1 24 2 3RT2025-2KB40 1 1 unit 41B 0.643

110 5 3RT2025-2KF40 1 1 unit 41B 0.627
25 5.5 11 11 11 11 1 1 24 2 3RT2026-2KB40 1 1 unit 41B 0.643
110 5 3RT2026-2KF40 1 1 unit 41B 0.629
32 7.5 15 18.5 18.5 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2027-2KB40 1 1 unit 41B 0.650
110 5 3RT2027-2KF40 1 1 unit 41B 0.639
With solid-state operating mechanism
1 NO + 1 NC, Ident No. 11

A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21

A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22

17 4 7.5 10 11 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2025-2XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.612

110 5 3RT2025-2XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.578
25 5.5 11 11 11 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2026-2XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.613
110 5 3RT2026-2XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.583
32 7.5 15 18.5 18.5 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2027-2XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.617
110 5 3RT2027-2XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.591
38 7.5 18.5 18.5 18.5 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2028-2XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.620
110 5 3RT2028-2XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.594
1) It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block. A clearance of 10 mm Accessories and spare parts, see page 2/44 onwards.
is required for side-by-side mounting at ambient temperatures > 60 °C.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/65
 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

Contactors for Railway Applications
SIRIUS 3RT contactors with extended operating range, 3-pole
DC operation
Spring-type terminals
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto standard mounting rails
Solenoid coil fitted with varistor

3RT203. -3X . 40-0LA2 3RT204. -3X . 40-0LA2

Rated data Auxiliary contacts Rated control SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
AC-2 and AC-3 supply voltage for auxiliary and control (UNIT, per PU
tu: 70 °C Us circuits SET, approx.
Opera- Ratings of Ident No. Version M)
tional three-phase motors Article No.
current at
Ie
at
400 V 230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V
A kW kW kW kW NO NC V DC d kg
3RT20 contactors for switching motors
Size S2
With solid-state operating mechanism
1 NO + 1 NC, Ident No. 11

A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21

A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22

40 11 18.5 22 22 11 1 1 24-34 5 3RT2035-3XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.109

72-125 5 3RT2035-3XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.115
50 15 22 30 22 11 1 1 24-34 5 3RT2036-3XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.110
72-125 5 3RT2036-3XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.115
65 18.5 30 37 37 11 1 1 24-34 5 3RT2037-3XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.113
72-125 5 3RT2037-3XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.117
80 22 37 37 45 11 1 1 24-34 5 3RT2038-3XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.109
72-125 5 3RT2038-3XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.128
Size S3
With solid-state operating mechanism
1 NO + 1 NC, Ident No. 11

A1(+) 1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21

A2(–)
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22

80 22 37 45 55 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2045-3XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.824

110 5 3RT2045-3XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.817
95 22 45 55 75 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2046-3XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.826
110 5 3RT2046-3XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.820
110 30 55 75 75 11 1 1 24 5 3RT2047-3XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.828
110 5 3RT2047-3XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.748

Accessories and spare parts, see page 2/44 onwards.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/66 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

Contactors for Railway Applications
SIRIUS 3RT contactors with extended operating range, 3-pole
DC operation
Spring-type terminals
For screw fixing onto standard mounting rails
Withdrawable operating mechanisms with integrated circuit (varistor)

3RT1055 -2X. 46-0LA2 3RT1064 -2X. 46-0LA2 3RT107 5 -2X. 46-0LA2

Size Rated data according to IEC 60947-4-1 Auxiliary Rated control SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
AC-2 and AC-3, contacts, supply (UNIT, per PU
tu: Up to 70 °C lateral voltage Us SET, approx.
M)
Operational Ratings of three-phase motors Version
current Ie up to at 50 Hz and
400 V 400 V

A kW NO NC V DC d kg
Solid-state operating mechanism with 24 ... 110 V DC control signal input
e.g. for control by PLC
A1 + - Spring-type terminals
ON OFF
PLC
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3 13 21 31 43 for coil and auxiliary
switch terminals

2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 14 22 32 44

A2

S6 115 55 2 2 24 5 3RT1054-2XB46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 3.336

72 5 3RT1054-2XJ46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 3.326
110 5 3RT1054-2XF46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 3.278
150 75 2 2 24 5 3RT1055-2XB46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 3.411
72 5 3RT1055-2XJ46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 3.265
110 5 3RT1055-2XF46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 3.350
185 90 2 2 24 5 3RT1056-2XB46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 3.420
72 5 3RT1056-2XJ46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 3.259
110 5 3RT1056-2XF46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 3.403
S10 225 110 2 2 24 5 3RT1064-2XB46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 6.470
72 5 3RT1064-2XJ46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 6.462
110 5 3RT1064-2XF46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 6.530
265 132 2 2 24 5 3RT1065-2XB46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 6.482
72 5 3RT1065-2XJ46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 6.700
110 5 3RT1065-2XF46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 6.610
300 160 2 2 24 5 3RT1066-2XB46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 6.607
72 5 3RT1066-2XJ46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 6.599
110 5 3RT1066-2XF46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 6.618
S12 400 200 2 2 24 5 3RT1075-2XB46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 10.340
72 5 3RT1075-2XJ46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 10.095
110 5 3RT1075-2XF46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 10.283
500 250 2 2 24 5 3RT1076-2XB46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 10.850
72 5 3RT1076-2XJ46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 1.034
110 5 3RT1076-2XF46-0LA2 1 1 unit 41B 10.411

Accessories and spare parts, see page 2/44 onwards.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/67
 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

Contactors for Railway Applications
SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays with extended operating range

■ Overview
DC operation Uninterrupted duty at temperatures > +60 °C reduces the
mechanical endurance, the current carrying capacity of the
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 conducting paths and the switching frequency.
The contactor relays are finger-safe according to IEC 60529. The
size S00 contactor relays have spring-type connections for all Control and auxiliary circuits
terminals. The solenoid coils of the contactor relays have an extended coil
2 Ambient temperature
operating range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us and are fitted as standard
with surge suppressors. The opening delay is consequently 2 to
The permissible ambient temperature for operation of the 5 ms longer than for standard contactors.
contactor relays (across the full coil operating range) is
-40 to +70 °C.

■ Application
For operation in installations which are subject both to Contactor relays with series resistor
considerable variations in the control voltage and to high
ambient temperatures, e.g. railway applications under extreme Control and auxiliary circuits
climatic conditions, rolling mills, etc. The DC solenoid systems of the contactor relays are modified
Also for control supply voltages with battery buffering to extend (to holding excitation) by means of a series resistor.
the operating time in the event of battery charge failure. The size S00 contactor relays are supplied prewired with a plug-
on module containing the series resistor. A surge suppressor
Contactor relays with conventional coil (a suppressor diode or varistor as preferred) is integrated.
Control and auxiliary circuits A 4-pole auxiliary switch block (according to EN 50005) can be
These contactor relays have an extended operating range from fitted additionally.
0.7 to 1.25 x Us; the coils are fitted with suppressor diodes as Side-by-side mounting
standard. An additional series resistor is not required.
Side-by-side mounting is permissible at ambient temperatures
Note: up to 70 °C.
An additional auxiliary switch block cannot be mounted.
Contactor relays with solid-state operating mechanism
Side-by-side mounting
Control and auxiliary circuits
A clearance of 10 mm is required for side-by-side mounting at
ambient temperatures > 60 °C ≤ 70 °C. The solenoid coils of these contactor relays have an extended
coil operating range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us and are fitted as
standard with varistors to provide protection against
overvoltage.
The contactor relays are energized via upstream control
electronics which ensure the coil operating range of 0.7 to
1.25 x Us at an ambient temperature of 70 °C. They are supplied
as complete units with integrated coil electronics. A varistor is
integrated for damping opening surges in the coil.

2/68 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

Contactors for Railway Applications
SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays with extended operating range

■ Selection and ordering data

DC operation
Spring-type terminals
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto standard mounting rails
Solenoid coil with surge suppression

3RH2122-2K . 40 3RH2122-2K . 40-0LA0

Rated operational current Contacts Rated control supply SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 voltage Us (UNIT, per PU
tu: 70 °C at SET, approx.
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V Version M)
Article No.

A A A A NO NC V DC d kg
3RH21 contactor relays
Size S00
With conventional coil, fitted with suppressor diode
Terminal designations according to EN 50011
2 NO + 2 NC, Ident No. 22E 3 NO + 1 NC, Ident No. 31E 4 NO, Ident No. 40E
13 21 31 43 13 21 33 43 13 23 33 43
A1(+) A1(+) A1(+)

A2(–) A2(–) A2(–)

14 22 32 44 14 22 34 44 14 24 34 44
1)
10 3 2 1 2 2 24 } 3RH2122-2KB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.316
110 2 3RH2122-2KF40 1 1 unit 41A 0.309
3 11) 24 } 3RH2131-2KB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.316
4 01) 24 5 3RH2140-2KB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.315
With conventional coil, fitted with varistor
Terminal designations according to EN 50011
2 NO + 2 NC, Ident No. 22E
13 21 31 43
A1(+)

A2(–)
14 22 32 44
10 3 2 1 2 21) 24 5 3RH2122-2LB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.320
110 2 3RH2122-2LF40 1 1 unit 41A 0.317
1)
It is not possible to mount an auxiliary switch block. Accessories, see page 2/44 onwards.
Other voltages on request.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/69
 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

Contactors for Railway Applications
SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays with extended operating range
DC operation
Spring-type terminals
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto standard mounting rails
Solenoid coil with surge suppression

3RH2122-2K . 40 3RH2122-2K . 40-0LA0

Rated operational current Contacts Rated control supply SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 voltage Us (UNIT, per PU
tu: 70 °C at SET, approx.
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V Version M)
Article No.

A A A A NO NC V DC d kg
3RH21 contactor relays
Size S00
With series resistor, fitted with suppressor diode
Terminal designations according to EN 50011
2 NO + 1 NC, Ident No. 21X
E1(+) 13 23 31

A2(–)
14 24 32
10 3 2 1 2 11) 24 5 3RH2122-2KB40-0LA0 1 1 unit 41A 0.331
110 5 3RH2122-2KF40-0LA0 1 1 unit 41A 0.322
With series resistor, fitted with varistor
Terminal designations according to EN 50011
2 NO + 1 NC, Ident No. 21X
E1(+) 13 23 31

A2(–)
14 24 32
10 3 2 1 2 11) 24 2 3RH2122-2LB40-0LA0 1 1 unit 41A 0.332
110 2 3RH2122-2LF40-0LA0 1 1 unit 41A 0.323
With solid-state operating mechanism, with integrated varistor
Terminal designations according to EN 50011
2 NO + 2 NC, Ident No. 22E
13 21 31 43
A1(+)

A2(–)
14 22 32 44
10 3 2 1 2 11) 24-34 5 3RH2122-2XB40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41A 0.310
72-125 5 3RH2122-2XF40-0LA2 1 1 unit 41A 0.310
1) 4-pole auxiliary switch block according to EN 50005 can be mounted. Accessories, see page 2/44 onwards.
Other voltages on request.

2/70 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

Contactors for Railway Applications
3TH4 contactor relays, 8-pole

■ Overview
Standards -50 to +70 °C. Uninterrupted duty at temperatures < -25 °C and
> +55 °C reduces the mechanical endurance, the current
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 carrying capacity of the conducting paths and the switching
The contactor relays are finger-safe according to IEC 60529. frequency.
Terminal covers may have to be fitted onto the connecting bars, A clearance of 10 mm is required for side-by-side mounting at
depending on the configuration with other devices. ambient temperatures > 55 °C. There is no need to reduce the
Ambient temperature technical specifications.
2
The permissible ambient temperature for operation of the
contactors (across the full coil operating range) is

■ Application
For operation in installations which are subject both to Control and auxiliary circuits
considerable variations in the control voltage and to high
ambient temperatures, e.g. in railway applications. The solenoid coils of the contactor relays have an extended coil
operating range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us and are fitted as standard
with varistors to provide protection against overvoltage. The
opening delay is consequently 2 to 5 ms longer than for
standard contactors.

■ Selection and ordering data

Solenoid coil fitted with varistor

3TH4244 -0L . .
Contacts Rated operational current Contacts1) Rated control SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
supply voltage (UNIT, per PU
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 Ident No. Version Us Article No. SET, approx.
acc. to M)
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V EN 50011

Number A A A A NO NC V DC d kg
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
DC operation
13 23 33 43 51 61 71 81
A1(+)

A2( )
14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82

8 10 6 4 2 44E 4 4 24 } 3TH4244-0LB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.682

110 } 3TH4244-0LF4 1 1 unit 41A 0.644
13 23 33 43 53 61 71 81
A1(+)

A2( )
14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82

8 10 6 4 2 53E 5 3 24 } 3TH4253-0LB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.692

110 } 3TH4253-0LF4 1 1 unit 41A 0.648
13 23 33 43 53 61 71 83
A1(+)

A2( )
14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84

8 10 6 4 2 62E 6 2 24 } 3TH4262-0LB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.674

110 } 3TH4262-0LF4 1 1 unit 41A 0.660
1)
Contacts not extendable. Other voltages on request.
Accessories, see page 2/44 onwards.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/71
 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

Contactors for Railway Applications
3TC contactors for switching DC voltage, 2-pole

■ Overview
Standards Series resistor
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 The DC solenoid systems of the 3TC contactors must be
modified (to hold-in coil) by means of a series resistor. This
The contactors are finger-safe according to IEC 60529 series resistor is supplied separately packed with the
(exception: series resistor). Terminal covers may have to be contactors.
fitted onto the connecting bars, depending on the configuration

2 with other devices.

All specifications and technical specifications not mentioned
With types 3TC48, the series resistor must be attached onto the
right-hand side of the auxiliary switch block by means of the
enclosed mounting parts and sets of links provided, while in the
here are identical to those of the standard 3TC contactors. case of the 3TC44 it must be mounted and wired between the
Ambient temperature contactor poles. With types 3TC52 and 3TC56, the series
resistor must be attached separately next to the contactors.
The permissible ambient temperature for operation of the
contactors (across the full coil operating range) is -50 to +70 °C. Auxiliary contacts
Uninterrupted duty at temperatures < –25 °C and > +55 °C The contactors are equipped with two lateral auxiliary switch
reduces the mechanical endurance, the current carrying blocks each with 1 NO + 1 NC contact. Further auxiliary switch
capacity of the conducting paths and the switching frequency. blocks cannot be fitted to the DC-operated contactors.
At ambient temperatures > 55 °C, a clearance of 10 mm is One NC contact is required for the series resistor function.
required for side-by-side mounting of size 2 contactors. There is Two NO contacts and one NC contact are thus freely available.
no need to reduce the technical specifications.
Ratings of three-phase motors
Reversing contactors
The quoted rating (in kW) refers to the output power on the motor
shaft (according to the nameplate). With the 3TC52 and 3TC56 contactors, the series resistor must
be connected using an additional K2 reversing contactor
The power rating specifications of the contactors in kW are (3RT1317-1F.40). This contactor is automatically included in the
guide values for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz AC and scope of supply in the same packaging as the contactor.
specified voltage (e.g. 400 V). The actual starting and rated data
of the motor to be switched must be considered when selecting Dimensions
the units.
Attaching resistors and varistors increases the width of the
contactors.

■ Application
For operation in installations which are subject both to Control and auxiliary circuits
considerable variations in the control voltage and to high
ambient temperatures, e.g. in railway applications. The solenoid coils of the contactors have an extended coil
operating range from 0.7 to 1.25 x Us and are fitted as standard
with varistors to provide protection against overvoltage. The
opening delay is consequently 2 to 5 ms longer than for
standard contactors.

2/72 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

3TC contactors for switching DC voltage, 1-pole and 2-pole

Type 3TC44 to 3TC78

Contact endurance of the main contacts
10 7 20 NSB0_00656
8 NSB0_00655
6 Mill.

Operating cycles at 500 V

4 18
Operating cycles at 500 V

3TC44 3TC48 3TC52 3TC56

2
16
10 6
8
6 14 2
4
12
2

10 5 10
8
6
4 8

2
6
10 4
8
6 4
4
2
2
0,5
10 3
200 400 50 100 150 200 250 300 a (A) 400
10 20 40 100 600 1 000 a (A)

3TC44 to 3TC56 contactors 3TC74 and 3TC78 contactors

Legend for the diagrams:
Ia = breaking current

Contactor Type 3TC44 3TC48 3TC52 3TC56

Size 2 4 8 12
General data
Permissible mounting position 22,5° 22,5° 22,5° 22,5° NSB0_00650c

The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical mounting surface.

Mechanical endurance Operating cycles 10 million

Electrical endurance See endurance diagram above
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 800 1 000
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts V Up to 300 Up to 660
according to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
Mirror contacts1) Yes, acc. to IEC 60947-4-1, Appendix F
A mirror contact is an auxiliary NC contact that cannot be closed
simultaneously with an NO main contact.
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... +55
• During storage °C -50 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529
• Connecting terminals IP00
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe with terminal covers
Shock resistance Rectangular pulse g/ms 7.5/5 and 3.4/10 10/5 and 5/10 12/5 and 5.5/10 12/5 and 5.6/10
Rated data of the main contacts
Load rating with DC
Utilization category DC-1, switching resistive loads (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie (at 55 °C) Up to Ue 750 V A 32 75 220 400
• Minimum conductor cross-section mm2 6 25 95 240
• Rated power at Ue At 220 V kW 7 16.5 48 88
(≤ 220 V DC: one conducting path, 440 V kW 14 33 97 176
> 220 V DC: two conducting paths in series) 600 V kW 19.2 45 132 240
750 V kW 24 56 165 300
Utilization categories DC-3 and DC-5,
shunt-wound and series-wound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
• Rated operational currents Ie Up to 220 V A 32 75 220 400
(at 55 °C) 440 V A 29 75 220 400
600 V A 21 75 220 400
750 V A 7.5 75 170 400
• Rated power at Ue At 110 V kW 2.5 6.5 20 35
(≤ 220 V DC: one conducting path, 220 V kW 5 13 41 70
> 220 V DC: two conducting paths in series) 440 V kW 9 27 82 140
600 V kW 9 38 110 200
750 V kW 4 45 110 250

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/73

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

3TC contactors for switching DC voltage, 1-pole and 2-pole

■ Selection and ordering data

3TC44: For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto 35 mm standard mounting rail
3TC48 to 3TC56: For screw fixing
Solenoid coil fitted with varistor

3TC48
Size Utilization Rated Rated power Auxiliary Rated SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
category opera- of loads contacts1) control (UNIT, per PU
tional supply SET, approx.
current Ie at Version voltage M)
at Us
750 V 220 V 440 V 600 V 750 V Article No.

A kW kW kW kW NO NC V DC d kg
Contactors for switching DC voltage
DC operation
Terminal designations according to EN 50012 and EN 50005
1/L1 3/L2 13 21 31 43
A1

A2
2/T1 4/T2 14 22 32 44
2 DC-1 32 7 14 19.2 24 2 12) 24 5 3TC4417-0LB4 1 1 unit 41B 1.322
DC-3/DC-5 7.5 5 9 9 4 110 10 3TC4417-0LF4 1 1 unit 41B 1.304
4 DC-1 75 16.5 33 45 56 2 12) 24 15 3TC4817-0LB4 1 1 unit 41B 4.700
DC-3/DC-5 75 13 27 38 45 110 15 3TC4817-0LF4 1 1 unit 41B 4.620
8 DC-1 170 48 97 132 165 2 12) 24 15 3TC5217-0LB4 1 1 unit 41B 10.435
DC-3/DC-5 170 41 82 110 110 110 15 3TC5217-0LF4 1 1 unit 41B 10.334
12 DC-1 400 88 176 240 300 2 12) 24 15 3TC5617-0LB4 1 1 unit 41B 30.000
DC-3/DC-5 400 70 140 200 250 110 15 3TC5617-0LF4 1 1 unit 41B 21.837
1)
The number of auxiliary contacts cannot be increased. Other rated control supply voltages according to page 2/78
2) One NC contact used for series resistor. on request.

■ Accessories
Accessories, see Basic units of the 3TC contactors, from
page 2/75 onwards.

Spare parts
For contactors Remarks Rated control SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
supply voltage Us (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Size Type V DC d kg
Arc chutes
For contactors with extended operating range
2 3TC4417-0L . . With cutout for resistor 5 3TY2442-0B 1 1 unit 41B 0.160
mounting
Solenoid coils
For contactors with extended operating range
2 3TC44 With series resistor, 24 15 3TY6443-0LB4 1 1 unit 41B 0.364
without varistor 110 15 3TY6443-0LF4 1 1 unit 41B 0.345
4 3TC48 24 15 3TY6483-0LB4 1 1 unit 41B 1.239
110 15 3TY6483-0LF4 1 1 unit 41B 1.167

All spare parts not mentioned here are identical to those of the
basic units of the 3TC contactors, see page 2/78.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/74 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

3TC contactors for switching DC voltage, 1-pole and 2-pole

■ Overview
3TC4 and 3TC5 Auxiliary contacts
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1, The contactors are equipped with two lateral auxiliary switch
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1, blocks each with 1 NO + 1 NC contact. On the contactors 3TC48
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 (auxiliary switches) to 3TC56 with AC operation, a second auxiliary switch block can
be mounted on the right and left. On contactors with DC
The contactors are finger-safe according to IEC 60529. Terminal operation, expansion of the auxiliary contacts is not possible.
covers may have to be fitted onto the connecting bars,
depending on the configuration with other devices. 3TC7 2
The DC motor ratings given in the tables are applicable to the IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1
DC-3 and DC-5 utilization categories with two-pole switching of
the load or with the two conducting paths of the contactor The contactors are suitable for use in any climate. They are
connected in series. suitable for switching and controlling DC motors as well as all
other DC circuits.
One contactor conducting path can switch full power up to
220 V. For voltages over 220 V, the two conducting paths are to The solenoid excitation is configured for a particularly large
be switched in series, see "Rated data of the main contacts", operating range. It is between 0.7 or 0.8 and 1.2 × Us.
page 2/73. 3TC74 contactors can be used at up to 750 V/400 A and 50 Hz
in AC-1 operation.
For voltages over 750 V, the two conducting paths (3TC74: two
contactors) are to be switched in series, see "Rated data of the
main contacts", page 2/76.

■ Application
The contactors are suitable for switching and controlling A version with an especially large actuating voltage is available
DC motors as well as all other DC circuits. for operation in electrically driven vehicles and in switchgear
with a particularly large coil operating range (see page 2/80).

■ Technical specifications
Type 3TC4 and 3TC7 3TC5
Rated data of the auxiliary contacts
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 690
Conventional thermal current Ith = rated operational current Ie/AC-12 A 10 10
AC load
Rated operational current Ie/AC-15/AC-14
• For rated operational voltage Ue 24 V A 10 10
110 V A 10 10
125 V A 10 10
220 V A 6 6
230 V A 5.6 5.6
380 V A 4 4
400 V A 3.6 3.6
500 V A 2.5 2.5
660 V A 2.5 2.5
690 V A -- --
DC load
Rated operational current Ie/DC-12
• For rated operational voltage Ue 24 V A 10 10
60 V A 10 10
110 V A 3.2 8
125 V A 2.5 6
220 V A 0.9 2
440 V A 0.33 0.6
600 V A 0.22 0.4
Rated operational current Ie/DC-13
• For rated operational voltage Ue 24 V A 10 10
48 V A 5 5
110 V A 1.14 2.4
125 V A 0.98 2.1
220 V A 0.48 1.1
440 V A 0.13 0.32
600 V A 0.07 0.21

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/75

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

3TC contactors for switching DC voltage, 1-pole and 2-pole

Type 3TC74 3TC78

Design 1-pole contactors 2-pole contactors
General data
Permissible mounting position

NSB0_00650c
22,5° 22,5° 22,5° 22,5°
The contactors are designed for operation on a vertical
mounting surface.

2 Mechanical endurance Oper- 30 million

ating
cycles
Electrical endurance See page 2/73
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 1 500
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts V 630
according to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
Permissible ambient temperature °C -25 ... +55
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529
• Connecting terminals IP00
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe with terminal covers
Rated data of the main contacts
Load rating with DC
Utilization category DC-1, switching resistive loads (L/R ≤ 1 ms)
• Rated operational current Ie/DC-1 (at 55 °C) A 500
• Minimum conductor cross-section mm2 2 x 150
• Rated power At 220 V kW 110
(≤ 750 V DC: one conducting path, 440 V kW 220
> 750 V DC: two conducting paths in series) 600 V kW 300
750 V kW 375
1 200 V kW -- 600
1 500 V kW -- 750
• Critical currents, without arc extinction At 440 V A ≤7 --
600 V A ≤ 13 --
750 V A ≤ 15 --
≤ 800 V A -- ≤7
1 200 V A -- ≤ 13
1 500 V A -- ≤ 15
Utilization categories DC-3 and DC-5,
shunt-wound and series-wound motors (L/R ≤ 15 ms)
• Rated operational current Ie (at 55 °C) A 400
• Rated power at Ue At 110 V kW 35
(≤ 220 V DC: one conducting path, 220 V kW 70
> 220 V DC: two conducting paths in series) 440 V kW 140
600 V kW 200
750 V kW 250
1 200 V kW -- 400
1 500 V kW -- 500
Permissible rated current for regenerative braking A 400
at 110 ... 600 V

Rated data of the auxiliary contacts, see page 2/75.

2/76 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

3TC contactors for switching DC voltage, 1-pole and 2-pole

■ Selection and ordering data

2
3TC74 3TC78
Size Utiliza- Opera- Ratings of Auxiliary Rated SD Screw PU PS* PG Weight
tion tional DC motors at contacts control terminals (UNIT, per PU
2)
catego- cur- supply SET, approx.
ry1) rent Ie 110 V 220 V 440 V 600 V 750 V 1 200 V 1 500 V Version voltage U s M)
Article No.

A kW kW kW kW kW kW kW NO NC V d kg
3TC74 1-pole contactors · Operational voltage up to 750 V
DC operation
Terminal designations acc. to EN 50005
A1 1/L1 13 21 31 43 53 61 71 83

2/T1 14 22 32 44 54 62 72 84
A2

12 DC-3, 400 35 70 140 200 250 -- -- 4 4 24 DC 15 3TC7414-0EB 1 1 unit 41B 10.597

DC-5 110 DC 15 3TC7414-0EF 1 1 unit 41B 10.650
3TC78 2-pole contactors · Operational voltage up to 1 500 V
DC operation
Terminal designations acc. to EN 50005
A1 1/L1 3/L2 13 21 31 43 53 61 71 83

2/T1 4/T4 14 22 32 44 54 62 72 84
A2

12 DC-3, 400 35 70 140 200 250 400 500 4 4 24 DC 15 3TC7814-0EB 1 1 unit 41B 22.860
DC-5 110 DC 15 3TC7814-0EF 1 1 unit 41B 23.490
1)
Permissible load for DC-1 utilization category, see detailed technical Other rated control supply voltages according to page 2/78 on
specifications in the reference manual "Switching Devices – Contactors request.
and Contactor Assemblies",
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/35554359. Spare parts, see page 2/80.
2)
The fitting of auxiliary switches cannot be altered on DC-operated
contactors.
3)
Upper operating range limit at 230 V AC: 1.14 x Us.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/77
 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

3TC contactors for switching DC voltage, 1-pole and 2-pole

■ Options
Rated control supply voltages, possible on request (change of the 10th and 11th digits of the Article No.)
Delivery time on request
Rated control supply voltage Contactor type 3TC44 3TC48 3TC52/3TC56 3TC74/3TC78
Us

2
DC operation
24 V DC B4 B4 B4 B
48 V DC W4 W4 -- --
60 V DC E4 E4 -- --
110 V DC F4 F4 F4 F
125 V DC G4 G4 -- --
220 V DC M4 M4 M4 M
230 V DC P4 P4 -- --
1) Operating range at 220 V AC: 0.85 to 1.15 × Us; 2) Upper operating range limit at 230 V AC: 1.14 × Us.
lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.

■ Accessories
For contactors Version Auxiliary switch block SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
Auxiliary Left Right (UNIT, per PU
contacts SET, approx.
M)
Article No.

Size Type NO NC d kg
Second auxiliary switch blocks (for AC operation only)
4 3TC48 2nd auxiliary switch block, left 20 3TY6501-1K 1 1 unit 41B 0.047
1 1 53 61 --

54 62
2nd auxiliary switch block, right 20 3TY6501-1L 1 1 unit 41B 0.042
1 1 -- 71 83

72 84
8 and 12 3TC52, 2nd auxiliary switch block, left 20 3TY6561-1K 1 1 unit 41B 0.085
3TC56 1 1 53 61 --

54 62
2nd auxiliary switch block, right 20 3TY6561-1L 1 1 unit 41B 0.081
1 1 -- 71 83

72 84

Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks

For operation in dusty atmospheres and in
solid-state circuits with rated operational currents
Ie/AC-14 and DC-13 from 1 ... 300 mA at 3 ... 60 V
2 and 4 3TC44, 2nd auxiliary switch block, left or right 5 3TY7561-1UA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.055
3TC48 (replacement for 3TY6561-1U, 3TY6561-1V)
1 CO contact 51 61

52 54 62 64
5TY7561-1 .

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/78 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

3TC contactors for switching DC voltage, 1-pole and 2-pole

For contactors Version Rated control supply SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
voltage Us (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Size Type V AC V DC d kg
Surge suppressors · Varistors
2 3TC441) Varistors2) 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 2 3TX7402-3G 1 1 unit 41B 0.014
With line spacer, for 48 ... 127 70 ... 150 2 3TX7402-3H 1 1 unit 41B 0.015
mounting onto the
coil terminal
127 ... 240
240 ... 400
400 ... 600
150 ... 250
--
--
2
20
20
3TX7402-3J
3TX7402-3K
3TX7402-3L
1
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
1 unit
41B
41B
41B
0.015
0.023
0.023
2
4 3TC48 Varistors2) 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 2 3TX7462-3G 1 1 unit 41B 0.014
For sticking onto the 48 ... 127 70 ... 150 5 3TX7462-3H 1 1 unit 41B 0.014
3TX7402-3 . contactor base or for 127 ... 240 150 ... 250 2 3TX7462-3J 1 1 unit 41B 0.015
mounting separately 240 ... 400 -- 5 3TX7462-3K 1 1 unit 41B 0.016
400 ... 600 -- 5 3TX7462-3L 1 1 unit 41B 0.016
8 and 12 3TC52, Varistors 24 ... 48 -- 2 3TX7462-3G 1 1 unit 41B 0.014
3TC56 For sticking onto the 48 ... 127 -- 5 3TX7462-3H 1 1 unit 41B 0.014
contactor base or for 127 ... 240 -- 2 3TX7462-3J 1 1 unit 41B 0.015
mounting separately 240 ... 400 -- 5 3TX7462-3K 1 1 unit 41B 0.016
400 ... 600 -- 5 3TX7462-3L 1 1 unit 41B 0.016

3TX7462-3 . 8 and 12 3TC52, Varistors2) -- 24 ... 70 5 3TX7522-3G 1 1 unit 41B 0.090

3TC56 For separate screw -- 70 ... 150 5 3TX7522-3H 1 1 unit 41B 0.072
fixing or snapping -- 150 ... 250 5 3TX7522-3J 1 1 unit 41B 0.089
onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail

3TX7522-3 .
Surge suppressors · RC elements
4 3TC48 RC elements 24 ... 48 -- 20 3TX7462-3R 1 1 unit 41B 0.084
For lateral snapping -- 24 ... 70 5 3TX7522-3R 1 1 unit 41B 0.085
onto auxiliary switch 48 ... 127 -- 2 3TX7462-3S 1 1 unit 41B 0.088
or TH 35 standard -- 70 ... 150 5 3TX7522-3S 1 1 unit 41B 0.090
mounting rail
127 ... 240 -- 2 3TX7462-3T 1 1 unit 41B 0.091
-- 150 ... 250 5 3TX7522-3T 1 1 unit 41B 0.089
240 ... 400 -- 2 3TX7462-3U 1 1 unit 41B 0.095
400 ... 600 -- 5 3TX7462-3V 1 1 unit 41B 0.089
3TX7462-3 . , 8 and 12 3TC52, RC elements 24 ... 48 -- 5 3TX7522-3R 1 1 unit 41B 0.085
3TX7522-3 . 3TC56 For lateral snapping 48 ... 127 -- 5 3TX7522-3S 1 1 unit 41B 0.090
onto auxiliary switch 127 ... 240 -- 5 3TX7522-3T 1 1 unit 41B 0.089
or TH 35 standard 240 ... 400 -- 5 3TX7522-3U 1 1 unit 41B 0.088
mounting rail 400 ... 600 -- 5 3TX7522-3V 1 1 unit 41B 0.084
Surge suppressors · Diodes
4 to 12 3TC48, Diode -- 24 ... 250 2 3TX7462-3D 1 1 unit 41B 0.014
3TC52, assemblies3)
3TC56 (Diode and Zener
diode) for DC
solenoid system, for
sticking onto the
contactor base or for
mounting separately
3TX7462-3 .
1) The connection piece for mounting the surge suppressor must be bent 2) Includes the peak value of the alternating voltage on the DC side.
slightly. 3)
Not for DC economy circuit.

For contactors Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Size Type d kg
Terminal covers
6 3TC48 For protection against inadvertent contact M6 5 3TX6506-3B 1 1 unit 41B 0.076
8 and 12 3TC52, with exposed busbar connections M10 5 3TX6546-3B 1 1 unit 41B 0.278
3TC56 Can be screwed on free screw end; covers
one busbar connection
(1 set = 6 units)

3TX6526-3B

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/79
 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactors for Special Applications

3TC contactors for switching DC voltage, 1-pole and 2-pole

Spare parts
For contactors Version Auxiliary Auxiliary switch block SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
contacts Left Right (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No.

2
Size Type NO NC d kg
Auxiliary switch blocks
For lateral mounting
2 and 4 3TC44, Auxiliary 1 1 13 21 31 43 20 3TY6501-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.055
3TC48 switch block
(replacement
14 22 32 44
for 3TY6 501-
1A/-1B)
8 and 12 3TC52, Auxiliary 1 1 13 21 -- 20 3TY6561-1A 1 1 unit 41B 0.081
3TC56 switch block,
left
14 22
3TY6561-1A Auxiliary 1 1 -- 31 43 20 3TY6561-1B 1 1 unit 41B 0.081
switch block,
right
32 44
12 3TC74 Auxiliary 4 4 13 21 31 43 53 61 71 83 5 3TY2741-2J 1 1 unit 41B 0.271
switch block
14 22 32 44 54 62 72 84
12 3TC78 Auxiliary 2 2 13 21 31 43 -- 20 3TY2781-2C 1 1 unit 41B 0.193
switch block,
left
14 22 32 44
Auxiliary 2 2 -- 53 61 71 83 15 3TY2781-2D 1 1 unit 41B 0.179
switch block,
right
54 62 72 84

For contactors Version Rated control supply SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
voltage Us (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Type V AC/DC d kg
Surge suppressors ⋅ Varistors
12 3TC7 For sticking onto the 24 15 3TX2746-2F 1 1 unit 41B 0.012
contactor base 110 10 3TX2746-2G 1 1 unit 41B 0.050

For contactors Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Size Type d kg
Solenoid coils
DC operation1)
2 3TC44 -- 3TY6443-0B..
4 3TC48 3TY6483-0B..
8 3TC52 3TY6523-0B..
12 3TC56 3TY6563-0B..
AC operation1)
2 3TC44 -- 3TY7403-0A..
4 3TC48 3TY6483-0A..
8 3TC52 3TY6523-0A..
12 3TC56 3TY6566-0A..
Contacts with fixing parts
To ensure reliable operation of the contactors,
only original replacement contacts should be used.
2 3TC44 (1 set = 2 moving and 4 fixed switching elements) 5 3TY2440-0A 1 1 unit 41B 0.065
4 3TC48 5 3TY2480-0A 1 1 unit 41B 0.102
3TY2520-0A 8 3TC52 5 3TY2520-0A 1 1 unit 41B 0.233
12 3TC56 5 3TY2560-0A 1 1 unit 41B 0.421
12 3TC7 Main contacts (1 set) 5 3TY2740-0E 1 1 unit 41B 0.357
For 3TC78: 2 units required per contactor
Arc chutes
2 3TC44 Arc chutes, 2-pole 15 3TY2442-0A 1 1 unit 41B 0.160
4 3TC48 15 3TY2482-0A 1 1 unit 41B 0.470
8 3TC52 15 3TY2522-0A 1 1 unit 41B 1.100
12 3TC56 15 3TY2562-0A 1 1 unit 41B 2.080
12 3TC7 For 3TC78: 2 units required per contactor 15 3TY2742-0C 1 1 unit 41B 3.856
3TY2482-0A
1)
For rated control supply voltages, see page 2/78. The 10th and 11th digits of the article number must be supplemented
accordingly.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
2/80 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies

Contactor Relays and Relays
Introduction

■ Overview
More information
Home page, see siemens.com/railway-components Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3RH_3TH
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 Conversion tool, see www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool
Home page, see www.siemens.com/sirius

The advantages at a glance

2

Size S00
Type 3RH21 3TH42 3TH43
Article No. Page
SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays
4-pole • Screw or spring-type terminals 3RH21 2/88
8-pole 3RH22 2/88
4-pole, latched 3RH24 2/88
Coupling contactor relays • Coils for control by PLC 3RH21 2/89
Contactor relays for • Coils with extended voltage range 3RH21
railway applications
3TH4 contactor relays
8-pole • Screw terminals 3TH42 2/94
10-pole 3TH43 2/95
Contactor relays for • Coils with extended voltage range 3TH42
railway applications
Accessories for SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays
Auxiliary switch blocks • On front 3RH29 2/52
• Lateral 3RH29 2/56
Surge suppressors • On front 3RT2916
Additional load module • On front 3RT2916

Note:
Safety characteristics for contactors,
see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 16
"Standards and approvals".
Accessories for SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays,
see www.siemens.com/ic10 Chapter 3

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/81

 © Siemens AG 2018

Switching Devices – Contactors and Contactor Assemblies

Contactor Relays and Relays
Introduction

The advantages at a glance

2
Type 3RQ3 3RS18
Article No. Page
SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, narrow design
Coupling relays with relay output • Width 6.2 mm, 1 CO,
(not plug-in) versions with hard gold-plated contacts optionally available
- Output coupling links 3RQ301 2/104
- Input coupling links 3RQ303 2/104
Coupling relays with plug-in • Width 6.2 mm, 1 CO,
relays versions with hard gold-plated contacts optionally available
- Output coupling links 3RQ311 2/104
Coupling relays with • Width 6.2 mm, output 1 semiconductor, triac or transistor
semiconductor output - Output coupling links 3RQ305, 3RQ306 2/104
(not plug-in) - Input coupling links 3RQ307 2/104

2/82 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactor Relays

SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays, 4-pole and 8-pole

■ Overview
Contactor relays
Size S00 with accessories

10

2
11
11
1

IC01_00632a
8
9
3

12
13 14
11
6
4
5 11
7

10
1 Contactor relay
2 Coupling contactor relay for auxiliary circuits

3 3RA28 function module 10 Solder pin adapter for contactor relays with 4-pole auxiliary switch block
4 1-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from the top 11 Solder pin adapter
5 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from the top 12 Additional load module for increasing the permissible residual current
6 1-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from the bottom 13 Surge suppressor with LED
7 2-pole auxiliary switch block, cable entry from the bottom 14 Surge suppressor without LED
8 4-pole auxiliary switch block
(terminal designations according to EN 50011 or EN 50005)
For contactor relays
9 2-pole auxiliary switch block, solid-state compatible version
(terminal designations according to EN 50005) For increasing the permissible residual current

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/83

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactor Relays

SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays, 4-pole and 8-pole

Standards Surge suppression
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1, RC elements, varistors, diodes or diode assemblies
IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1, (combination of a diode and a Zener diode) can be plugged
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 onto all 3RH2 contactor relays from the front for damping
opening surges in the coil. The plug-in direction is determined
The 3RH2 contactor relays are available with screw or spring- by a coding device.
type terminals. The basic unit contains four contacts with
terminal designations according to EN 50011. Coupling contactor relays have a low power consumption and
an extended solenoid coil operating range.
2 The 3RH2 contactor relays are suitable for use in any climate.
They are finger-safe according to IEC 60529. Depending on the version, the solenoid coils of the coupling
contactor relays are supplied without overvoltage damping
The 3RH21 coupling contactor relays for switching auxiliary (versions 3RH21 . . - . HB40 or 3RH21. . - . MB40 -0KT0) or with a
circuits are tailored to the special requirements of working with diode or suppressor diode connected as standard.
electronic controls.
Accessories
Contact reliability
The accessories for the 3RT2 contactors in size S00 can also be
High contact stability at low voltages and currents, suitable for used for the 3RH2 contactor relays (see from page 2/44
solid-state circuits with currents ≥ 1 mA at a voltage of ≥ 17 V. onwards).
Auxiliary switch blocks
The 3RH21 contactor relays (with the exception of coupling
contactor relays) can be expanded by up to four contacts by the
addition of mounted auxiliary switch blocks.
The auxiliary switch block can easily be snapped onto the front
of the contactor relays. The auxiliary switch block has a centrally
positioned release lever for disassembly.
The conventional front auxiliary contacts fulfill the characteristics
of positively driven operation and are therefore suitable for safety
applications.
Article No. scheme
Product versions Article number
SIRIUS contactor relays 3RH2 @ @ @ – @ @ @ @ 0 – @ @ @ @
Device type e.g. 1 = 4-pole motor contactor @
Number of NO contacts e.g. 2 = 2 NO @
Number of NC contacts e.g. 2 = 2 NC @
Type of electrical connection Screw terminals 1
Spring-type terminals 2
Operating range/solenoid coil circuit e.g. A = AC standard/without coil circuit @
Rated control supply voltage e.g. P0 = 50/60 Hz 230 V AC @@
Special version @@@@
Example 3RH2 1 2 2 – 1 A P 0 0
Note:
The Article No. scheme shows an overview of product versions For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers. selection and ordering data.

2/84 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactor Relays

SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays, 4-pole and 8-pole

■ Technical specifications
More information
Technical specifications, see Manuals, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16188/td • System Manual "SIRIUS – System Overview",
FAQs, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16188/faq https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/en/view/60311318
• Manual "SIRIUS – SIRIUS 3RT Contactors/Contactor Assemblies",
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/de/en/view/60306557

Contactor relays
2
Type 3RH2
Size S00
Permissible mounting position
The contactor relays are designed for operation on a

NSB0_00478c
360° 22,5° 22,5°
vertical mounting surface.

Upright mounting position

NSB0_00477a
Special version required
with the exception of 3RH21*X* and 3RT201*X*
Positively-driven operation of contacts in contactor relays
3RH2: Explanations:
Yes, in the basic unit and the auxiliary switch block as well as between There is positively-driven operation if it is ensured that the NC and
the basic unit and the front-mounted auxiliary switch block (removable) NO contacts cannot be closed at the same time.
according to:
• ZH1/457 ZH1/457
• IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix L Safety Rules for Controls on Power-Operated Metalworking Presses.
3RH22:
Yes, in the basic unit and the auxiliary switch block as well as between IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix L
the basic unit and the mounted auxiliary switch block (permanently Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear, control circuit devices and
mounted) according to: switching elements; special requirements for positively-driven contacts
• ZH1/457
• IEC 60947-5-1, Appendix L
Note:
3RH2911- .NF. solid-state compatible auxiliary switch blocks have no
positively-driven contacts.
Contact reliability
Contact reliability at 17 V, 1 mA acc. to IEC 60947-5-4 Frequency of contact faults <10-8, i.e. < 1 fault per 100 million operating
cycles
Contact endurance for
AC-15/AC-14 and DC-13 utilization categories
The contact endurance is mainly dependent on the breaking current. It is
assumed that the operating mechanisms are switched randomly, i.e. not 30 NSB0_02061c
synchronized with the phase angle of the supply system. Basic unit
Million operating cycles (106)

If magnetic circuits other than the contactor coil systems or solenoid 10

valves are present, e.g. magnetic brakes, protective measures for the
load circuits are necessary, e.g. in the form of RC elements and 5 Basic unit with
4 attachable
freewheel diodes. 3
contact block AC-15/AC-14
The characteristic curves apply to: 2
DC-13 DC-13 Basic unit with
• 3RH21/3RH22 contactor relays1) 1 220 V 110 V attachable
• 3RH24 latched contactor relays contact block
• 3RH2911 auxiliary switch blocks1) 0,5
• Auxiliary switch blocks for snapping onto the front, max. 4-pole,
and for mounting onto the side in size S00 DC-13
24 V
0,1
1)
0,05

0,01
0,01 0,03 0,05 0,1 0,3 0,5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 a (A)
e -DC-13 e -DC-13 e -DC-13 e -AC-15
220 V 110 V 24 V < 230 V
Diagram legend:
a = Breaking current
e = Rated operational current

1) 3RH22, 3RH2911: Ie = 6 A for AC-15/AC-14 and DC-13.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/85

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactor Relays

SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays, 4-pole and 8-pole

Contactor relays
Type 3RH21 3RH22 3RH24
Size S00
General data
Mechanical endurance
• Basic units Operat- 30 million 5 million
ing

2
cycles
• Basic unit with mounted auxiliary switch block Operat- 10 million 5 million
ing
cycles
• Solid-state compatible auxiliary switch block Operat- 5 million
ing
cycles
Rated insulation voltage Ui (pollution degree 3) V 690
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Protective separation between coil and contacts in the basic unit, V 400
according to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... +60
• During storage °C -55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529
• On front IP20 (screw terminals and spring-type terminals)
• Connecting terminal IP20 (screw terminals and spring-type terminals)
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe (screw terminals and spring-type terminals)
Shock resistance
• Rectangular pulse
- AC operation g/ms 7.3/5 and 4.7/10
- DC operation g/ms 10/5 and 5/10
• Sine pulse
- AC operation g/ms 11.4/5 and 7.3/10
- DC operation g/ms 15/5 and 8/10

2/86 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactor Relays

SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays, 4-pole and 8-pole

Contactor relays
Type 3RH2
Size S00
Rated data of the auxiliary contacts
Load rating with AC
Rated operational currents Ie
AC-12 A 10
AC-15/AC-14 for rated operational voltage Us
Up to 230 V A 101)
2
400 V A 3
500 V A 2
690 V A 1
Load rating with DC
Rated operational currents Ie
DC-12 for rated operational voltage Us
• 1 conducting path 24 V A 10
60 V A 6
110 V A 3
220 V A 1
440 V A 0.3
600 V A 0.15
• 2 conducting paths in series 24 V A 10
60 V A 10
110 V A 4
220 V A 2
440 V A 1.3
600 V A 0.65
• 3 conducting paths in series 24 V A 10
60 V A 10
110 V A 10
220 V A 3.6
440 V A 2.5
600 V A 1.8
DC-13 for rated operational voltage Us
• 1 conducting path 24 V A 101)
60 V A 2
110 V A 1
220 V A 0.3
440 V A 0.14
600 V A 0.1
• 2 conducting paths in series 24 V A 10
60 V A 3.5
110 V A 1.3
220 V A 0.9
440 V A 0.2
600 V A 0.1
• 3 conducting paths in series 24 V A 10
60 V A 4.7
110 V A 3
220 V A 1.2
440 V A 0.5
600 V A 0.26

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/87

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactor Relays

SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays, 4-pole and 8-pole

■ Selection and ordering data

DC operation
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41A

3RH2422-1X.40

Rated operational current Contacts Rated control supply SD Screw terminals SD Spring-type Weight
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 Ident Version voltage Us terminals per PU
at 230 V No. approx.
Article No. Article No.

A NO NC V DC d d kg
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail
• Latched
Terminal designations according to EN 50011
10 22E 2 2 24 5 3RH2422-1XB40-0LA2 -- 0.584
110 5 3RH2422-1XF40-0LA2 -- 0.584

Other voltages on request.

Accessories, see page 2/44 onwards.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/88 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactor Relays

SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays, 4-pole and 8-pole

DC operation for direct control from the PLC
• Coupling contactor relays with adapted power consumption
• Suitable for solid-state PLC outputs
• Cannot be expanded with auxiliary switch blocks

3RH21 . . -2 . B40
Rated operational current Auxiliary contacts SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
Ie/AC-15/ AC-14 Ident No. acc. to EN 50011 Version (UNIT, per PU
at 230 V SET, approx.
M)
Article No.

A NO NC d kg
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail
Size S00
Diode, varistor or RC element, attachable
Terminal designations according to EN 50011 (auxiliary switch blocks cannot be mounted)
4 NO, Ident No. 40E 3 NO + 1 NC, Ident No. 31E 2 NO + 2 NC, Ident No. 22E
13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 A1(+) 13 21 31 43
A1(+) A1(+)

A2(–) A2(–) A2(–)

14 24 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 22 32 44
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC,
Operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils 2.8 W at 24 V
10 40E 4 -- 5 3RH2140-2HB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.314
31E 3 1 5 3RH2131-2HB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.316
22E 2 2 5 3RH2122-2HB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.312
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC,
Operating range 0.85 to 1.85 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils 1.6 W at 24 V
10 40E 4 -- 5 3RH2140-2MB40-0KT0 1 1 unit 41A 0.319
31E 3 1 5 3RH2131-2MB40-0KT0 1 1 unit 41A 0.319
22E 2 2 5 3RH2122-2MB40-0KT0 1 1 unit 41A 0.314

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/89
 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactor Relays

SIRIUS 3RH2 contactor relays, 4-pole and 8-pole

DC operation for direct control from the PLC
• Coupling contactor relays with adapted power consumption
• Suitable for solid-state PLC outputs
• Cannot be expanded with auxiliary switch blocks

3RH21 . . -2 . B40
Rated operational current Auxiliary contacts SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
Ie/AC-15/ AC-14 Ident No. acc. to EN 50011 Version (UNIT, per PU
at 230 V SET, approx.
M)
Article No.

A NO NC d kg
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard
mounting rail
Size S00
With integrated coil circuit (diode)
Terminal designations according to EN 50011 (auxiliary switch blocks cannot be mounted)
4 NO, Ident No. 40E 3 NO + 1 NC, Ident No. 31E 2 NO + 2 NC, Ident No. 22E
13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 13 21 31 43
A1(+) A1(+) A1(+)

A2(–) A2(–) A2(–)

14 24 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 22 32 44
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC,
Operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils 2.8 W at 24 V
10 40E 4 -- } 3RH2140-2JB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.315
31E 3 1 } 3RH2131-2JB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.317
22E 2 2 2 3RH2122-2JB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.316
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC,
Operating range 0.85 to 1.85 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils 1.6 W at 24 V
10 40E 4 -- 5 3RH2140-2VB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.319
31E 3 1 5 3RH2131-2VB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.320
22E 2 2 5 3RH2122-2VB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.330
With integrated coil circuit (suppressor diode)
Terminal designations according to EN 50011 (auxiliary switch blocks cannot be mounted)
4 NO, Ident No. 40E 3 NO + 1 NC, Ident No. 31E 2 NO + 2 NC, Ident No. 22E
13 23 33 43 13 21 33 43 13 21 31 43
A1(+) A1(+) A1(+)

A2(–) A2(–) A2(–)

14 24 34 44 14 22 34 44 14 22 32 44
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC,
Operating range 0.7 to 1.25 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils 2.8 W at 24 V
10 40E 4 -- 5 3RH2140-2KB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.315
31E 3 1 } 3RH2131-2KB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.316
22E 2 2 } 3RH2122-2KB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.316
Rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC,
Operating range 0.85 to 1.85 x Us
Power consumption of the solenoid coils 1.6 W at 24 V
10 40E 4 -- 5 3RH2140-2SB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.316
31E 3 1 5 3RH2131-2SB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.314
22E 2 2 5 3RH2122-2SB40 1 1 unit 41A 0.320

Other voltages on request.

Accessories, see page 2/44 onwards.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/90 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactor Relays

3TH4 contactor relays, 8-pole and 10-pole

■ Overview
Standards Surge suppression
IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1, The 3TH42 and 3TH43 contactor relays can be equipped with
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1 RC elements, varistors, diodes or diode assemblies
(combination of a diode and a Zener diode) for damping
The 3TH42 and 3TH43 contactor relays are suitable for use in opening surges. The surge suppressors can be mounted
any climate. They are finger-safe according to IEC 60529. directly on the coil (see page 2/97).
Note: Note: 2
The 3TH42 and 3TH43 contactor relays feature positively-driven The OFF-delay times of the NO contacts and the ON-delay times
operation in accordance with IEC 60947-5-1, Ed. 3.1. of the NC contacts increase if the contactor coils are attenuated
Terminal designations according to EN 50011 against voltage peaks (suppression diode 6x to 10x; diode
assembly 2x to 6x, varistor +2 to 5 ms).
In terms of their terminal designations, identification numbers
and identification letters, the 3TH42 and 3TH43 contactor relays Mounting
conform to the standard EN 50011 for particular contactor Note:
relays.
With 3TH4 contactor relays with AC operation, an overvoltage of
Contact reliability 1.1 x Us, an ambient temperature ≥ 45 °C and 100% ON-period
High contact stability at low voltages and currents as a result of of all contactors, a minimum clearance of 5 mm between the
double-break contacts, suitable for solid-state circuits with contactors shall be observed in the case of side-by-side
currents ≥ 1 mA at a voltage of ≥ 17 V. mounting.

■ Technical specifications
Contactor relays Type 3TH42, 3TH43
Contact endurance for
AC-15/AC-14 and DC-13 utilization categories
The contact endurance is mainly dependent on the breaking current. It is
assumed that the operating mechanisms are switched randomly, i.e. not
synchronized with the phase angle of the supply system. 30
NSB0_01391b
If magnetic circuits other than the contactor coil systems or solenoid
Million operating cycles (10 6 )

valves are present, e.g. magnetic brakes, protective measures for the
load circuits are necessary. 10
RC elements or freewheel diodes are suitable as protective measures for DC-13 AC-15/AC-14
5
the circuits. 110 V
4
3
2
DC-13 DC-13
220 V 24 V
1

0,5

0,1
0,01 0,03 0,05 0,1 0,3 0,5 1 2 3 4 5 7 10 a (A)
-DC-13 e -DC-13
e -DC-13
e
220 V 110 V 24 V

Diagram legend:
e-AC-15/AC-14
a = Breaking current ≤ 230 V
e = Rated operational current

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/91

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactor Relays

3TH4 contactor relays, 8-pole and 10-pole

Contactor relays Type 3TH42 3TH43

General data
Permissible mounting position
The contactor relays are designed for operation on a
vertical mounting surface.
• AC operation

NSB0_00478c
360° 22,5° 22,5°

2
• DC operation

NSB0_00649a
22,5° 22,5°
90° 90°

Upright mounting position

AC and DC operation
NSB0_00477a
Special version required
Mechanical endurance Basic units Operat- 30 million
ing
cycles
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690
(pollution degree 3)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 8
Protective separation between the coil and the main contacts V Up to 500
According to IEC 60947-1, Appendix N
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... +55
• During storage °C -55 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529
• On front IP20 (with screw terminals)
• Connecting terminal IP20 (with screw terminals)
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe (for screw terminals)
Shock resistance
• Rectangular pulse
- AC operation g/ms 7.7/5 and 4.4/10
- DC operation g/ms 9.3/5 and 5.4/10
• Sine pulse
- AC operation g/ms 12/5 and 6.8/10
- DC operation g/ms 14.7/5 and 8.5/10

2/92 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactor Relays

3TH4 contactor relays, 8-pole and 10-pole

Contactor relays Type 3TH42, 3TH43

Rated data of the auxiliary contacts
Load rating with AC
Rated operational currents Ie
• AC-12 A 16
• AC-15/AC-14, for rated operational voltage Ue
230 V A 10
400 V
500 V
A
A
6
4 2
690 V A 2
Rated power of three-phase motors
According to utilization categories AC-2 and AC-3, 50 Hz
230/220 V kW 2.4
400/380 V kW 4
500 V kW 4
690/660 V kW 4
Load rating with DC
Rated operational currents Ie
DC-12, for rated operational voltage Ue
• 1 conducting path
Up to 48 V A 10
110 V A 2.1
220 V A 0.8
440 V A 0.6
• 2 conducting paths in series
Up to 48 V A 10
110 V A 10
220 V A 1.6
440 V A 0.8
• 3 conducting paths in series
Up to 48 V A 10
110 V A 10
220 V A 10
440 V A 1.3
DC-13, for rated operational voltage Ue
• 1 conducting path
Up to 24 V A 10
48 V A 5
110 V A 1
220 V A 0.45
440 V A 0.25
600 V A 0.2
• 2 conducting paths in series
Up to 24 V A 10
48 V A 10
110 V A 2.5
220 V A 0.75
440 V A 0.5
600 V A 0.4
• 3 conducting paths in series
Up to 24 V A 10
48 V A 10
110 V A 10
220 V A 2
440 V A 0.9
600 V A 0.8

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/93

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactor Relays

3TH4 contactor relays, 8-pole and 10-pole

■ Selection and ordering data

8-pole contactor relays

2
3TH4244 -0BB4
Contacts Rated operational current Contacts SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 (UNIT, per PU
at SET, approx.
230/ 400/ 500 V 690/ Ident No. acc. to Version M)
220 V 380 V 660 V EN 50011
Article No.

Number A A A A NO NC NO NC d kg
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
Terminal designations according to EN 50011
8 NO, Ident No. 80E 7 NO + 1 NC, Ident No. 71E 6 NO + 2 NC, Ident No. 62E
13 23 33 43 53 61 73 83 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 83
A1(+) 13 23 33 43 53 63 73 83 A1(+) A1(+)

A2( ) A2( ) A2( )

14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84 14 24 34 44 54 62 74 84 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 84
5 NO + 3 NC, Ident No. 53E 4 NO + 4 NC, Ident No. 44E 3 NO + 3 NC and 1 NO + 1 NC make-before-break, Ident No. 44E, U
13 23 33 43 53 61 71 81 13 23 33 43 51 61 71 81 13 23 33 47 51 61 71 85
A1(+) A1(+) A1(+)

A2( ) A2( ) A2( )

14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82 14 24 34 44 52 62 72 82 14 24 34 48 52 62 72 86
DC operation, rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC
8 10 6 4 2 80E 8 -- -- -- } 3TH4280-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.663
71E 7 1 -- -- } 3TH4271-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.640
62E 6 2 -- -- } 3TH4262-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.656
53E 5 3 -- -- } 3TH4253-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.649
44E 4 4 -- -- } 3TH4244-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.666
44E, U 3 3 1 1 } 3TH4293-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.660
1) Operating range at 220 V: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us; Other voltages according to page 2/96 on request.
lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
Accessories, see page 2/97.
Note:
The solenoid coils of the 3TH42 contactor relays are available in
various voltages as spare parts (on request).
- AC operation: 3TY7403-0A..
- DC operation: 3TY4803-0B..
The contacts cannot be replaced on 3TH42 contactor relays.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/94 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactor Relays

3TH4 contactor relays, 8-pole and 10-pole

10-pole contactor relays

2
3TH4355-0B . .
Contacts Rated operational current Contacts SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
Ie/AC-15/AC-14 (UNIT, per PU
at SET, approx.
230 V 400 V 500 V 690 V Ident No. acc. to Version Article No. M)
EN 50011

Number A A A A NO NC NO NC d kg
For screw fixing and snap-on mounting onto TH 35 standard mounting rail
Terminal designations according to EN 50011
10 NO, Ident No. 100E 9 NO + 1 NC, Ident No. 91E 8 NO + 2 NC, Ident No. 82E
13 23 33 43 53 63 73 83 93 03 13 23 33 43 53 63 71 83 93 03 13 23 33 43 53 63 71 83 91 03
A1(+) A1(+) A1(+)

A2( ) A2( ) A2( )

14 24 34 44 54 64 74 84 94 04 14 24 34 44 54 64 72 84 94 04 14 24 34 44 54 64 72 84 92 04
7 NO + 3 NC, Ident No. 73E 6 NO + 4 NC, Ident No. 64E 5 NO + 5 NC, Ident No. 55E
13 23 33 43 53 63 71 81 91 03 13 23 33 43 53 63 71 81 91 01 13 23 33 43 53 61 71 81 91 01
A1(+) A1(+) A1(+)

A2( ) A2( ) A2( )

14 24 34 44 54 64 72 82 92 04 14 24 34 44 54 64 72 82 92 02 14 24 34 44 54 62 72 82 92 02
6 NO + 2 NC and 1 NO + 1 NC make-before-break, 4 NO + 4 NC and 1 NO + 1 NC make-before-break,
Ident No. 73E, U Ident No. 55E, U
13 23 37 43 53 63 71 85 91 03 13 23 37 43 53 61 71 85 91 01
A1(+) A1(+)

A2( ) A2( )
14 24 38 44 54 64 72 86 92 04 14 24 38 44 54 62 72 86 92 02
DC operation, rated control supply voltage Us = 24 V DC
10 10 6 4 2 100E 10 -- -- -- } 3TH4310-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.709
91E 9 1 -- -- } 3TH4391-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.706
82E 8 2 -- -- } 3TH4382-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.702
73E 7 3 -- -- } 3TH4373-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.692
73E, U 6 2 1 1 } 3TH4346-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.708
64E 6 4 -- -- } 3TH4364-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.727
55E 5 5 -- -- } 3TH4355-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.702
55E, U 4 4 1 1 } 3TH4394-0BB4 1 1 unit 41A 0.703
1) Operating range at 220 V: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us; Other voltages according to page 2/96 on request.
lower operating range limit according to IEC 60947.
Accessories, see page 2/97.
Note:
The solenoid coils of the 3TH43 contactor relays are available in
various voltages as spare parts (on request).
- AC operation: 3TY7403-0A..
- DC operation: 3TY4803-0B..
The contacts cannot be replaced on 3TH43 contactor relays.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/95
 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactor Relays

3TH4 contactor relays, 8-pole and 10-pole

■ Options
Rated control supply voltages, possible on request (change of the 10th and 11th digits of the Article No.)
Delivery time on request
Contactor type 3TH42/3TH43 Contactor type 3TH42/3TH43
Rated control supply Control supply voltage at Rated control supply
voltage Us voltage Us

2 AC operation DC operation
Solenoid coils for 50 Hz AC 12 V DC A4
24 V DC B4
50 Hz 60 Hz
30 V DC C4
24 V AC 29 V AC B0
36 V DC V4
36 V AC 42 V AC G0
42 V DC D4
42 V AC 50 V AC D0
48 V DC W4
48 V AC 58 V AC H0
60 V DC E4
60 V AC 72 V AC E0
110 V DC F4
110 V AC 132 V AC F0
125 V DC G4
125/127 V AC 150/152 V AC L0
220 V DC M4
230/220 V AC 276 V AC P01)
230 V DC P4
240 V AC 288 V AC U0
240 V DC Q4
400/380 V AC 480/460 V AC V01)
415 V AC 500 V AC R0
500 V AC 600 V AC S0
For Japan
100 V AC 100 ... 110 V AC G62)
200 V AC 200 ... 220 V AC N62)
For USA and Canada
110 V AC 120 V AC K62)
220 V AC 240 V AC P62)
Solenoid coils for 50 and 60 Hz AC
50/60 Hz
24 V AC C2
42 V AC D2
110 V AC G2
115 V AC J2
120 V AC K2
220 V AC N2
230 V AC L2
240 V AC P2
440 V AC R2
1)
Operating range at 220 V or 380 V: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us.
2)
Operating range at 60 Hz: 0.85 to 1.1 x Us.

2/96 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Contactor Relays
3TH4 Contactor Relays, 8-pole and 4-pole
Accessories for 3TH4 contactor relays

■ Selection and ordering data

Version Rated control supply voltage SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
Us (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
AC DC
V V d kg
Surge suppressors1) for 3TH4 contactor relays
Noise suppression diodes
With line spacer,
-- 24 ... 250 2 3TX7402-3A 1 1 unit 41B 0.014 2
for mounting onto the coil terminal
Diode assemblies -- 24 ... 250 2 3TX7402-3D 1 1 unit 41B 0.015
(Diode and Zener diode) with line
spacer,
DC operation,
3TX7402-3 . for mounting onto the coil terminal
Varistors2) 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 2 3TX7402-3G 1 1 unit 41B 0.014
With line spacer, 48 ... 127 70 ... 150 2 3TX7402-3H 1 1 unit 41B 0.015
for mounting onto the coil terminal 127 ... 240 150 ... 250 2 3TX7402-3J 1 1 unit 41B 0.015
240 ... 400 -- 20 3TX7402-3K 1 1 unit 41B 0.023
400 ... 600 -- 20 3TX7402-3L 1 1 unit 41B 0.023
RC elements 24 ... 48 24 ... 70 2 3TX7402-3R 1 1 unit 41B 0.025
With line spacer, 48 ... 127 70 ... 150 2 3TX7402-3S 1 1 unit 41B 0.024
for mounting onto the coil terminal 127 ... 240 150 ... 250 2 3TX7402-3T 1 1 unit 41B 0.021
240 ... 400 -- 5 3TX7402-3U 1 1 unit 41B 0.024
400 ... 600 -- 20 3TX7402-3V 1 1 unit 41B 0.024
Covers for switch position indicator -- -- X 3TX4210-0P 1 1 unit 41B 0.001
1) 2)
The OFF-delay of the NO contact and the ON-delay of the NC contact are Includes the peak value of the alternating voltage on the DC side.
increased if the contactor coils are attenuated against voltage peaks
(suppression diode 6x to 10x; diode assembly 2x to 6x,
varistor +2 to 5 ms).

For contactors Version Rated control Time setting SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
supply voltage range (UNIT, per PU
Us 50/60 Hz AC (minimum SET, approx.
times) M)
Article No.
Type V s d kg
ON-delay devices
3TH42, NTC 220 ... 230 0.1 5 3TX4180-0A 1 1 unit 41B 0.012
3TH43 thermistors
Time tolerance
+100 %, -50 %

3TX4180-0A
Coupling links for control by PLC for 3TH4 contactor relays
3TH42, Operating range: 17 ... 30 V DC
3TH43 Power consumption: 0.5 W at 24 V DC
• for direct mounting on the contactor coil
- Without surge suppressor 15 3TX4090-0C 1 1 unit 41B 0.055
- With surge suppressor 2 3TX4090-0D 1 1 unit 41B 0.057

3TX4090
Mounted on contactor
1

For contactors Rated control supply OFF-delay SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
voltage Us (minimum times) (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
50/60 Hz DC Article No.
AC
Type V V s d kg
OFF-delay devices for contactors with DC operation
Bridging of voltage interruptions up to 1.2 sec
3TH42. . -0BF4 110 -- 0.15 or 0.3 2 3TX4701-0AN1 1 1 unit 41B 0.168
3TH43 . . -0BF4
3TH42. .-0BM4 220 -- 0.6 or 1.2 2 3TX4701-0AN1 1 1 unit 41B 0.168
3TH43 . .-0BM4
3TH42 . .-0BP4 230 -- 0.6 or 1.2 2 3TX4701-0AN1 1 1 unit 41B 0.168
3TH43 . .-0BP4
3TH42. .-0BB4 -- 24 0.4 or 0.8 15 3TX4701-0BB4 1 1 unit 41B 0.180
3TX4701-0AN1 3TH43. .-0BB4

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/97
 © Siemens AG 2018

Coupling Relays

SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, narrow design

■ Overview
SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays in narrow design are used for
coupling control signals from and to a controller, and they are
available in different versions:
• Coupling relays with relay output (not plug-in)
• Coupling relays with plug-in relays

2
• Coupling relays with semiconductor output (not plug-in)
Coupling relays with relay output (not plug-in)
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1
The input and output coupling relays differ with regard to the
positioning of the terminals and the LEDs.
Coupling relays with plug-in relays
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947-1
SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays The coupling relays are plug-in, so the relay can be replaced
quickly at the end of its service life without detaching the wiring.
Coupling relays with semiconductor output (not plug-in)
AC and DC operation
IEC 60947-1, EN 60664-1 and EN 50005;
coupling relays with semiconductor output: EN 60747-5;
Programmable controllers: IEC 61131-2
The input and output coupling relays differ with regard to the
positioning of the terminals and the LEDs.
The coupling relays with semiconductor output have extremely
high contact reliability, so they are especially suitable for
electronic systems.
For test purposes, versions are available with
manual-0-automatic switches.

2/98 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Coupling Relays

SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, narrow design

Article No. scheme
Product versions Article number
Coupling relays with relay output (not plug-in) 3RQ30 @ 8 – @ A @ 0 @
Design and type of output Output coupler, without manual/automatic switch 1
Input coupler 3
Type of electrical connection Screw terminals 1
Spring-type terminals (push-in) 2
Control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC
115 V AC/DC
B
E
2
230 V AC/DC F
Material of switching e.g.
contacts 0 = AgSnO2 @
1 = AgSnO2 hard gold-plated @
Example 3RQ30 1 8 – 1 A B 0 1

Product versions Article number

Coupling relays with relay output (not plug-in) 3RQ30 1 8 – 2 A @ 0 8 – 0 A A 0
Railway version with extended operating range 0.7 ... 1.2 x Us
Control supply voltage 24 V DC M
110 V DC N
Example 3RQ30 1 8 – 2 A M 0 8 – 0 A A 0

Product versions Article number

Coupling relays with plug-in relays 3RQ31 1 8 – @ A @ 0 @
Type of electrical connection Screw terminals 1
Spring-type terminals (push-in) 2
Control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC B
115 V AC/DC E
230 V AC/DC F
24 V DC M
Material of switching AgSnO2 0
contacts AgSnO2 hard gold-plated 1
Example 3RQ31 1 8 – 1 A B 0 1

Product versions Article number

Coupling relays with semiconductor output (not plug-in) 3RQ30 @ @ – @ S @ @ 0
Current carrying capacity of the semiconductor Control supply Switching voltage of
output voltage the semiconductor
output
Output coupler
• Without manual/automatic 1 mA ... 0.5 A 3RQ30 5 0 – @ S M 5 0 11 ... 30 V DC 10 ... 60 V DC
switch
5 mA ... 2 A 3RQ30 5 2 – @ S M 3 0 11 ... 30 V DC 10 ... 30 V DC
1 mA ... 2 A 3RQ30 5 2 – @ S M 4 0 11 ... 30 V DC 10 ... 60 V DC
5 mA ... 2 A 3RQ30 5 2 – @ S M 5 0 11 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 264 V AC
1 mA ... 3 A 3RQ30 5 3 – @ S G 3 0 110 … 230 V AC/DC 10 ... 30 V DC
5 mA ... 5 A 3RQ30 5 5 – @ S M 3 0 11 ... 30 V DC 10 ... 30 V DC
• With manual/automatic 5 mA ... 5 A 3RQ30 6 5 – @ S M 3 0 11 ... 30 V DC 10 ... 30 V DC
switch
Input coupler 10 mA ... 0.5 A 3RQ30 7 0 – @ S B 3 0 11 ... 30 V AC/DC 10 ... 30 V DC
3RQ30 7 0 – @ S G 3 0 110 … 230 V AC/DC 10 ... 30 V DC
Type of electrical connection Screw terminals 1
Spring-type terminals (push-in) 2
Example 3RQ30 7 0 – 1 S B 3 0
Note:
The Article No. scheme shows an overview of product versions For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers. selection and ordering data.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/99

 © Siemens AG 2018

Coupling Relays

SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, narrow design

■ Benefits
General Coupling relays with relay output (not plug-in)
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals (push-in • Permanently soldered relays for enhanced contact reliability
technology) • Device variants with hard gold-plated contacts, hence high
• TOP wiring with spring-type terminals (push-in) for quick and contact reliability at low currents
reliable wiring
Coupling relays with plug-in relays
2
• Reduced space requirement in the control cabinet thanks to a
consistent width of 6.2 mm • Fast replacement of the relays with existing wiring
• Reduced inventory due to fewer variants • Tested complete units → lower assembly time
• Clearly visible functional state of the coupling relay by green • Individual relays available as spare parts
LED • Device variants with hard gold-plated contacts, hence high
• Integrated reverse polarity protection and EMC contact reliability at low currents
arc-suppression diode Coupling relays with semiconductor output (not plug-in)
• Standardized accessories across the entire 3RQ3 series • Long service life since there is no mechanical wear
• Universal bridging option using connecting combs for all • High switching frequency thanks to short make-break times
terminals
• Vibration-resistant
• Galvanic isolation plate for isolating different voltages for
neighboring units • No contact bounce
• Clip-on labels available as set for individual labeling • Extremely high contact reliability
• Noise-free switching
• Low control power required
• Switching of DC and capacitive loads

■ Application
• Electrical separation between the input and output circuit
• Adjustment of different signal levels
• Signal amplification

I/O Electronic control

devices 110 V AC 110 V AC Actuators
Output

230 V AC
Input

24 V DC 24 V DC 230 V AC
M

Pushbutton Coupling Coupling Motor

Position link NSB0_00186a link contactor
switch

Application example motor controller

2/100 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Coupling Relays

SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, narrow design

■ Technical specifications
More information
Technical specifications, see FAQs, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16198/faq
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16198/td
Operating instructions, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16198/man

Coupling relays with relay output (not plug-in)

Article number 3RQ30.8- 3RQ30.8- 3RQ30.8- 3RQ30.8- 3RQ30.8- 3RQ30.8- 3RQ3018- 3RQ3018-
2
.AB00 .AB01 .AE00 .AE01 .AF00 .AF01 2AM08-0AA0 2AN08-0AA0
General technical specifications:
Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III to V 300
IEC 60664 for pollution degree 3
Max. permissible voltage for protective separation V 300
between control circuit and auxiliary circuit
Ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... +60 -40 ... +70
• During storage °C -40 ... +85
IP degree of protection IP20
Version of the fuse link Fuse gG: 4 A
required for short-circuit protection of the auxiliary
switch
Operational current of the auxiliary contacts
• At AC-15
- At 24 V A 3
- At 250 V A 3
• At DC-13
- At 24 V A 1
- At 125 V A 0.2
- At 250 V A 0.1
Contact reliability of the auxiliary contacts 17 V, 5 V, 17 V, 1 5 V, 17 V, 1 5 V, 17 V,
(one contact failure per 100 million) 1 mA 1 mA mA 1 mA mA 1 mA 1 mA
Mechanical endurance (operating cycles) typical 10 000 000
Electrical endurance (operating cycles) for AC-15 at 100 000
230 V typical
Operating range factor of the control supply
voltage, rated value
• At AC, at 50 Hz 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.1 --
• At DC 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.1 0.7 ... 1.25
Active power input W 0.3 0.5 1 0.3 0.6
Thermal current A 6

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/101

 © Siemens AG 2018

Coupling Relays

SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, narrow design

Coupling relays with plug-in relay
Article number 3RQ3118- 3RQ3118- 3RQ3118- 3RQ3118- 3RQ3118- 3RQ3118- 3RQ3118- 3RQ3118-
.AB00 .AB01 .AE00 .AE01 .AF00 .AF01 .AM00 .AM01
General technical specifications:
Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III to V 300
IEC 60664 for pollution degree 3
Max. permissible voltage for protective separation V 300
between control circuit and auxiliary circuit

2 Ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... +60
• During storage °C -40 ... +85
IP degree of protection IP20
Version of the fuse link required for short-circuit Fuse gG: 4 A
protection of the auxiliary switch
Operational current of the auxiliary contacts
• At AC-15
- At 24 V A 3
- At 250 V A 3
• At DC-13
- At 24 V A 1
- At 125 V A 0.2
- At 250 V A 0.1
Contact reliability of the auxiliary contacts 17 V, 5 V, 17 V, 5 V, 17 V, 5 V, 17 V, 5 V,
(one contact failure per 100 million) 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA 1 mA
Mechanical endurance (operating cycles) typical 10 000 000
Electrical endurance (operating cycles) for AC-15 at 100 000
230 V typical
Operating range factor of the control supply
voltage, rated value
• At AC, at 50 Hz 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.1 --
• At DC 0.8 ... 1.25 0.8 ... 1.1 0.8 ... 1.25
Active power input W 0.3 0.5 1 0.3
Thermal current A 6

2/102 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Coupling Relays

SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, narrow design

Coupling relays with semiconductor output (not plug-in)
Article number 3RQ3050- 3RQ3052- 3RQ3052- 3RQ3052- 3RQ3053- 3RQ30.5- 3RQ3070- 3RQ3070-
.SM50 .SM30 .SM40 .SM50 .SG30 .SM30 .SB30 .SG30
General technical specifications:
Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III to 50 V 300 V 50 V --
IEC 60664 for pollution degree 3
Ambient temperature

2
• During operation -25 ... +60 °C
• During storage -40 ... +85 °C
IP degree of protection IP20
Switching voltage of the semiconductor output
• At AC -- 20 ... 264 V --
• At DC 10 ... 60 V 10 ... 30 V 10 ... 60 V -- 10 ... 30 V
Current carrying capacity of the
semiconductor output
• At AC -- 5 mA ... 2 A --
• At DC 1 mA ... 0.5 A 5 mA ... 2 A 1 mA ... 2 A -- 1 mA ... 3 A 5 mA ... 5 A 10 mA ... 0.5 A
Operating range factor of the control supply
voltage, rated value
• At AC, at 50 Hz -- 1 ... 1 -- 1 ... 1
• At DC 1 ... 1
Active power input 0.3 W 0.25 W 0.3 W 0.5 W
Thermal current 0.5 A 2A 3A 5A 0.5 A

Article number 3RQ3...-1.... 3RQ3...-2....

Type of electrical connection Screw terminals Spring-type terminals (push-in)
for auxiliary and control circuit
Type of connectable conductor cross-sections
• Solid 1x (0.25 ... 2.5) mm²
• Finely stranded
- Without end sleeves -- 1x (0.25 ... 2.5) mm²
- With end sleeves 1x (0.25 ... 1.5) mm²
• Solid for AWG cables 1x (20 ... 14)

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/103

 © Siemens AG 2018

Coupling Relays

SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, narrow design

■ Selection and ordering data

Type of Control supply voltage Number of Material of switching SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
voltage at AC at DC CO contacts (UNIT, per PU
contacts for SET, approx.
at 50 Hz at 60 Hz auxiliary M)
contacts
V V V d kg

2
Coupling relays with relay output (not plug-in)
Output coupling links
AC/DC 24 24 24 1 AgSnO2 3RQ3018-@AB00 1 5 units 41H 0.035
AgSnO2 hard gold-plated 3RQ3018-@AB01 1 5 units 41H 0.035
115 115 115 1 AgSnO2 3RQ3018-@AE00 1 5 units 41H 0.036
230 230 230 1 AgSnO2 3RQ3018-@AF00 1 5 units 41H 0.036
DC -- -- 24 1 AgSnO2 2 3RQ3018-2AM08-0AA0 1 5 units 41H 0.033
110 1 AgSnO2 2 3RQ3018-2AN08-0AA0 1 5 units 41H 0.033
Input coupling links
3RQ30.8- AC/DC 24 24 24 1 AgSnO2 3RQ3038-@AB00 1 5 units 41H 0.035
2....
AgSnO2 hard gold-plated 3RQ3038-@AB01 1 5 units 41H 0.035
115 115 115 1 AgSnO2 3RQ3038-@AE00 1 5 units 41H 0.035
AgSnO2 hard gold-plated 3RQ3038-@AE01 1 5 units 41H 0.034
230 230 230 1 AgSnO2 3RQ3038-@AF00 1 5 units 41H 0.035
AgSnO2 hard gold-plated 3RQ3038-@AF01 1 5 units 41H 0.035
Coupling relays with plug-in relays
Output coupling links
AC/DC 24 24 24 1 AgSnO2 3RQ3118-@AB00 1 5 units 41H 0.035
AgSnO2 hard gold-plated 3RQ3118-@AB01 1 5 units 41H 0.035
115 115 115 1 AgSnO2 3RQ3118-@AE00 1 5 units 41H 0.035
AgSnO2 hard gold-plated 3RQ3118-@AE01 1 5 units 41H 0.035
230 230 230 1 AgSnO2 3RQ3118-@AF00 1 5 units 41H 0.035
AgSnO2 hard gold-plated 3RQ3118-@AF01 1 5 units 41H 0.035
DC -- -- 24 1 AgSnO2 3RQ3118-@AM00 1 5 units 41H 0.035
3RQ3118- AgSnO2 hard gold-plated 3RQ3118-@AM01 1 5 units 41H 0.035
2....
Type of electrical connection
• Screw terminals 1
• Spring-type terminals (push-in) 2

Type of Control supply voltage Current carrying capacity Operating SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
voltage of the semiconductor mode (UNIT, per PU
output selectable SET, approx.
at AC at DC at AC at DC via switch M)
position
at at
50 Hz 60 Hz
d kg
Coupling relays with semiconductor output (not plug-in)
Output coupling links
DC -- -- 11 ... -- 1 mA ... 0.5 A -- 3RQ3050-@SM50 1 5 units 41H 0.031
30 V 5 mA ... 2 A -- 3RQ3052-@SM30 1 5 units 41H 0.032
1 mA ... 2 A -- 3RQ3052-@SM40 1 5 units 41H 0.031
5 mA ... 2 A -- -- 3RQ3052-@SM50 1 5 units 41H 0.034
-- 5 mA ... 5 A -- 3RQ3055-@SM30 1 5 units 41H 0.032
Manual/ 3RQ3065-@SM30 1 5 units 41H 0.032
Off/
Automatic
3RQ3050-
2SM50 AC/DC 110 ... 110 ... 110 ... -- 1 mA ... 3 A -- 3RQ3053-@SG30 1 5 units 41H 0.033
230 V 230 V 230 V
Input coupling links
AC/DC 11 ... 11 ... 11 ... -- 10 mA ... 0.5 A -- 3RQ3070-@SB30 1 5 units 41H 0.031
30 V 30 V 30 V
110 ... 110 ... 110 ... -- 10 mA ... 0.5 A -- 3RQ3070-@SG30 1 5 units 41H 0.032
230 V 230 V 230 V
Type of electrical connection
• Screw terminals 1
• Spring-type terminals (push-in) 2

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/104 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Coupling Relays

SIRIUS 3RQ3 coupling relays, narrow design

■ Accessories
Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Galvanic isolation plates
For electrical separation of different potentials
when devices of different types are installed side by side
2 3RQ3900-0A 1 10 units 41H 0.014
2

3RQ3900-0A
Connecting combs
For linking the same potentials,
current carrying capacity for infeed max. 6 A
• 2-pole 2 3RQ3901-0A 1 10 units 41H 0.001
3RQ3901-0B
• 4-pole 2 3RQ3901-0B 1 10 units 41H 0.001
• 8-pole 2 3RQ3901-0C 1 10 units 41H 0.002
• 16-pole 2 3RQ3901-0D 1 10 units 41H 0.004
Clip-on labels
For terminal marking and equipment labeling, white
• 5 x 5 mm 2 3RQ3902-0A 100 2000 units 41H 0.009
• 6 x 12 mm 2 3RQ3902-0B 100 1200 units 41H 0.020
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
Spring-type
terminals
(push-in)
Screwdrivers 2 3RA2908-1A 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals,
3RA2908-1A 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
length approx. 200 mm,
titanium gray/black,
partially insulated

Coupling relays Control Material of switching Number SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
with plug-in supply contacts of CO (UNIT, per PU
relays voltage contacts SET, approx.
For M)
auxiliary
contacts
Type V d kg
Replacement modules for 3RQ3118 coupling relays with plug-in relay
3RQ3118-.AM00 24 DC AgSnO2 1 2 3TX7014-7BM00 1 15 units 41H 0.007
3RQ3118-.AM01 AgSnO2 hard 2 3TX7014-7BM02 1 15 units 41H 0.007
gold-plated
3RQ3118-.AB00 24 AC/DC AgSnO2 1 2 3TX7014-7BQ00 1 15 units 41H 0.007
3RQ3118-.AB01 AgSnO2 hard 2 3TX7014-7BQ02 1 15 units 41H 0.007
gold-plated
3RQ3118-.AE00 115 AC/DC AgSnO2 1 2 3TX7014-7BP00 1 15 units 41H 0.006
3RQ3118-.AF00 230 AC/DC AgSnO2 hard
gold-plated
3RQ3118-.AE01 115 AC/DC AgSnO2 1 2 3TX7014-7BP02 1 15 units 41H 0.006
3RQ3118-.AF01 230 AC/DC AgSnO2 hard
gold-plated

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/105
 © Siemens AG 2018

Coupling Relays

SIRIUS 3RQ2 coupling relays with industrial enclosure

■ Overview
More information
Homepage, see https://www.siemens.com/relais
Industry Mall see www.siemens.com/product?3RQ2
Conversion tool, e.g. from 3RS181 to 3RQ3,
see http://www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool

2 3RQ2 coupling relays in their 22.5 mm industrial enclosure serve

to couple control signals to and from a controller and replace the
3RS18 coupling relays. The 3RQ2 has an impressively high-
quality industrial enclosure finished in modern titanium gray so
that it fits in visually with the SIRIUS series of relays.
The series consists of devices with up to three changeover
contacts with screw or spring-type terminals (push-in) and, with
its wide voltage range from 24 to 240 V AC/DC, is a genuine
highlight in the coupling relay market.
Thanks to terminal assignment that is identical to the previous
version, existing products can easily be converted.
SIRIUS 3RQ2 coupling relays, screw terminals, 3 changeover contacts The reduced variety of components simplifies product selection
and standardization.
Numerous accessories are available for the 3RQ2 coupling
relays, for example replacement terminals, push-in lugs for wall
mounting and coding pins.
Article No. scheme
Product versions Article number
Coupling relays, standard 3RQ2000 – @ @ @ 0 @
Connection method Screw terminals 1
Spring-type terminals (push-in) 2
Outputs 1 changeover contact A
2 changeover contacts B
3 changeover contacts C
Rated control supply voltage 24 ... 240 V AC/DC W
Material of switching contacts 0 = AgSnO2 0
1 = AgNi + Au 1
Example 3RQ2000 – 1 C W 0 1
Note:
The Article No. scheme shows an overview of product versions For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the se-
for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers. lection and ordering data.

■ Benefits
• Permanent wiring due to removable terminals in screw or • Reduced costs thanks to fewer versions
spring-type technology (push-in) • Especially high contact reliability even at low currents thanks
• Replacement of individual terminals minimizes wiring effort to versions with hard gold-plated contacts
• A product for all voltages from 24 to 240 V AC/DC • International standards and certifications including CE,
UL/CSA, EAC and confirmations for rail, and more

■ Application
• Galvanic isolation between input and output circuit • Signal amplification
• Adjustment of different signal levels • Contact multiplication

I/O Electronic control

devices 110 V AC 110 V AC Actuators
Output

230 V AC
Input

24 V DC 24 V DC 230 V AC
M

Pushbutton Coupling Coupling Motor

Position link NSB0_00186a link contactor
switch

Motor control application example

2/106 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Coupling Relays

SIRIUS 3RQ2 coupling relays with industrial enclosure

■ Technical specifications
More information
Technical specifications, see Operating instructions, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16203/td https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16203/man

Article number 3RQ2000-.AW00 3RQ2000-.CW01

2
3RQ2000-.BW00
3RQ2000-.CW00
General data
Width x Height x Depth mm 22.5 x 100 x 90
Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III according to IEC V 300
60664 with degree of pollution 3
maximum permissible voltage for safe isolation between control V 300
and auxiliary circuit acc. to IEC 60947-1
Ambient temperature
• during operation °C -25 ... +60
• during storage °C -40 ... +80
Protection class IP IP20
Control circuit
Control supply voltage V AC/DC 24 ... 240 50/60 Hz
Operating range factor control supply voltage rated value 0.7 ... 1.1
Main circuit
Thermal current of the switching element with contacts maximum A 5
Ampacity of the output relay
• at AC-15 at 250 V A 3
• at DC-13 at 24 V A 1
• at DC-13 at 125 V A 0.2
• at DC-13 at 250 V A 0.1
Mechanical service life (switching cycles) typical 10 000 000
Electrical endurance (switching cycles) at AC-15 at 230 V typical 100 000
Material of switching contacts AgSnO2 AgNi + Au

Article number 3RQ2000-1 3RQ2000-2

Type of electrical connection screw-type terminals push-in terminals

Type of connectable conductor cross-sections

• solid mm2 1x (0.5 ... 4.0 mm²), 2x (0.5 ... 2.5 mm²) 0.5 ... 4 mm²
• finely stranded with core end processing mm2 1x (0.5 ... 4 mm²), 2x (0.5 ... 1.5 mm²) 0.5 ... 2.5 mm²
• at AWG conductors solid AWG 1x (20 ... 12), 2x (20 ... 14) 20 ... 12
Tightening torque Nm 0.6 ... 0.8 --

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/107
 © Siemens AG 2018

Coupling Relays

SIRIUS 3RQ2 coupling relays with industrial enclosure

■ Selection and ordering data

PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1 Control supply voltage Number of Material of SD screw-type terminals SD push-In terminals
PS* = 1 unit at AC at DC CO contacts switching
PG = 41H at 50 Hz for auxiliary contacts
contacts
Article number Article number
V V W d

2
Coupling relays in industrial enclosure, 22.5 mm
24 ... 240 24 ... 240 1 AgSnO2 2 3RQ2000-1AW00 2 3RQ2000-2AW00
2 AgSnO2 2 3RQ2000-1BW00 2 3RQ2000-2BW00
3 AgSnO2 2 3RQ2000-1CW00 2 3RQ2000-2CW00
3 AgNi + Au 2 3RQ2000-1CW01 2 3RQ2000-2CW01

3RQ2000- 3RQ2000-
1CW00 2CW00

■ Accessories
More information
Operating instructions, see Conversion tool, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/25158/man http://www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool

Product designation SD Article No. PU PS* PG

(UNIT,
SET, M)
d
Terminals for SIRIUS devices in the industrial standard mounting rail
enclosure
Removable terminals Screw terminals

• 2-pole, up to max. 2 x 2.5 mm² or 1 x 4 mm² 2 3ZY1122-1BA00 1 6 units 41L

Spring-type
terminals (push-in)
3ZY1122-1BA00 • 2-pole, up to max. 1 x 4 mm² or 2 x 1.5 mm² 2 3ZY1122-2BA00 1 6 units 41L
Accessories for enclosures
Push-in lugs 2 3ZY1311-0AA00 1 10 units 41L
For wall mounting

3ZY1311-0AA00
Coding pins 2 3ZY1440-1AA00 1 12 units 41L
For removable terminals of SIRIUS devices
in the industrial standard mounting rail enclosure;
3ZY1440-1AA00 they enable mechanical coding of terminals
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
Screwdrivers Spring-type
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals terminals (push-in)
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm, length approx. 200 mm, titanium gray/black, 2 3RA2908-1A 1 1 units 41B
partially insulated
3RA2908-1A

2/108 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Coupling Relays

SIRIUS 3RQ2 coupling relays with industrial enclosure

■ More information
Code conversion table
SIRIUS 3RS18 coupling relays Comparison type SIRIUS 3RQ2 coupling relays
Screw terminals Spring-type Version Contacts Screw terminals Spring-type Version Contacts
terminals terminals (push-in)
3RS1800-1AQ00 3RS1800-2AQ00 24 V AC/DC; 110 ... 120 V AC 1 change- 3RQ2000-1AW00 3RQ2000-2AW00 24 ... 240 V AC/DC 1 change-
24 V AC/DC; 220 ... 240 V AC over
2
3RS1800-1AP00 3RS1800-2AP00 over
contac contact
3RS1800-1BW00 3RS1800-2BW00 24 ... 240 V AC/DC 2 change- 3RQ2000-1BW00 3RQ2000-2BW00 24 ... 240 V AC/DC 2 change-
3RS1800-1BQ00 3RS1800-2BQ00 24 V AC/DC; 110 ... 120 V AC over over
contacs contacts
3RS1800-1BP00 3RS1800-2BP00 24 V AC/DC; 220 ... 240 V AC
3RS1800-1HW00 3RS1800-2HW00 24 ... 240 V AC/DC 3 change- 3RQ2000-1CW00 3RQ2000-2CW00 24 ... 240 V AC/DC 3 change-
3RS1800-1HQ00 3RS1800-2HQ00 24 V AC/DC; 110 ... 120 V AC over over
contacs contacts
3RS1800-1HP00 3RS1800-2HP00 24 V AC/DC; 220 ... 240 V AC
3RS1800-1HW01 3RS1800-2HW01 24 ... 240 V AC/DC 3 change- 3RQ2000-1CW01 3RQ2000-2CW01 24 ... 240 V AC/DC 3 change-
3RS1800-1HQ01 3RS1800-2HQ01 24 V AC/DC; 110 ... 120 V AC over con- over con-
tacts, hard tacts, hard
3RS1800-1HP01 3RS1800-2HP01 24 V AC/DC; 220 ... 240 V AC gold-plated gold-plated

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/109

 © Siemens AG 2018

Switching Devices - Solid-State Switching Devices

Introduction

■ Overview
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components Online configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 Simulation Tool for Soft Starters (STS), see
Home page, see www.siemens.com/soft-starter https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/101494917
Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3RW

3RF21 3RF20 3RF23 3RF29

Article No. Page
SIRIUS solid-state switching devices for switching resistive/inductive loads
Solid-state relays
Solid-state relays • Widths of 22.5 mm and 45 mm 3RF21 2/116
• Compact and space-saving design 3RF20 2/121
• "Zero-point switching" version
• Mounting onto existing heat sinks
Solid-state contactors
Solid-state contactors • Complete units comprising a solid-state relay and an optimized heat sink, 3RF23 2/126
"ready to use" 3RF22 2/124
• Compact and space-saving design
• Versions for resistive loads "zero-point switching"
and for inductive loads "instantaneous switching"
• Special versions "low noise" and "short-circuit proof"
Function modules For extending the functionality of the 3RF21 solid-state relays and
the 3RF23 solid-state contactors for many different applications:
Converters • Converters used for converting an analog input 3RF2900-0EA18 2/140
signal into an on/off ratio;
can also be used on 3RF22 three-phase switching devices
Load monitoring • For load monitoring of one or more loads (partial loads) 3RF29..-0FA08, 2/140
3RF29.0-0GA..
Heating current monitoring • For load monitoring of one or more loads (partial loads); 3RF29..-0JA.. 2/140
remote teach
Power controllers • The power controller sets the current by means of a solid-state switching 3RF29..-0KA. 2/140
device, depending on a setpoint value.
There is a choice of full-wave control and generalized phase control.
Power regulators • The power regulator regulates the current by means of a solid-state 3RF29.0-0HA.. 2/140
switching device depending on a setpoint value.
Closed-loop control: full-wave control or generalized phase control.

Use of SIRIUS solid-state switching devices for switching

motors in conjunction with IE3/IE4 motors
Note:
When using SIRIUS solid-state switching devices for switching
motors in conjunction with highly energy-efficient IE3/IE4 motors,
please observe the information on dimensioning and
configuring, see "Configuration Manual for SIRIUS Controls with
IE3 Motors",
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/94770820.

2/110 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Switching Devices - Solid-State Switching Devices

Introduction
SIRIUS 3RF solid-state switching devices by means of preassembled cables. This saves considerable
wiring outlay in the control circuit and shortens mounting time.
The HCS300I is a modular heating control system for the
optimization of plastic processing machines. It enables
individual solutions for many different heating control
applications. With each basic unit it is possible to use up to four
6-channel digital outputs to control solid-state switching devices
and four 4-channel temperature measuring modules. Current or
current-and-voltage measuring modules can be used to monitor
the loads. Communication with the higher-level control system is 2
performed via PROFIBUS DP.

Three-phase solid-state contactor and single-phase solid-state relay

The SIRIUS 3RF2 solid-state switching devices reliably switch a
wide range of different loads with alternating voltages in 50 and
60 Hz systems.
SIRIUS 3RF2 solid-state switching devices for resistive loads:
• Solid-state relays
• Solid-state contactors
• Function modules SIPLUS heating control system
SIRIUS 3RF3 solid-state switching devices for switching motors: Also for switching motors
• Solid-state contactors In order to achieve higher productivity, the switching frequency
• Solid-state reversing contactors is continuously increased. It is no problem for our SIRIUS solid-
state contactors to switch motors. With three-phase motors up to
SIRIUS 3RF2 – for almost unending activity 7.5 kW, they can reliably withstand even the highest switching
Conventional electromechanical controlgear is often overtaxed frequencies. Even a continuous change in the direction of
by the rise in the number of switching operations. A high rotation is possible with the solid-state reversing contactors.
switching frequency results in frequent failure and short Both versions can be perfectly combined with components from
replacement cycles. However, this does not have to be the case, the SIRIUS modular system. Connecting with SIRIUS motor
because with the latest generation of our SIRIUS 3RF2 starter protectors or SIRIUS overload relay can be implemented
solid-state switching devices we provide you with solid-state without any further steps.
relays and contactors with a particularly long endurance – for Always on the sunny side with SIRIUS
almost unending activity even under the toughest conditions and
under high mechanical load, but also in noise-sensitive areas. Because SIRIUS 3RF2 offers even more:
Proven time and again in service • The space-saving and compact side-by-side mounting ensure
reliable operation up to an ambient temperature of +60 °C.
SIRIUS 3RF2 solid-state switching devices have firmly • Thanks to fast configuration and the ease of mounting and start
established in industrial applications. They are used above all in up, you save not only time but also expenses.
applications where loads are switched frequently – mainly with
resistive load controllers, with the control of electrical heat or the Connection methods
control of valves and motors in conveyor systems. In addition to
its use in areas with high switching frequencies, their silent The solid-state switching devices are available with screw
switching means that SIRIUS is also ideally suited for use in terminals (box terminals), spring-type terminals or ring terminal
noise-sensitive areas, such as offices or hospitals. lugs.
The most reliable solution for any application Screw terminals
Compared to mechanical controlgear, our SIRIUS 3RF2 solid-
state switching devices stand out due to their considerably
longer service life. Thanks to the high product quality, their Spring-type terminals
switching is extremely precise, reliable and, above all,
insusceptible to faults. With its variable connection methods and
a wide spread of control voltages, the SIRIUS 3RF2 family is Ring terminal lug connection
universally applicable. Depending on the individual
requirements of the application, our modular controlgear can The terminals are indicated in the corresponding
also be quite easily expanded by the addition of standardized tables by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds.
function modules.
Ideal for operation with heating control systems
The 3RF2 solid-state switching devices can be used for example
in the SIPLUS HCS300I heating control system. They are
optimally connected to the digital output module of the HCS300I

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/111

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

General data

■ Overview
Type Solid-state relays Solid-state contactors Function modules
Single-phase Three- Single- Three- Converters Load monitoring Heating Power Power
phase phase phase current controllers regulators
22.5 mm 45 mm 45 mm Basic Extended monitoring
Usage
Simple use of ❑ ✓ ❑ ❑ ❑ -- -- -- -- -- --
2 existing solid-state
relays
Complete unit ❑ ❑ ❑ ✓ ✓ -- -- -- -- -- --
"Ready to use"
Space-saving ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- -- --
1) 1)
Can be extended ✓ -- ✓ -- -- -- -- -- --
with modular
function modules
Frequent switching -- -- -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
and monitoring of
loads and solid-state
relays/solid-state
contactors
Monitoring of up to 6 -- -- -- -- -- -- ✓ -- ✓ ✓ --
partial loads
Monitoring of more -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ✓ -- -- --
than 6 partial loads
Control of the -- -- -- -- -- ✓ -- -- -- ✓ ✓
heating power
through an analog
input
Power control -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ✓
Startup
Easy setting of -- -- -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓
setpoint values with
"Teach" button
"Remote Teach" -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ✓ -- --
input for setting
setpoints
Mounting
Mounting onto -- -- -- ✓ ✓ -- -- -- -- -- --
mounting rails or
mounting plates
Can be snapped -- -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
directly onto a solid-
state relay or
contactor
For use with ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
"Coolplate" heat sink
Cable routing
Connection of load ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
circuit as for
controlgear
Connection of load -- ✓ -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
circuit from above

✓ Function available
❑ Function possible
-- Function not possible

1) The converter can also be used with three-phase devices.

2/112 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

General data
Article No. scheme
Product versions Article number
Solid-state switching devices Solid-state relays 3RF20 @ @ – @ @ @ @ @ Single-phase, 45-mm width
for resistive/inductive loads 3RF21 @ @ – @ @ @ @ @ Single-phase, 22.5-mm width
Solid-state contactors 3RF23 @ @ – @ @ @ @ @ Single-phase
Type current e.g. 10 = 10.5 A @@
Connection type Screw terminals
Spring-type terminals
1
2 2
Ring terminal lug connection 3

Switching function Zero-point switching A

Instantaneous switching B
Zero-point switching C Low Noise
Zero-point switching D Short-circuit-proof with B MCB
Single-phase or number of Single-phase A
controlled phases Two-phase B
Three-phase C
Reversing contactor D
Rated control supply voltage Us 24 V DC 0
24 V AC/DC 1
110 ... 230 V AC 2
110 V AC 3
4 ... 30 V DC 4
230 V AC 5
Rated operational voltage Ue 24 ... 230 V AC 2
48 ... 460 V AC 4
48 ... 600 V AC 5
48 ... 600 V AC 6 Blocking voltage 1600 V
Example 3RF21 2 0 – 1 A A 0 5

Note:
The Article No. scheme shows an overview of product versions For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers. selection and ordering data.

■ Benefits ■ Application
Features Applications
• Considerable space savings thanks to a width of only 22.5 mm Example: Plastics processing industry
• Variety of connection methods: Screw terminal, spring-type Thanks to their high switching endurance SIRIUS 3RF2 solid-
connection or ring terminal lug, there is no problem – they are state switching devices are ideal for controlling electrical heat.
all finger-safe This is because the more precise the temperature regulation
• Flexible for all applications with function modules for retrofitting process has to be, the higher the switching frequency. The
• Possibility of fuseless short-circuit proof design accurate regulation of electrical heat is used for example in
many processes in the plastics processing industry:
Benefits • Band heaters heat the extrudate to the correct temperature in
• Saves time and costs with fast mounting and commissioning, plastic extruders
short start up times and easy wiring • Heat emitters heat plastic blanks to the correct temperature
• Extremely long life, low maintenance, rugged and reliable • Heat drums dry plastic granules
• Space-saving and safe thanks to side-by-side mounting up to • Heating channels keep molds at the correct temperature in
an ambient temperature of +60 °C order to manufacture different plastic parts without defects
• Modular design: Standardized function modules and heat
sinks can be used in conjunction with solid-state relays to The powerful SIRIUS 3RF2 solid-state relays and contactors can
satisfy individual requirements be used for the simultaneous control of several heating loads. By
using a load monitoring module the individual partial loads can
• Safety due to lifelong, vibration-resistant and shock-resistant easily be monitored, and in the event of a failure a signal is
spring-type terminal connection method even under tough generated to be sent to the controller.
conditions

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/113

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

General data
Use in fuseless load feeders A special version of the solid-state contactors can be protected
against damage in the case of a short circuit with a miniature
Compared with the fused configuration of load feeders, short circuit breaker with type B tripping characteristic. This allows the
circuit and line protection using miniature circuit breakers is low-cost and simple design of fuseless load feeders with full
easy to achieve with SIRIUS 3RF2 solid-state relays and protection of the switchgear.
contactors.

■ Selection and ordering data

2 Inscription labels for 3RF2 series
Designation Labeling area Color SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(W x H) (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
mm x mm d kg
Blank labels
Unit labeling 10 x 7 Pastel turquoise 15 3RT1900-1SB10 100 816 units 41B 0.027
plates for SIRIUS1) 20 x 7 Pastel turquoise 20 3RT1900-1SB20 100 340 units 41B 0.062
Adhesive labels 19 x 6 Pastel turquoise 15 3RT1900-1SB60 100 3060 units 41B 15.300
for SIRIUS 19 x 6 Zinc yellow 15 3RT1900-1SD60 100 3060 units 41B 0.005
NSB0_01429b

3RT19 00-1SB20
(1 frame = 20 units)
1)
PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates are available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH, see www.siemens.com/ic10,
Chapter 16.

■ More information
Notes on integration in the load feeders Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
The SIRIUS solid-state switching devices are very easy to The solid-state switching devices are suitable for interference-
integrate into the load feeders thanks to their industrial free operation in industrial networks without further measures.
connection method and design. If they are used in public networks, it may be necessary for
conducted interference to be reduced by means of filters.
Particular attention must however be paid to the circumstances
of the installation and ambient conditions, as the performance of This does not include the solid-state contactors for resistive
the solid-state switching devices is largely dependent on these. loads of the special type 3RF23..-.CA.. "Low Noise". These
Depending on the version, certain restrictions must be comply with the class B limit values up to a rated current of 16 A.
observed. Detailed information in relation to solid-state If other versions are used, and at currents of over 16 A, standard
contactors, e.g. on minimum spacing, and in relation to filters can be used in order to comply with the limit values.
solid-state relays on the choice of heat sink can be found in the The decisive factors when it comes to selecting the filters are
technical specifications and in the product data sheets, see essentially the current loading and the other parameters
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16222. (operational voltage, design type, etc.) in the load feeder.
Short-circuit and overload protection Suitable filters can be ordered from EPCOS AG.
For more information, see www.epcos.com.
Despite the rugged power semiconductors that are used,
solid-state switching devices respond more sensitively to short- Product information and technical specifications
circuits in the load feeder. Consequently, special precautions
have to be taken against destruction, depending on the type of For product data sheets with detailed technical specifications,
design. dimensional drawings and characteristic curves, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16222.
Siemens generally recommends using SITOR solid-state
protection fuses. These fuses also provide protection against For additional information, please enter the article number of the
destruction in the event of a short circuit even when the required device under the tab "Product List".
solid-state contactors and solid-state relays are fully utilized.
Alternatively, if there is lower loading, protection can also be
provided by standard fuses or miniature circuit breakers. This
protection is achieved by overdimensioning the solid-state
switching devices accordingly. The technical specifications and
the product data sheets contain details both about the
solid-state fuse protection itself and about use of the devices
with conventional protection equipment.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/114 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-State Relays
General data

■ Overview
Solid-state relays (without heat sink) Three-phase solid-state relays with a width of 45 mm
SIRIUS solid-state relays are suitable for surface mounting on With its compact design and a width of just 45 m, which stays the
existing cooling surfaces. Mounting is quick and easy, involving same even at currents of up to 55 A, the 3RF22 solid-state relay
just two screws. The special technology of the power offers an ultra small footprint. The logical connection method,
semiconductor ensures there is excellent thermal contact with with the power infeed from above and load connection from
the heat sink. Depending on the nature of the heat sink, the below, ensures tidy installation in the control cabinet.
capacity reaches up to 88 A on resistive loads.
The three-phase solid-state relays are available with 2
The solid-state relays are available in three different versions: • Two-phase control (suitable in particular for circuits without
• 3RF21 single-phase solid-state relay with a width of 22.5 mm connection to the neutral conductor) and
• 3RF20 single-phase solid-state relay with a width of 45 mm • Three-phase control (suitable for star circuits with connection
• 3RF22 three-phase solid-state relay with a width of 45 mm to the neutral conductor or for applications in which the system
requires all phases to be switched)
The 3RF21 and 3RF22 solid-state relays can be expanded with
various function modules to adapt them to individual Selection notes
applications. When selecting solid-state relays, in addition to information
Version for resistive loads "zero-point switching" about the network, the load and the ambient conditions it is also
necessary to know details of the planned design. The solid-state
This standard version is often used for switching space heaters relays can only conform to their specific technical specifications
on and off. if they are mounted with appropriate care on an adequately
dimensioned heat sink.
Version for inductive loads "instantaneous switching"
Mounting solid-state relays directly on a mounting plate made of
In this version the solid-state relay is specifically matched to sheet steel is inadequate in terms of heat dissipation.
inductive loads. Whether it is a matter of frequent actuation of the
valves in a filling plant or starting and stopping small operating The following procedure is recommended:
mechanisms in packet distribution systems, operation is carried • Determine the rated current of the load and the mains voltage
out safely and noiselessly.
• Select the relay design and choose a solid-state relay with
Special "low noise" version higher rated current than the load
Thanks to a special control circuit, this special version can be • Determine the thermal resistance of the proposed heat sink
used in public networks up to 16 A without any additional • Check the correct relay size with the aid of the diagrams
measures such as interference suppressor filters. As a result, in
terms of emitted interference, it conforms to limit value curve
class B according to IEC 60947-4-3.
Single-phase solid-state relays with a width of 22.5 mm
With its compact design and a width of just 22.5 mm, which is
not exceeded even for currents of up to 88 A, the 3RF21 solid-
state relay offers an ultra-small footprint. The logical connection
method, with the power infeed from above and load connection
from below, ensures tidy installation in the control cabinet.
Single-phase solid-state relays with a width of 45 mm
The solid-state relays with a width of 45 mm provide for
connection of the power supply lead and the load from above.
This makes it easy to replace existing solid-state relays in
existing arrangements. The connection of the control cable is as
space-saving as the 22.5 mm design, as it is simply plugged on.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/115

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-State Relays
SIRIUS 3RF21 solid-state relays, single-phase, 22.5 mm

■ Overview
Single-phase solid-state relays (without heat sink) with a width of 22.5 mm
With its compact design and a width of just 22.5 mm, which is method, with the power infeed from above and load connection
not exceeded even for currents of up to 88 A, the 3RF21 solid- from below, ensures tidy installation in the control cabinet.
state relay offers an ultra-small footprint. The logical connection

■ Technical specifications
2 More information
System Manual and Manual, see FAQs, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16224/faq
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/60311318
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/60298187

Type 3RF21..-1.... 3RF21..-2.... 3RF21..-3....

General data
Ambient temperature
• During operation, derating from 40 °C °C -25 ... + 60
• During storage °C -55 ... + 80
Installation altitude m 0 ... 1 000; derating from 1 000
Shock resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 g/ms 15/11
Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 g 2
Degree of protection IP20 IP00 (IP20 when using the
terminal cover 3RA2900-
3PA88)
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
• Emitted interference
- Conducted interference voltage Class A for industrial applications
acc. to IEC 60947-4-3
- Emitted, high-frequency interference voltage Class B for residential, business and commercial applications
acc. to IEC 60947-4-3
• Interference immunity
- Electrostatic discharge kV Contact discharge 4; air discharge 8; behavior criterion 2
acc. to IEC 61000-4-2
(corresponds to degree of severity 3)
- Induced RF fields MHz 0.15 ... 80; 140 dBµV; behavior criterion 1
acc. to IEC 61000-4-6
- Burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4 kV 2/5.0 kHz; behavior criterion 2
- Surge acc. to IEC 61000-4-5 kV Conductor - ground 2; conductor - conductor 1; behavior criterion 2
Mounting
• Screws (not included in the scope of supply) 2 x M4
• Tightening torque Nm 1.5

2/116 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-State Relays
SIRIUS 3RF21 solid-state relays, single-phase, 22.5 mm

Type Imax 1) Ie acc. to IEC 60947-4-3 Ie acc. to UL/CSA Power loss Minimum load Off-state current
at Rthha/Tu = 40 °C at Rthha/Tu = 40 °C at Rthha/Tu = 50 °C at Imax current
A K/W A K/W A K/W W A mA
Main circuit
3RF2120-..... 20 2.0 20 1.7 20 1.3 28.6 0.1 10
3RF2130-1.... 30 1.1 30 0.79 30 0.56 44.2 0.5 10
3RF2150-1.... 50 0.68 50 0.48 50 0.33 66 0.5 10

2
3RF2150-2.... 50 0.68 20 2.6 20 2.9 66 0.5 10
3RF2150-3.... 50 0.68 50 0.48 50 0.33 66 0.5 10
3RF2170-1.... 70 0.40 50 0.77 50 0.6 94 0.5 10
3RF2190-1.... 88 0.33 50 0.94 50 0.85 118 0.5 10
3RF2190-2.... 88 0.33 20 2.8 20 3.5 118 0.5 10
3RF2190-3.... 88 0.33 88 0.22 83 0.19 118 0.5 10
1)
The current Imax provides information about the performance of the solid- Note:
state relay. The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be
smaller depending on the connection method and cooling conditions. The required heat sinks for the corresponding load currents can
be determined from the characteristic curves, (see page 2/114,
"More Information"). The minimum thickness values for the
mounting surface must be observed.

Type Rated peak withstand current Itsm I2t value

A A 2s
Main circuit
3RF2120-..... 200 200
3RF2130-..A.2 300 450
3RF2130-..A.4 300 450
3RF2130-..A.5 300 450
3RF2130-..A.6 400 800
3RF2150-..... 600 1 800
3RF2170-..A.2 1 200 7 200
3RF2170-..A.4 1 200 7 200
3RF2170-..A.5 1 200 7 200
3RF2170-..A.6 1 150 6 600
3RF2190-..... 1 150 6 600

Type 3RF21..-....2 3RF21..-....4 3RF21..-....5 3RF21..-....6

Main circuit
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 24 ... 230 48 ... 460
• Operating range V AC 20 ... 253 40 ... 506 40 ... 660
• Rated frequency Hz 50/60 ± 10 %
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 600
Blocking voltage V 800 1 200 1 600
Rate of voltage rise V/µs 1 000

Type 3RF21..-...0. 3RF21..-...1. 3RF21..-...2. 3RF21..-...4.

Control circuit
Method of operation DC operation AC/DC operation AC operation DC operation
Rated control supply voltage Us V 24 24 AC 24 DC 110 ... 230 4 ... 30
Rated frequency Hz -- 50/60 -- 50/60 ± 10 % --
of the control supply voltage ± 10 %
Control supply voltage, max. V 30 26.5 AC 30 DC 253 30
Typical actuating current mA 20 / Low Power: 6.51) 20 15 20
Response voltage V 15 14 AC 15 DC 90 4
Drop-out voltage V 5 5 AC 5 DC 40 1
Operating times
• ON-delay ms 1 + max. one 10 + max. one 40 + max. one 1 + max. one
half-wave2) half-wave2) half-wave2) half-wave2)
• OFF-delay ms 1 + max. one 15 + max. one 40 + max. one 1 + max. one
half-wave half-wave half-wave half-wave

1)
Applies to the "Low Power" version 3RF21..-.AA..-0KN0.
2)
Only for zero-point switching devices.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/117

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-State Relays
SIRIUS 3RF21 solid-state relays, single-phase, 22.5 mm
Circuit diagrams
DC control supply voltage AC control supply voltage

1 L 1 L
A1 + A1
A2 - A2

NSB0_01463
NSB0_01462

2 T 2 T

■ Selection and ordering data

Single-phase solid-state relays (without heat sink) with a width of 22.5 mm
Type current/ Rated control supply voltage SD Screw terminals2) PU PS* PG Weight
performance capacity1) Us (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A V d kg
Zero-point switching,
rated operational voltage Ue 24 ... 230 V AC
20 24 DC 2 3RF2120-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.072
30 2 3RF2130-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.071
50 2 3RF2150-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.080
70 2 3RF2170-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.071
90 5 3RF2190-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.070
20 4 ... 30 DC 2 3RF2120-1AA42 1 1 unit 41C 0.071
30 2 3RF2130-1AA42 1 1 unit 41C 0.074

3RF2120-1AA02
Zero-point switching,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 460 V AC
20 24 DC 2 3RF2120-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.072
30 2 3RF2130-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.072
50 2 3RF2150-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.067
70 2 3RF2170-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.100
90 2 3RF2190-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.087
Zero-point switching,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 600 V AC
70 24 DC Low Power 5 3RF2170-1AA05-0KN0 1 1 unit 41C 0.070
20 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2120-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.072
30 5 3RF2130-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.071
50 5 3RF2150-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.074
70 2 3RF2170-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.070
90 5 3RF2190-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.072
Zero-point switching · Blocking voltage 1 600 V,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 600 V AC
30 24 DC 2 3RF2130-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.070
50 2 3RF2150-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.114
70 5 3RF2170-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.074
90 5 3RF2190-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.063
Instantaneous switching,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 460 V AC
20 24 DC 5 3RF2120-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.068
30 5 3RF2130-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.067
50 5 3RF2150-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.069
70 5 3RF2170-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.072
90 5 3RF2190-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.073
Instantaneous switching · Blocking voltage 1 600 V,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 600 V AC
50 24 DC 5 3RF2150-1BA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.070

Low Noise3) · Zero-point switching,

rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 460 V AC
70 24 DC 5 3RF2170-1CA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.074
1) 3)
The type current provides information about the performance capacity of See page 2/115.
the solid-state relay.
The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be smaller Other rated control supply voltages on request.
depending on the connection method and cooling conditions.
2)
Please note that this version can only be used for a rated current of up to
approx. 50 A and a conductor cross-section of 10 mm2.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
2/118 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-State Relays
SIRIUS 3RF21 solid-state relays, single-phase, 22.5 mm

Type current/ Rated control supply voltage SD Spring-type terminals2) PU PS* PG Weight
performance capacity1) Us (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A V d kg
Zero-point switching,
rated operational voltage Ue 24 ... 230 V AC
20
50
24 DC 2
5
3RF2120-2AA02
3RF2150-2AA02
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
41C
41C
0.068
0.068
2
90 5 3RF2190-2AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.068
20 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2120-2AA42 1 1 unit 41C 0.068

3RF2120-2AA02
Zero-point switching,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 460 V AC
20 24 DC 2 3RF2120-2AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.066
50 5 3RF2150-2AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.071
90 5 3RF2190-2AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.075
50 24 AC/DC 5 3RF2150-2AA14 1 1 unit 41C 0.071
Zero-point switching,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 600 V AC
20 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2120-2AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.075

Zero-point switching · Blocking voltage 1 600 V,

rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 600 V AC
50 24 DC 5 3RF2150-2AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.070
90 5 3RF2190-2AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.067
1) 2)
The type current provides information about the performance capacity of Please note that the version with spring-type terminals can only be used for
the solid-state relay. a rated current of up to approx. 20 A and a conductor cross-section of
The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be smaller 2.5 mm2. Higher currents can be achieved by connecting two conductors
depending on the connection method and cooling conditions. per terminal.
Other rated control supply voltages on request.
Type current/ Rated control supply voltage SD Ring terminal lug PU PS* PG Weight
performance capacity1) Us connection (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A V d kg
Zero-point switching,
rated operational voltage Ue 24 ... 230 V AC
20 24 DC 5 3RF2120-3AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.077
50 5 3RF2150-3AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.077
90 5 3RF2190-3AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.070

3RF2120-3AA02
Zero-point switching,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 460 V AC
20 24 DC 5 3RF2120-3AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.074
50 5 3RF2150-3AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.070
90 5 3RF2190-3AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.072
90 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2190-3AA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.075
Zero-point switching · Blocking voltage 1600 V,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 600 V AC
50 24 DC 5 3RF2150-3AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.074
90 5 3RF2190-3AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.088
1)
The type current provides information about the performance capacity of Other rated control supply voltages on request.
the solid-state relay.
The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be smaller
depending on the connection method and cooling conditions.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/119
 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-State Relays
SIRIUS 3RF21 solid-state relays, single-phase, 22.5 mm

■ Accessories
Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Optional accessories

2 Spring-type terminals

Screwdrivers 2 3RA2908-1A 1 1 unit 41B 0.050

For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals
Length approx. 200 mm, 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm
titanium gray/black, partially insulated

3RA2908-1A
Ring terminal lug
connection
Terminal covers 2 3RF2900-3PA88 1 10 units 41C 0.004
For 3RF21 solid-state relays and 3RF23 solid-state
contactors with ring terminal lug connection
(With this terminal cover, degree of protection IP20 can be
achieved in the terminal compartment in the case of ring
terminal lug connections. It can also be used for screw
terminals after simple adaptation)
3RF2900-3PA88
Control connectors
Screw terminals

Replacement control connectors 5 3RF2900-1TA88 1 50 units 41C 0.004

For 3RF20/21/22 and 3RF23/24
Screw terminals
Spring-type terminals

Replacement control connectors 5 3RF2900-2TA88 1 50 units 41C 0.004

For 3RF20/21/22 and 3RF23/24
Spring-type terminals
Control connectors 5 3RF2900-2TB88 1 10 units 41C 0.004
For 3RF20/21/22 and 3RF23/24
Spring-type terminals with two clamping points per contact

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/120 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-State Relays
SIRIUS 3RF20 solid-state relays, single-phase, 45 mm

■ Overview
Single-phase solid-state relays (without heat sink) with a width of 45 mm
The solid-state relays with a width of 45 mm provide for The connection of the control cable is as space-saving as the
connection of the power supply lead and the load from above. 22.5 mm design, as it is simply plugged on.
This makes it easy to replace existing solid-state relays in
existing arrangements.

2
■ Technical specifications
More information
System Manual and Manual, see FAQs, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16225/faq
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/60311318
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/60298187

Type 3RF20..-1.... 3RF20..-4....

General data
Ambient temperature
• During operation, derating from 40 °C °C -25 ... +60
• During storage °C -55 ... +80
Installation altitude m 0 ... 1 000; derating from 1 000
Shock resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 g/ms 15 /11
Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 g 2
Degree of protection IP20
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
• Emitted interference
- Conducted interference voltage Class A for industrial applications
acc. to IEC 60947-4-3
- Emitted, high-frequency interference voltage Class B for residential, business and commercial applications
acc. to IEC 60947-4-3
• Interference immunity
- Electrostatic discharge kV Contact discharge 4; air discharge 8; behavior criterion 2
acc. to IEC 61000-4-2
(corresponds to degree of severity 3)
- Induced RF fields MHz 0.15 ... 80; 140 dBµV; behavior criterion 1
acc. to IEC 61000-4-6
- Burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4 kV 2/5.0 kHz; behavior criterion 2
- Surge acc. to IEC 61000-4-5 kV Conductor - ground 2; conductor - conductor 1; behavior criterion 2
Mounting
• Screws (not included in the scope of supply) 2 x M4
• Tightening torque Nm 1.5

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/121

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-State Relays
SIRIUS 3RF20 solid-state relays, single-phase, 45 mm

Type Imax1) Ie acc. to IEC 60947-4-3 Ie acc. to UL/CSA Power loss Minimum load Off-state current
at Rthha/Tu = 40 °C at Rthha/Tu = 40 °C at Rthha/Tu = 50 °C at Imax current

A K/W A K/W A K/W W A mA

Main circuit
3RF2020-1.A.. 20 2.0 20 1.7 20 1.3 28.6 0.1 10
3RF2030-1.A.. 30 1.1 30 0.79 30 0.56 44.2 0.5 10

2
3RF2050-1.A.. 50 0.68 50 0.48 50 0.33 66 0.5 10
3RF2070-1.A.. 70 0.40 50 0.77 50 0.6 94 0.5 10
3RF2090-1.A.. 88 0.33 50 0.94 50 0.85 118 0.5 10
1)
The current Imax provides information about the performance of the Note:
solid-state relay. The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be
smaller depending on the connection method and cooling conditions. The required heat sinks for the corresponding load currents can
be determined from the characteristic curves (see page 2/114,
"More Information"). The minimum thickness values for the
mounting surface must be observed.

Type Rated peak withstand current Itsm I2t value

A A²s
Main circuit
3RF2020-1.A.. 200 200
3RF2030-1.A.2 300 450
3RF2030-1.A.4 300 450
3RF2030-1.A.6 400 800
3RF2050-1.A.. 600 1 800
3RF2070-1.A.2 1 200 7 200
3RF2070-1.A.4 1 200 7 200
3RF2070-1.A.5 1 200 7 200
3RF2070-1.A.6 1 150 6 600
3RF2090-1.A.. 1 150 6 600

Type 3RF20.0-1.A.2 3RF20.0-1.A.4 3RF20.0-1.A.5 3RF20.0-1.A.6

Main circuit
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 24 ... 230 48 ... 460 48 ... 600
• Operating range V AC 20 ... 253 40 ... 506 40 ... 660
• Rated frequency Hz 50/60 ± 10 %
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 600
Blocking voltage V 800 1 200 1 600
Rate of voltage rise V/μs 1 000

Type 3RF20.0-1.A0. 3RF20.0-1.A2. 3RF20.0-1.A4.

Control circuit
Method of operation DC operation AC operation DC operation
Rated control supply voltage Us V 24 110 ... 230 4 … 30
Rated frequency of the control Hz -- 50/60 ± 10 % --
supply voltage
Control supply voltage, max. V 30 253 30
Typical actuating current mA 20 15 20
Response voltage V 15 90 4
Drop-out voltage V 5 40 1
Operating times
• ON-delay ms 1 + max. one half-wave1) 40 + max. one half-wave1) 1 + max. one half-wave1)
• OFF-delay ms 1 + max. one half-wave 40 + max. one half-wave 1 + max. one half-wave
1) Only for zero-point switching devices.

Circuit diagrams
DC control supply voltage AC control supply voltage

1 L 1 L
A1 + A1
A2 - A2
NSB0_01463
NSB0_01462

2 T 2 T

2/122 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-State Relays
SIRIUS 3RF20 solid-state relays, single-phase, 45 mm

■ Selection and ordering data

Single-phase solid-state relays (without heat sink) with a width of 45 mm
Type current/ Rated control supply voltage SD Screw terminals2) PU PS* PG Weight
performance capacity1) Us (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No.

Zero-point switching,
A V d kg
2
rated operational voltage Ue 24 ... 230 V AC
20 24 DC 2 3RF2020-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.088
30 2 3RF2030-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.093
50 2 3RF2050-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.080
70 2 3RF2070-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.085
90 2 3RF2090-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.102
20 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2020-1AA42 1 1 unit 41C 0.087
30 5 3RF2030-1AA42 1 1 unit 41C 0.089

3RF2020-1AA02
Zero-point switching,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 460 V AC
20 24 DC 2 3RF2020-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.099
30 2 3RF2030-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.084
50 2 3RF2050-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.085
70 2 3RF2070-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.080
90 2 3RF2090-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.101
50 4 ... 30 DC 2 3RF2050-1AA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.085
Zero-point switching,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 600 V AC
20 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2020-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.080
50 5 3RF2050-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.094
70 2 3RF2070-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.085
90 5 3RF2090-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.085
Zero-point switching · Blocking voltage 1600 V,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 600 V AC
30 24 DC 5 3RF2030-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.090
50 5 3RF2050-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.090
70 5 3RF2070-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.085
90 5 3RF2090-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.090
Instantaneous switching,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 460 V AC
30 24 DC 5 3RF2030-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.085

1) The type current provides information about the performance capacity of 2) Please note that this version can only be used for a rated current of up to
the solid-state relay. The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can approx. 50 A and a conductor cross-section of 10 mm2.
be smaller depending on the connection method and cooling conditions.

Type current/ Rated control supply voltage SD Screw terminals + PU PS* PG Weight
performance capacity1) Us spring-type terminals (UNIT, per PU
(control current side) SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A V d kg
Zero-point switching,
rated operational voltage Ue 24 ... 230 V AC
50 24 DC 5 3RF2050-4AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.086

3RF2050-4AA02
1)
The type current provides information about the performance capacity of
the solid-state relay. The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can
be smaller depending on the connection method and cooling conditions.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/123
 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-State Relays
SIRIUS 3RF22 solid-state relays, three-phase, 45 mm

■ Overview
Circuit diagrams
Two-phase controlled, Three-phase controlled,
DC control supply voltage DC control supply voltage

1 L1 3 L2 5 L3 1 L1 3 L2 5 L3

2
A1 + A1 +
A2 - A2 -

NSB0_01694

NSB0_01696
2 T1 4 T2 6 T3 2 T1 4 T2 6 T3

2/124 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-state Contactors
General data

■ Overview
Solid-state contactors (with integrated heat sink) The following miniature circuit breakers with a B characteristic
and 10 kA or 6 kA breaking capacity protect the 3RF23..-.DA..
The complete units consist of a solid-state relay plus optimized solid-state contactors in the event of short circuits on the load
heat sink, and are therefore ready to use. They offer defined and the specified conductor cross-sections and lengths:
rated currents to make selection as easy as possible.
Depending on the version, current intensities of up to 70 A are Rated current of the Example of Max. conductor Minimum cable
achieved. Like all of our solid-state switching devices, one of miniature circuit type1) cross section length from
their particular advantages is their compact and space-saving
design.
breaker contactor to
load 2
6A 5SY4106-6 1 mm2 5m
With their insulated mounting foot they can easily be snapped
10 A 5SY4110-6 1.5 mm2 8m
onto a standard mounting rail, or they can be mounted on
support plates with fixing screws. This insulation enables them 16 A 5SY4116-6 1.5 mm2 12 m
to be used in circuits with protective extra-low voltage (PELV) or 2.5 mm2 20 m
safety extra-low voltage (SELV) in building management 20 A 5SY4120-6 2.5 mm2 20 m
systems. For other applications, such as for extended personal 25 A 5SY4125-6 2.5 mm2 26 m
safety, the heat sink can be grounded through a screw terminal. 1) The miniature circuit breakers can be used up to a maximum rated voltage
The solid-state contactors are available in 2 different versions: of 480 V!
• 3RF23 single-phase solid-state contactors
3/N/PE 50 Hz 230/400 V 3/N/PE 50 Hz 230/400 V
Single-phase versions L1 L1
The 3RF23 solid-state contactors can be expanded with various L2 L2
function modules to adapt them to individual applications.
L3 L3
Version for resistive loads "zero-point switching" N N
This standard version is often used for switching space heaters
on and off. F1 F1 F2

Version for inductive loads "instantaneous switching" K1 K1

In this version the solid-state contactor is specifically matched to 1 L 1 L

inductive loads. Whether it is a matter of frequent actuation of the
valves in a filling plant or starting and stopping small operating
2 T 2 T
mechanisms in packet distribution systems, operation is carried
out safely and noiselessly.

line

line
line

I,A I,A
Special "low noise" version
NSB0_01473b

Thanks to a special control circuit, this special version can be

used in public networks up to 16 A without any additional
measures such as interference suppressor filters. As a result, in
terms of emitted interference, it conforms to limit value curve R1 R1
class B according to IEC 60947-4-3.
Special "short-circuit proof" version Solid-state contactor protection

Skillful matching of the power semiconductor with the The setup and installation above can also be used for the solid-
performance capacity of the solid-state contactor means that state relays with a I2t value of at least 6 600 A2s.
"short-circuit strength" can be achieved with a standard Three-phase versions
miniature circuit breaker. In combination with a B-type MCB or a
conventional line protection fuse, the result is a short-circuit The three-phase solid-state contactors for resistive loads up to
resistant feeder. 50 A are available with
In order to achieve problem-free short-circuit protection by • Two-phase control (suitable in particular for circuits without
means of miniature circuit breakers, however, certain boundary connection to the neutral conductor) and
conditions must be observed. As the magnitude and duration of • Three-phase control (suitable for star circuits with connection
the short-circuit current are determined not only by the short to the neutral conductor or for applications in which the system
circuit breaking response of the miniature circuit breaker but requires all phases to be switched)
also the properties of the wiring system, such as the internal
resistance of the input to the network and damping by controls The converter function module can be snapped onto both
and cables, particular attention must also be paid to these versions for the simple power control of AC loads by means of
parameters. The necessary cable lengths are therefore shown analog signals.
for the main factor, the line resistance, in the table below. • Check the correct contactor size with the aid of the rated
current diagram, taking account of the installation conditions

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/125

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-state Contactors
SIRIUS 3RF23 solid-state contactors, single-phase

■ Technical specifications
More information
System Manual and Manual, see FAQs, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16228/faq
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/60311318
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/60298187

2
Type 3RF23..-.A... 3RF23..-.B... 3RF23..-.C... 3RF23..-.D...
Dimensions (W x H x D)
General data
Ambient temperature
• During operation, derating from 40 °C °C -25 ... +60
• During storage °C -55 ... +80
Installation altitude m 0 ... 1 000; derating from 1 000
Shock resistance g/ms 15/11
acc. to IEC 60068-2-27
Vibration resistance g 2
acc. to IEC 60068-2-6
Degree of protection IP20 (for ring terminal lug connection when using the terminal cover 3RA2900-3PA88, otherwise IP00)
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
• Emitted interference according to
IEC 60947-4-3
- Conducted interference voltage Class A for industrial applications Class A for industrial Class A for industrial
applications; Class B for applications
residential, business and
commercial applications
up to 16 A, AC-51
Low Noise
- Emitted, high-frequency interference Class B for residential, business and commercial applications
voltage
• Interference immunity
- Electrostatic discharge acc. to kV Contact discharge 4; air discharge 8; behavior criterion 2
IEC 61000-4-2
(corresponds to degree of severity 3)
- Induced RF fields MHz 0.15 ... 80; 140 dBµV; behavior criterion 1
acc. to IEC 61000-4-6
- Burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4 kV 2/5.0 kHz; behavior criterion 2
- Surge acc. to IEC 61000-4-5 kV Conductor - ground 2; conductor - conductor 1; behavior criterion 2

Type 3RF23..-1.... 3RF23..-2.... 3RF23..-3....

General data
Grounding stud
(not included in the scope of supply)
• Size (standard screw) M5
Permissible mounting position ±10° ±10°

NSB0_01701

1)
If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping
point, both cross-sections must lie in one of the ranges specified.

Type 3RF23..-....2 3RF23..-....4 3RF23..-....5 3RF23..-....6

Main circuit
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 24 ... 230 48 ... 460 48 ... 600
• Operating range V AC 20 ... 253 40 ... 506 40 ... 660
• Rated frequency Hz 50/60 ± 10 %
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 600
Blocking voltage V 800 1 200 1 600
Rate of voltage rise V/µs 1 000

2/126 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-state Contactors
SIRIUS 3RF23 solid-state contactors, single-phase

Type 3RF23..-...0. 3RF23..-...1. 3RF23..-...2. 3RF23..-...4.

Control circuit
Method of operation DC operation AC/DC operation AC operation DC operation
Rated control supply voltage Us V 24 DC 24 AC 24 DC 110 ... 230 AC 4 ... 30 DC
Rated frequency Hz -- 50/60 -- 50/60 ± 10 % --
of the control supply voltage ± 10 %

2
Actuating voltage, max. V 30 26.5 AC 30 DC 253 30
Typical actuating current mA 20 / Low Power: <101) 20 20 15 20
Response voltage V 15 14 AC 15 DC 90 4
Drop-out voltage V 5 5 AC 55 DC 40 1
Operating times
• ON-delay ms 1 + max. one 10 + max. one 40 + max. one 1 + max. one
half-wave2) half-wave2) half-wave2) half-wave2)
• OFF-delay ms 1 + max. one 15 + max. one 40 + max. one 1 + max. one
half-wave half-wave half-wave half-wave
1)
Applies to the "Low Power" version 3RF23..-.AA..-0KN0.
2)
Only for zero-point switching devices.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/127

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-state Contactors
SIRIUS 3RF23 solid-state contactors, single-phase

Type Type current AC-51/performance capacity1) Power loss Minimum load Off-state Rated peak I2t value
at Imax acc. to acc. to at Imax current current withstand
IEC 60947-4-3 UL/CSA current Itsm
at 40 °C at 40 °C at 50 °C
A A A W A mA A A²s
Main circuit
3RF2310-.AA.2 10.5 7.5 9.6 11 0.1 10 200 200
3RF2310-.AA.4
2 3RF2310-.AA.5
3RF2310-.AA.6 400 800
3RF2320-.AA.2 20 13.2 17.6 20 0.5 10 600 1 800
3RF2320-.AA.4
3RF2320-.AA.5
3RF2320-.AA.6
3RF2320-.CA.2 25 600 1 800
3RF2320-.CA.4
3RF2320-.DA.2 10 1 150 6 600
3RF2320-.DA.4
3RF2330-.AA.2 30 22 27 33 0.5 10 600 1 800
3RF2330-.AA.4
3RF2330-.AA.5
3RF2330-.AA.6
3RF2330-.CA.2 25 600 1 800
3RF2330-.DA.4 18.5 26 33 0.5 10 1 150 6 600
3RF2340-.AA.2 40 33 36 44 0.5 10 1 200 7 200
3RF2340-.AA.4
3RF2340-.AA.5
3RF2340-.AA.6 1 150 6 600
3RF2350-.AA.2 50 36 45 54 0.5 10 1 150 6 600
3RF2350-.AA.4
3RF2350-.AA.5
3RF2350-.AA.6
3RF2370-.AA.2 70 70 62 83 0.5 10 1 150 6 600
3RF2370-.AA.4
3RF2370-.AA.5
3RF2370-.AA.6
1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid-
state contactor. The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be
smaller depending on the connection method and installation conditions.

Type Type current AC-51/performance Type current AC-15/ Power loss Minimum Off-state Rated peak I2t value
capacity1) performance capacity 1 at Imax load current current withstand
at Imax acc. to IEC acc. to 10 x Ie Parameters current Itsm
60947-4-3 UL/CSA for
at 40 °C at 40 °C at 50 °C 60 ms
A A A A W A mA A A²s
Main circuit
3RF2310-.BA.2 10.5 7.5 9.6 6 1 200 1/h 11 0.1 10 200 200
3RF2310-.BA.4 50%
3RF2310-.BA.6 ON period 400 800
3RF2320-.BA.2 20 13.2 17.6 12 1 200 1/h 20 0.5 10 600 1 800
3RF2320-.BA.4 50%
3RF2320-.BA.6 ON period
3RF2330-.BA.2 30 22 27 15 1 200 1/h 33 0.5 10 600 1 800
3RF2330-.BA.4 50%
3RF2330-.BA.6 ON period
3RF2340-.BA.2 40 33 36 20 1 200 1/h 44 0.5 10 1 200 7 200
3RF2340-.BA.4 50%
3RF2340-.BA.6 ON period 1 150 6 600
3RF2350-.BA.2 50 36 45 25 1 200 1/h 54 0.5 10 1 150 6 600
3RF2350-.BA.4 50%
3RF2350-.BA.6 ON period
3RF2370-.BA.2 70 70 62 27.5 1 200 1/h 83 0.5 10 1 150 6 600
3RF2370-.BA.4 50%
3RF2370-.BA.6 ON period
1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid-
state contactor. The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be
smaller depending on the connection method and installation conditions.

2/128 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-state Contactors
SIRIUS 3RF23 solid-state contactors, single-phase
Circuit diagrams
DC control supply voltage AC control supply voltage

1 L 1 L
PE A1 + PE A1
A2 - A2

2
NSB0_01464

NSB0_01465
2 T 2 T

■ Selection and ordering data

Selection notes
The solid-state contactors are selected on the basis of details of The following procedure is recommended:
the network, the load and the ambient conditions. As the solid- • Determine the rated current of the load and the mains voltage
state contactors are already equipped with an optimally
matched heat sink, the selection process is considerably • Select a solid-state contactor with the same or higher rated
simpler than that for solid-state relays. current than the load

Type current/ Rated control supply voltage SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
performance capacity1) Us (UNIT, per PU
Imax SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A V d kg
Zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 24 ... 230 V AC
10.5 24 DC 2 3RF2310-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.140
20 2 3RF2320-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.195
30 2 3RF2330-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.300
40 2 3RF2340-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
50 2 3RF2350-1AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
20 24 DC Low Power 2 3RF2320-1AA02-0KN0 1 1 unit 41C 0.225
10.5 24 AC/DC 2 3RF2310-1AA12 1 1 unit 41C 0.140

3RF2310-1
Zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 460 V AC
10.5 24 DC 2 3RF2310-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.140
20 2 3RF2320-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.200
30 2 3RF2330-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.300
40 2 3RF2340-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
50 2 3RF2350-1AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
10.5 24 DC Low Power 2 3RF2310-1AA04-0KN0 1 1 unit 41C 0.140
10.5 4 ... 30 DC 2 3RF2310-1AA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.140
20 2 3RF2320-1AA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
30 2 3RF2330-1AA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.320

3RF2320-1
Zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 600 V AC
10.5 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2310-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.140
20 2 3RF2320-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
30 2 3RF2330-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.300
40 2 3RF2340-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.480
50 2 3RF2350-1AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.480
1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid- Other rated control supply voltages on request.
state contactor. The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be
smaller depending on the connection method and installation conditions.
For derating characteristic curves, see page 2/114, "More information".

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/129
 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-state Contactors
SIRIUS 3RF23 solid-state contactors, single-phase

Type current/ Rated control supply voltage SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
performance capacity1) Us (UNIT, per PU
Imax SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A V d kg
Zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
blocking voltage 1 600 V,
2 rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 600 V AC
10.5 24 DC 5 3RF2310-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.154
20 2 3RF2320-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.185
30 2 3RF2330-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.300
40 5 3RF2340-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.480
50 5 3RF2350-1AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.470

3RF2340-1
Low Noise2),
zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 24 ... 230 V AC
20 24 DC 5 3RF2320-1CA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.235
30 5 3RF2330-1CA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.407

3RF2320-1
Low Noise2),
zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 460 V AC
20 24 DC 5 3RF2320-1CA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.180
20 4 ... 30 DC 2 3RF2320-1CA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
Short-circuit-proof with B MCB ·
Zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 24 ... 230 V AC
20 24 DC 2 3RF2320-1DA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.180
Short-circuit-proof with B MCB ·
Zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 460 V AC
20 24 DC 2 3RF2320-1DA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
20 4 ... 30 DC 2 3RF2320-1DA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
30 2 3RF2330-1DA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.190

3RF2320-1
1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid- Other rated control supply voltages on request.
state contactor. The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be
smaller depending on the connection method and installation conditions.
For derating characteristic curves, see page 2/114, "More information".
2)
See page 2/125.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/130 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-state Contactors
SIRIUS 3RF23 solid-state contactors, single-phase

Type current/ Operational Rated SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight

performance current Ie/AC-152) control supply (UNIT, per PU
capacity1) voltage Us SET, approx.
Imax M)
Article No.
A A V d kg
Instantaneous switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 24 ... 230 V AC
10.5
20
6
12
24 DC 2
2
3RF2310-1BA02
3RF2320-1BA02
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41C
41C
0.140
0.190
2
30 15 5 3RF2330-1BA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.300
40 20 5 3RF2340-1BA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.480
50 25 5 3RF2350-1BA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
50 27.5 5 3RF2370-1BA02 1 1 unit 41C 1.243

3RF2310-1
Instantaneous switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 460 V AC
10.5 6 24 DC 2 3RF2310-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.159
20 12 2 3RF2320-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
30 15 2 3RF2330-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.300
40 20 5 3RF2340-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
50 25 5 3RF2350-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
50 27.5 5 3RF2370-1BA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.690
20 12 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2320-1BA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.225
30 15 5 3RF2330-1BA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.300
50 25 5 3RF2350-1BA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.470

3RF2320-1
Instantaneous switching · Integrated heat sink,
blocking voltage 1 600 V,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 600 V AC
10.5 6 24 DC 5 3RF2310-1BA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.167
20 12 2 3RF2320-1BA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
30 15 5 3RF2330-1BA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.445
40 20 5 3RF2340-1BA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.480
50 25 5 3RF2350-1BA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
50 27.5 5 3RF2370-1BA06 1 1 unit 41C 1.250

3RF2340-1
1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid- Other rated control supply voltages on request.
state contactor. The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be
smaller depending on the connection method and installation conditions.
For derating characteristic curves, see page 2/114, "More information".
2)
Utilization category AC-15:
Electromagnetic loads, e.g. valves according to IEC 60947-5-1.
Parameters: max. 1 200 1/h, 50 % ON period, 10-times inrush current for
60 ms.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/131
 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-state Contactors
SIRIUS 3RF23 solid-state contactors, single-phase

Type current/ Rated control supply voltage SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
performance capacity1) Us (UNIT, per PU
Imax SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A V d kg
Zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 24 ... 230 V AC
2 10.5
20
24 DC 5
2
3RF2310-2AA02
3RF2320-2AA02
1 1 unit
1 1 unit
41C
41C
0.140
0.180

3RF2320-2
Zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 460 V AC
10.5 24 DC 2 3RF2310-2AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.206
20 2 3RF2320-2AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
Zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
blocking voltage 1 600 V,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 600 V AC
10.5 24 DC 5 3RF2310-2AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.140
20 2 3RF2320-2AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.180
Low Noise2),
zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 24 ... 230 V AC
20 24 DC 5 3RF2320-2CA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.225
Low Noise2),
zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 460 V AC
20 24 DC 5 3RF2320-2CA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
Short-circuit-proof with B MCB,
zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 460 V AC
20 24 DC 5 3RF2320-2DA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
1) The type current provides information about the performance of the solid- Other rated control supply voltages on request.
state contactor. The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be
smaller depending on the connection method and installation conditions.
For derating characteristic curves, see page 2/114, "More information".
2) See page 2/125.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/132 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-state Contactors
SIRIUS 3RF23 solid-state contactors, single-phase

Type current/ Rated control supply voltage SD Ring terminal lug PU PS* PG Weight
performance capacity1) Us connection (UNIT, per PU
Imax SET, approx.
M)
Article No.
A V d kg
Zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 24 ... 230 V AC
10.5
20
24 DC 5
5
3RF2310-3AA02
3RF2320-3AA02
1
1
1 unit
1 unit
41C
41C
0.167
0.225
2
30 5 3RF2330-3AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.405
40 5 3RF2340-3AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.589
50 5 3RF2350-3AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.564
70 2 3RF2370-3AA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.680

3RF2350-3
Zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 460 V AC
10.5 24 DC 5 3RF2310-3AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.173
20 5 3RF2320-3AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.190
30 2 3RF2330-3AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.300
40 5 3RF2340-3AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
50 2 3RF2350-3AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.480
70 2 3RF2370-3AA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.680
20 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2320-3AA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.242
30 5 3RF2330-3AA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.389
50 5 3RF2350-3AA44 1 1 unit 41C 0.480

3RF2330-3,
covers optional
Zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 600 V AC
40 4 ... 30 DC 5 3RF2340-3AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.480
70 2 3RF2370-3AA45 1 1 unit 41C 0.690
Zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
blocking voltage 1 600 V,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 600 V AC
10.5 24 DC 5 3RF2310-3AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.175
20 5 3RF2320-3AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.195
30 5 3RF2330-3AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.389
40 5 3RF2340-3AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.470
50 5 3RF2350-3AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.460
70 5 3RF2370-3AA06 1 1 unit 41C 0.680
1)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid- Other rated control supply voltages on request.
state contactor. The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be
smaller depending on the connection method and installation conditions.
For derating characteristic curves, see page 2/114, "More information".

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/133
 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Solid-state Contactors
SIRIUS 3RF23 solid-state contactors, single-phase

Type current/ Operational Rated SD Ring terminal lug PU PS* PG Weight

performance current Ie/AC-152) control supply connection (UNIT, per PU
capacity1) voltage Us SET, approx.
Imax M)
Article No.
A A V d kg
Instantaneous switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 24 ... 230 V AC
2 70
Instantaneous switching · Integrated heat sink,
27.5 24 DC 5 3RF2370-3BA02 1 1 unit 41C 1.230

rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 460 V AC

70 27.5 24 DC 5 3RF2370-3BA04 1 1 unit 41C 1.251
Instantaneous switching · Integrated heat sink,
blocking voltage 1 600 V,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 600 V AC
70 27.5 24 DC 5 3RF2370-3BA06 1 1 unit 41C 1.236
Short-circuit-proof with B MCB
Zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 24 ... 230 V AC
20 -- 24 DC 5 3RF2320-3DA02 1 1 unit 41C 0.239
Short-circuit-proof with B MCB
Zero-point switching · Integrated heat sink,
rated operational voltage Ue 48 ... 460 V AC
20 -- 24 DC 5 3RF2320-3DA04 1 1 unit 41C 0.243
1) 2)
The type current provides information about the performance of the solid- Utilization category AC-15:
state contactor. The actual permitted rated operational current Ie can be Electromagnetic loads, e.g. valves according to IEC 60947-5-1.
smaller depending on the connection method and installation conditions. Parameters: max. 1 200 1/h, 50 % ON period, 10-times inrush current for
For derating characteristic curves, see page 2/114, "More information". 60 ms.
Other rated control supply voltages on request.

■ Accessories
Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Optional accessories
Spring-type terminals

Screwdrivers 2 3RA2908-1A 1 1 unit 41B 0.050

For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals
Length approx. 200 mm, 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm
titanium gray/black, partially insulated

3RA2908-1A
Ring terminal lug
connection
Terminal covers 2 3RF2900-3PA88 1 10 units 41C 0.004
For 3RF21 solid-state relays and 3RF23 solid-state
contactors in ring terminal lug connection
(With this terminal cover, degree of protection IP20 can be
achieved in the terminal compartment in the case of ring
terminal lug connections. It can also be used for screw
terminals after simple adaptation)
3RF2900-3PA88
Control connectors
Screw terminals

Replacement control connectors 5 3RF2900-1TA88 1 50 units 41C 0.004

For 3RF20/21/22 and 3RF23/24
Screw terminals
Spring-type terminals

Replacement control connectors 5 3RF2900-2TA88 1 50 units 41C 0.004

For 3RF20/21/22 and 3RF23/24
Spring-type terminals
Control connectors 5 3RF2900-2TB88 1 10 units 41C 0.004
For 3RF20/21/22 and 3RF23/24
Spring-type terminals with two clamping points per contact

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/134 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Function Modules
General data

■ Overview
Function modules for SIRIUS 3RF2 solid-state switching devices
A great variety of applications demand an expanded range of The following function modules are available:
functionality. With our function modules, these requirements can • Converters
be met really easily. The modules are mounted simply by • Load monitoring
clicking them into place; straight away the necessary • Heating current monitoring
connections are made with the solid-state relay or contactor.
2
• Power controllers
The plug-in connection to control the solid-state switching • Power regulators
devices can simply remain in use. The external connections With the exception of the converter, the function modules can be
have screw terminals. used only with single-phase solid-state switching devices.
Recommended assignment of the function modules to the 3RF21 single-phase solid-state relays
Type Accessories
Converters Load monitoring Heating current Power controllers1) Power regulators1)
Basic Extended1) monitoring1)

Type current = 20 A
3RF2120-1A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA13 -- 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2120-1A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2120-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- --
3RF2120-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- --
3RF2120-1A.42 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA13 -- 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2120-1A.45 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2120-1B.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2120-2A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2120-2A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2120-2A.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2120-2A.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2120-2A.42 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2120-2A.45 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2120-3A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2920-0GA13 -- 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2120-3A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2120-3A.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2120-3A.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
Type current = 30 A
3RF2130-1A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA13 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2130-1A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2130-1A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2130-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2130-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2130-1A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2130-1A.42 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA13 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2130-1A.45 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2130-1B.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
Type current = 50 A
3RF2150-1A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA13 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2150-1A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2150-1A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2150-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2150-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2150-1A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2150-1A.45 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2150-1B.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2150-1B.06 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2150-1B.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2150-2A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2150-2A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2150-2A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2150-2A.14 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2150-2A.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2150-2A.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2150-2A.26 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2150-3A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA13 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2150-3A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2150-3A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2150-3A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2150-3A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2150-3A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
1)
For line voltages in the range from 110 to 230 V, the versions of the
3RF29..-0.A13 function modules can also be combined with more voltage-
resistant versions of the solid-state relays (3RF21..-....4 , -....5 or -....6).

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/135

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Function Modules
General data

Type Accessories
Converters Load monitoring Heating current Power controllers1) Power regulators1)
Basic Extended1) monitoring1)

Type current = 70 A
3RF2170-1A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA13 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2170-1A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2170-1A.05 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16

2
3RF2170-1A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2170-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2170-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2170-1A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2170-1A.45 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2170-1B.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2170-1C.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
Type current = 90 A
3RF2190-1A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA13 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2190-1A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2190-1A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2190-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2190-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2190-1A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2190-1A.45 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2190-1B.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2190-2A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2190-2A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2190-2A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2190-2A.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2190-2A.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2190-2A.26 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2190-3A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2990-0GA13 -- 3RF2990-0KA13 3RF2990-0HA13
3RF2190-3A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2990-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2990-0KA16 3RF2990-0HA16
3RF2190-3A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2990-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2990-0KA16 3RF2990-0HA16
3RF2190-3A.22 -- -- 3RF2990-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2990-0HA33
3RF2190-3A.24 -- -- 3RF2990-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2990-0HA36
3RF2190-3A.26 -- -- 3RF2990-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2990-0HA36
3RF2190-3A.44 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2990-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2990-0KA16 3RF2990-0HA16
1)
For line voltages in the range from 110 to 230 V, the versions of the
3RF29..-0.A13 function modules can also be combined with more voltage-
resistant versions of the solid-state relays (3RF21..-....4 , -....5 or -....6).

Recommended assignment of the function modules to the 3RF23 single-phase solid-state contactors
Type Accessories
Converters Load monitoring Heating current Power controllers1) Power regulators1)
Basic Extended1) monitoring1)

Type current Ie = 10.5 A

3RF2310-1A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA13 3RF2916-0JA13 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2310-1A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2310-1A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2310-1A.12 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2920-0GA13 3RF2916-0JA13 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2310-1A.14 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2310-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA33
3RF2310-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2310-1A.26 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2310-1A.44 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2310-1A.45 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
1)
For line voltages in the range from 110 to 230 V, the versions of the
3RF29..-0.A13 function modules can also be combined with more voltage-
resistant versions of the solid-state contactors (3RF23..-....4 , -....5 or -....6).

2/136 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Function Modules
General data

Type Accessories
Converters Load monitoring Heating current Power controllers1) Power regulators1)
Basic Extended1) monitoring1)

Type current Ie = 10.5 A

3RF2310-1B.02 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA13 3RF2916-0JA13 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2310-1B.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2310-1B.06 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16

2
3RF2310-1B.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA33
3RF2310-1B.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2310-1B.26 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2310-2A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2310-2A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2310-2A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2310-2A.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2310-2A.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2310-2A.26 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2310-3A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2920-0GA13 3RF2916-0JA13 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2310-3A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2310-3A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2310-3A.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA33
3RF2310-3A.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2310-3A.26 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
Type current Ie = 20 A
3RF2320-1A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA13 -- 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2320-1A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2320-1A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2320-1A.14 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2920-0GA16 -- 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2320-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA33
3RF2320-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2320-1A.26 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2320-1A.44 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2320-1A.45 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2320-1B.02 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA13 -- 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2320-1B.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2320-1B.06 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2320-1B.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA33
3RF2320-1B.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2320-1B.26 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2320-1B.44 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2320-1C.02 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA13 -- 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2320-1C.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2320-1C.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA33
3RF2320-1C.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2320-1C.44 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2320-1D.02 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA13 -- 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2320-1D.04 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2320-1D.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA33
3RF2320-1D.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2320-1D.44 3RF2900-0EA18 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2320-2A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2A.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2A.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2A.26 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2C.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2C.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2C.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2C.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2D.22 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-2D.24 -- -- -- -- -- --
3RF2320-3A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2920-0GA13 -- 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2320-3A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2320-3A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2320-3A.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA33
3RF2320-3A.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2320-3A.26 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
3RF2320-3A.44 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
1)
For line voltages in the range from 110 to 230 V, the versions of the
3RF29..-0.A13 function modules can also be combined with more voltage-
resistant versions of the solid-state contactors (3RF23..-....4 , -....5 or -....6).

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/137

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Function Modules
General data

Type Accessories
Converters Load monitoring Heating current Power controllers2) Power regulators2)
Basis1) Extended2) monitoring2)

Type current Ie = 20 A
3RF2320-3D.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2920-0GA13 -- 3RF2920-0KA13 3RF2920-0HA13
3RF2320-3D.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2920-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2920-0KA16 3RF2920-0HA16
3RF2320-3D.22 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA33

2
3RF2320-3D.24 -- -- 3RF2920-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2920-0HA36
Type current Ie = 30 A
3RF2330-1A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA13 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2330-1A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2330-1A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2330-1A.14 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2330-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2330-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2330-1A.25 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2330-1A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2330-1A.44 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2330-1A.45 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2330-1B.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA13 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2330-1B.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2330-1B.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2330-1B.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2330-1B.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2330-1B.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2330-1B.44 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2330-1C.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA13 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2330-1D.44 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2330-3A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA13 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2330-3A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2330-3A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2330-3A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2330-3A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2330-3A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2330-3A.44 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 3RF2932-0JA16 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
Type current Ie = 40 A
3RF2340-1A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA13 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2340-1A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2340-1A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2340-1A.14 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2340-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2340-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2340-1A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2340-1A.45 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2340-1B.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA13 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2340-1B.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2340-1B.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2340-1B.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2340-1B.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2340-1B.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2340-3A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA13 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2340-3A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2340-3A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2340-3A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2340-3A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2340-3A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2340-3A.45 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
Type current Ie = 50 A
3RF2350-1A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA13 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2350-1A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2350-1A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2350-1A.14 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2350-1A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2350-1A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2350-1A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2350-1A.45 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
1)
The technical specifications must be taken into account when selecting the
function modules. More combinations may be possible if the solid-state
relays and contactors are not fully loaded, e.g. a load monitor for 20 A can
also be operated with a solid-state contactor for 30 A if the load current
during operation does not exceed 20 A.
2)
For line voltages in the range from 110 to 230 V, the versions of the
3RF29..-0.A13 function modules can also be combined with more voltage-
resistant versions of the solid-state contactors (3RF23..-....4 , -....5 or -....6).

2/138 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Function Modules
General data

Type Accessories
Converters Load monitoring Heating current Power controllers1) Power regulators1)
Basic Extended1) monitoring1)

Type current Ie = 50 A
3RF2350-1B.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA13 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2350-1B.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2350-1B.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16

2
3RF2350-1B.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2350-1B.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2350-1B.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2350-1B.44 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2350-3A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA13 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2350-3A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2350-3A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2350-3A.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2350-3A.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2350-3A.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2350-3A.44 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
Type current Ie = 70 A
3RF2370-1B.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA13 -- 3RF2950-0KA13 3RF2950-0HA13
3RF2370-1B.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2370-1B.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2950-0GA16 -- 3RF2950-0KA16 3RF2950-0HA16
3RF2370-1B.22 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA33
3RF2370-1B.24 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2370-1B.26 -- -- 3RF2950-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2950-0HA36
3RF2370-3A.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2990-0GA13 -- 3RF2990-0KA13 3RF2990-0HA13
3RF2370-3A.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2990-0GA16 -- 3RF2990-0KA16 3RF2990-0HA16
3RF2370-3A.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2990-0GA16 -- 3RF2990-0KA16 3RF2990-0HA16
3RF2370-3A.22 -- -- 3RF2990-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2990-0HA33
3RF2370-3A.24 -- -- 3RF2990-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2990-0HA36
3RF2370-3A.26 -- -- 3RF2990-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2990-0HA36
3RF2370-3A.45 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2990-0GA16 -- 3RF2990-0KA16 3RF2990-0HA16
3RF2370-3B.02 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2990-0GA13 -- 3RF2990-0KA13 3RF2990-0HA13
3RF2370-3B.04 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2990-0GA16 -- 3RF2990-0KA16 3RF2990-0HA16
3RF2370-3B.06 3RF2900-0EA18 -- 3RF2990-0GA16 -- 3RF2990-0KA16 3RF2990-0HA16
3RF2370-3B.22 -- -- 3RF2990-0GA33 -- -- 3RF2990-0HA33
3RF2370-3B.24 -- -- 3RF2990-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2990-0HA36
3RF2370-3B.26 -- -- 3RF2990-0GA36 -- -- 3RF2990-0HA36
1)
For line voltages in the range from 110 to 230 V, the versions of the
3RF29..-0.A13 function modules can also be combined with more voltage-
resistant versions of the solid-state contactors (3RF23..-....4 , -....5 or -....6).

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/139

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Function Modules
General data

■ Technical specifications
More information
System Manual and Manual, see FAQs, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16231/faq
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/60311318
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/60298187

2
Type 3RF29..-0EA.. 3RF29..-0FA.. 3RF29..-0GA.. 3RF29..-0HA.. 3RF29..-0JA.. 3RF29..-0KA..
General data
Ambient temperature
• During operation, derating from 40 °C °C -25 ... +60
• During storage °C -55 ... +80
Installation altitude m 0 ... 1 000; derating from 1 000
Shock resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-27 g/ms 15/11
Vibration resistance acc. to IEC 60068-2-6 g 2
Degree of protection IP20
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
• Emitted interference
- Conducted interference voltage Class A for industrial applications1)
acc. to IEC 60947-4-3
- Emitted, high-frequency interference Class B for residential, business and commercial applications
voltage according to IEC 60947-4-3
• Interference immunity
- Electrostatic discharge kV Contact discharge 4; air discharge 8; behavior criterion 2
acc. to IEC 61000-4-2
(corresponds to degree of severity 3)
- Induced RF fields MHz 0.15 ... 80; 140 dBμV; behavior criterion 1
acc. to IEC 61000-4-6
- Burst acc. to IEC 61000-4-4 2 kV/5.0 kHz; behavior criterion 2
- Surge acc. to IEC 61000-4-5 kV Conductor - ground 2; conductor - conductor 1; behavior criterion 2

Type 3RF29..-0EA18 3RF29..-0FA08 3RF29..-0GA.3 3RF29..-0GA.6

Main circuit
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC --1) 110 ... 230 400 ... 600
• Operating range V AC -- 93.5 ... 253 340 ... 660
• Rated frequency Hz -- 50/60
Rated insulation voltage Ui V -- 600
Voltage measuring
• Measuring range V -- 93.5 ... 253 340 ... 660
Mains voltage, fluctuation % -- 20
compensation
1)
Versions are independent of the main circuit.

Type 3RF29..-0HA.3 3RF29..-0HA.6 3RF29..-0JA.3 3RF29..-0JA.6

3RF29..-0KA.3 3RF29..-0KA.6
Main circuit
Rated operational voltage Ue V AC 110 ... 230 400 ... 600 110 ... 230 400 ... 600
• Operating range V AC 93.5 ... 253 340 ... 660 93.5 ... 253 340 ... 660
• Rated frequency Hz 50/60
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 600
Voltage measuring
• Measuring range V 93.5 ... 253 340 ... 660 93.5 ... 253 340 ... 660
Mains voltage, fluctuation % 20
compensation

Type 3RF29..-...0. 3RF29..-...1. 3RF29..-...3.

Control circuit
Method of operation DC operation AC/DC operation AC operation
Rated control supply voltage Us V 24 110
Rated control current mA 15
Rated frequency of the control supply voltage Hz -- 50/60
Actuating voltage, max. V 30 121
Rated control current mA 15
At maximum voltage
Response voltage V 15 90
• For operating current mA 2
Drop-out voltage V 5 15

2/140 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Function Modules
General data

Type 3RF2906-0FA08 3RF2920-0FA08 3RF2920-0GA.. 3RF2950-0GA.. 3RF2990-0GA..

Current measurement
Rated operational current Ie A 6 20 50 90
Current measurement
• Teach range A 0.25 ... 6 0.65 ... 20 0.56 ... 20 1.62 ... 50 2.93 ... 90
• Measuring range A 0 ... 6.6 0 ... 22 0 … 55 0 … 99
• Minimum partial load current A 0.25 0.65 1.6 2.9

2
Number of partial loads 1 ... 6 1 ... 12

Type 3RF2920-0HA.. 3RF2950-0HA.. 3RF2990-0HA.. 3RF2916-0JA.. 3RF2932-0JA..

Current measurement
Rated operational current Ie A 20 50 90 16 32
Current measurement
• Teach range A 4 ... 20 10 ... 50 18 ... 90 0.42 ... 16 0.8 ... 32
• Measuring range A 0 ... 22 0 ... 55 4 ... 99 0 ... 16 0 ... 32
• Minimum partial load current A -- 0.42 0.8
Number of partial loads -- 1 ... 6

Type 3RF2904-0KA.. 3RF2920-0KA.. 3RF2950-0KA.. 3RF2990-0KA..

Current measurement
Rated operational current Ie A 4 20 50 90
Current measurement
• Teach range A 0.15 ... 4 0.65 ... 20 1.6 ... 50 2.9 ... 90
• Measuring range A 0 ... 4 0 ... 22 0 ... 55 0 ... 99
• Minimum partial load current A -- 0.65 1.6 2.9
Number of partial loads -- 1 ... 6

Circuit diagrams
Converters Extended load monitoring Heating current monitoring Power controller and regulator

3 3
1 A1 + A1+ IN1/ON A1+
1 1
A2 - A2 – A2 – A2 –
NSB0_01466

0V- IN A1+ IN/0 –

10 V + 14 IN2/Ref 10 V +

1 Internal connection 11 11 11
< < NC < NC
12 12 12
comp. comp. comp.
NSB0_01468a

NSB0_01469a
3
NSB0_01529

Basic load monitoring

2 L/N L/N 2 L/N
1 A1 +
A2 -
1 Internal connection 1 Internal connection 1 Internal connection
NSB0_01467

IN 2 Straight-through transformer
2 Straight-through transformer 2 Straight-through transformer
2 OUT 3 Voltage detection not 3 Voltage detection not 3 Voltage detection not
electrically isolated electrically isolated electrically isolated
(3 M per path) (3 M per path) (3 M per path)
1 Internal connection
2 Straight-through
transformer

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/141

 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Function Modules
SIRIUS converters for 3RF2

■ Overview ■ Application
Converters for 3RF2 solid-state switching devices This function module is used for conversions from an analog
input signal to an on/off ratio with time basis 1 s. The module can
These modules are used to convert analog control signals, such only be used in conjunction with 3RF21 and 3RF23 single-phase
as those output from many temperature controllers for example, solid-state switching devices or 3RF22 three-phase devices. It
into a pulse-width-modulated digital signal. The connected can be used on versions with 24 V DC and 24 V AC/DC control
solid-state contactors and relays can therefore regulate the supply voltage.
output of a load as a percentage.
2 Note:
The use of single-pole solid-state switching devices with
converters, power controllers or power regulators on AC loads in
full-wave control mode is not recommended. As mutual
synchronization of the function modules is not possible,
fluctuations in the heating power are possible; there is no
optimum settling in particular with setpoint values < 50 %.

■ Selection and ordering data

Rated operational current Ie Rated operational voltage Ue SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No. kg
A V d
Converters
Rated control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC
-- -- 2 3RF2900-0EA18 1 1 unit 41C 0.024

3RF2900-0EA18

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/142 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Function Modules
SIRIUS load monitoring for 3RF2

■ Overview ■ Application
Load monitoring for 3RF2 single-phase solid-state switching The device is used for monitoring one or more loads (partial
devices loads). The function module can only be used in conjunction with
a 3RF21 solid-state relay or a 3RF23 solid-state contactor. The
Many faults can be quickly detected by monitoring a load circuit devices with spring-type connections in the load circuit are not
connected to the solid-state switching device, as made possible suitable.
with this module. Examples include the failure of load elements
(up to 6 in the basic version or up to 12 in the extended version),
alloyed power semiconductors, a lack of voltage or a break in a
load circuit. A fault is indicated by one or more LEDs and
2
reported to the controller by way of a PLC-compatible output.
The principle of operation is based on permanent monitoring of
the current intensity. This figure is continuously compared with
the reference value stored once during commissioning by the
simple press of a button. In order to detect the failure of one of
several loads, the current difference must be 1/6 (in the basic
version) or 1/12 (in the extended version) of the reference value.
In the event of a fault, an output is actuated and one or more
LEDs indicate the fault.

■ Selection and ordering data

Rated operational current Ie Rated operational voltage Ue SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No. kg
A V d
Basic load monitoring
Rated control supply voltage 24 V DC
6 -- 2 3RF2906-0FA08 1 1 unit 41C 0.047
20 -- 2 3RF2920-0FA08 1 1 unit 41C 0.047
• With mounted 3RF2900-0RA88 cover
6 -- 2 3RF2906-0FA08-0KH0 1 1 unit 41C 0.069
20 -- 2 3RF2920-0FA08-0KH0 1 1 unit 41C 0.070

3RF29
Extended load monitoring
Rated control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC
20 110 ... 230 2 3RF2920-0GA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.128
20 400 … 600 2 3RF2920-0GA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.128
50 110 ... 230 2 3RF2950-0GA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.128
50 400 … 600 2 3RF2950-0GA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.128
90 110 ... 230 2 3RF2990-0GA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.128
90 400 … 600 2 3RF2990-0GA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.128

3RF29

■ Accessories
Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Optional accessories
Sealable covers 5 3RF2900-0RA88 1 10 units 41C 0.001
for function modules (not for converters)

3RF2900-0RA88

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/143
 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Function Modules
SIRIUS heating current monitoring for 3RF2

■ Overview Special version:

Deviations from the standard version
Heating current monitoring for 3RF2 single-phase 3RF29..-0JA1.-1KK0
solid-state switching devices
If the current is below 50 % of the lower teach current during the
Many faults can be quickly detected by monitoring a load circuit teach routine, the device will go into "Standby" mode; the
connected to the solid-state switching device, as made possible LOAD LED will flicker. The device thus detects a non-connected
with this module. Examples include the failure of up to six load load, e.g. channels not required for tool heaters, and does not
elements, alloyed power semiconductors, a lack of voltage, or a signal a fault. This mode can be reset by re-teaching.
2 break in the load circuit. A fault is indicated by LEDs and
reported to the controller via relay output (NC).
■ Application
The principle of operation is based on permanent monitoring of
the current intensity. This figure is continuously compared with The device is used for monitoring one or more loads (partial
the reference value stored once during commissioning. In order loads). The function module can only be used in conjunction with
to detect the failure of one of several loads, the current difference a 3RF21 solid-state relay or a 3RF23 solid-state contactor. The
must be 1/6 of the reference value. In the event of a fault, an devices with spring-type connections in the load circuit are not
output is actuated and the LEDs indicate the fault. suitable.

The heating current monitoring has a teach input and therefore

differs from the load monitoring. This remote teaching function
enables simple adjustment to changing loads without manual
intervention.

■ Selection and ordering data

Rated operational current Ie Rated operational voltage Ue SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No. kg
A V d
Heating current monitoring1)
Rated control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC
16 110 ... 230 2 3RF2916-0JA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
16 110 ... 230 5 3RF2916-0JA13-1KK0 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
16 400 … 600 2 3RF2916-0JA16-1KK0 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
32 110 ... 230 2 3RF2932-0JA13-1KK0 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
32 400 … 600 2 3RF2932-0JA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
32 400 … 600 2 3RF2932-0JA16-1KK0 1 1 unit 41C 0.130

3RF29
1) Supplied without control connector. The control connector can be
purchased from Phoenix Contact by quoting Article No. 1982 790
(2.5 HC/6-ST-5.08).

■ Accessories
Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Optional accessories
Sealable covers 5 3RF2900-0RA88 1 10 units 41C 0.001
for function modules (not for converters)

3RF2900-0RA88

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/144 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Function Modules
SIRIUS power controllers for 3RF2

■ Overview ■ Application
Power controllers for 3RF2 single-phase solid-state The power controller can be used for:
switching devices • Complex heating systems
The power controller is a function module for the autonomous • Inductive loads
power control of complex heating systems and inductive loads. • Loads with temperature-dependent resistor
• Loads with ageing after long-time service
The following functions have been integrated: • Simple indirect control of temperature
• Power controller for adjusting the power of the connected load.
The setpoint value is selected via a rotary knob on the module
Power control 2
as a percentage of the 100 % power value stored. The power controller adjusts the power in the connected load by
• Inrush current limitation: With the aid of an adjustable voltage means of a solid-state switching device depending on the
ramp, the inrush current is limited by means of phase control. setpoint selection. It does not compensate for changes in the
This is useful above all with loads such as lamps or infrared mains voltage or load resistance. The setpoint value can be
lamps which have an inrush transient current. predefined externally as a 0 to 10 V signal or internally by means
of a potentiometer. Depending on the setting of the
• Load circuit monitoring for detecting load failure, partial load potentiometer (tR), it is controlled according to the principle of
faults, alloyed power semiconductors, lack of voltage or a full-wave control or generalized phase control.
break in the load circuit.
Note:
Note:
In the case of resistive loads, the power is set linear to the
With the phase control operating mode, a partial load fault is setpoint value. During operation of inductive loads, the power
detected by cyclic "scanning" of the load; the exact mode of control is no longer proportional and linear due to the phase shift
operation is described in the data sheets! between current and voltage.
Special version: Full-wave control
Deviations from the standard version
In this operating mode the output is adjusted to the required
3RF2904-0KA13-0KC0 setpoint value by changing the on-to-off period. The period
During the teach routine, the connected solid-state relay or duration is predefined at one second.
contactor is not activated; i.e. no current will flow. No current See note about AC loads on page 2/142.
reference value is stored. No partial-load monitoring!
Generalized phase control
3RF29..-0KA1.-0KT0
In this operating mode the output is adjusted to the required
No partial-load monitoring! setpoint value by changing the current flow angle. In order to
observe the limit values of the conducted interference voltage
for industrial networks, the load circuit must include a reactor
with a rating of at least 200 µH.

■ Selection and ordering data

Rated operational current Ie Rated operational voltage Ue SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No. kg
A V d
Power controllers
Rated control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC
4 110 ... 230 2 3RF2904-0KA13-0KC0 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
4 2 3RF2904-0KA13-0KT0 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
20 2 3RF2920-0KA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
50 2 3RF2950-0KA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
90 2 3RF2990-0KA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
20 400 … 600 2 3RF2920-0KA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
50 2 3RF2950-0KA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
50 2 3RF2950-0KA16-0KT0 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
3RF29 90 2 3RF2990-0KA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.130

■ Accessories
Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Optional accessories
Sealable covers 5 3RF2900-0RA88 1 10 units 41C 0.001
for function modules (not for converters)

3RF2900-0RA88
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/145
 © Siemens AG 2018

Solid-State Switching Devices for Resistive/Inductive Loads

Function Modules
SIRIUS power regulators for 3RF2

■ Overview Power control

The power regulator adjusts the power in the connected load by
Power regulators for 3RF2 single-phase solid-state means of a solid-state switching device depending on the taught
switching devices power and the selected setpoint. Changes in the mains voltage
The power regulator is a function module for the autonomous or in the load resistance are thus compensated by the power
power control of complex heating systems. regulator. The setpoint value can be predefined externally as a
0 to 10 V signal or internally by means of a potentiometer.
The following functions have been integrated: Depending on the setting of the potentiometer (tR), the

2 • Power controller with proportional-action control for adjusting

the power of the connected load. The setpoint value is selected
adjustment is carried out according to the principle of full-wave
control or generalized phase control.
via a rotary knob on the module as a percentage of the 100 % Note:
power value stored. Changes in the mains voltage or in the
load resistance are compensated for in this case. In the case of resistive loads, the power is set linear to the
setpoint value. During operation of inductive loads, the power
• Inrush current limitation: With the aid of an adjustable voltage
control is no longer proportional and linear due to the phase shift
ramp, the inrush current is limited by means of phase control.
between current and voltage.
This is useful above all with loads such as lamps which have
an inrush transient current. Full-wave control
• Load circuit monitoring for detecting load failure, alloyed In this operating mode the output is adjusted to the required
power semiconductors, lack of voltage or a break in the load setpoint value by changing the on-to-off period. The period
circuit. Partial load monitoring is not possible. Load fluctuations duration is predefined at one second.
are compensated.
See note about AC loads on page 2/142.
Generalized phase control
■ Application In this operating mode the output is adjusted to the required
The power regulator can be used for: setpoint value by changing the current flow angle. In order to
observe the limit values of the conducted interference voltage
• Complex heating systems
for industrial networks, the load circuit must include a reactor
• Heating elements with temperature-dependent resistor with a rating of at least 200 µH.
• Heating elements with ageing after long-time service
• Simple indirect control of temperature

■ Selection and ordering data

Rated operational current Ie Rated operational voltage Ue SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Article No. kg
A V d
Power regulators
Rated control supply voltage 24 V AC/DC
20 110 ... 230 2 3RF2920-0HA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
20 400 … 600 2 3RF2920-0HA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
50 110 ... 230 2 3RF2950-0HA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
50 400 … 600 2 3RF2950-0HA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
90 110 ... 230 2 3RF2990-0HA13 1 1 unit 41C 0.130
90 400 … 600 2 3RF2990-0HA16 1 1 unit 41C 0.130

3RF29

■ Accessories
Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Optional accessories
Sealable covers 5 3RF2900-0RA88 1 10 units 41C 0.001
for function modules (not for converters)

3RF2900-0RA88

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/146 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
Introduction

■ Overview

Type 3RV20 3RV21 3RV23 3RV24

SIRIUS 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers
Applications
• System protection ✓1) ✓1) -- --
• Motor protection ✓ -- -- --
• Motor protection with overload -- ✓ -- --
relay function
• Starter combinations -- -- ✓ --
• Transformer protection -- -- -- ✓
Size S00, S0, S2, S3 S00, S0, S2, S3 S00, S0, S2, S3 S00, S0, S2
Rated current In
• Size S00 A Up to 16 Up to 16 Up to 16 Up to 16
• Size S0 A Up to 40 Up to 32 Up to 40 Up to 25
• Size S2 A Up to 80 Up to 80 Up to 80 Up to 65
• Size S3 A Up to 100 Up to 100 Up to 100 --
Rated operational voltage Ue V 690 AC2) 690 AC2) 690 AC2) 690 AC2)
acc. to IEC
Rated frequency Hz 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
Trip class CLASS 10 (S00 ... S3), CLASS 10 -- CLASS 10
CLASS 20 (S2, S3)
3)
Thermal overload releases A 0.11 ... 0.16 to 80 ... 100 0.11 ... 0.16 to 80 ... 100 None 0.11 ... 0.16 to
A 54 ... 65
Electronic releases
A multiple of the rated current 13 times 13 times 13 times 20 times
Short-circuit breaking kA 20/55/65/100 55/65/100 20/55/65/100 55/65/100
capacity Icu at 400 V AC
Pages 2/162 ... 2/165 2/166 2/168, 2/169 2/170

Accessories
For sizes S00 S0 S2 S3 S00 S0 S2 S3 S00 S0 S2 S3 S00 S0 S2
Auxiliary switches ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Signaling switches ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Undervoltage releases ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Shunt releases ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Isolator modules ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓
Insulated three-phase busbar ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓
system
Busbar adapters ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Door-coupling rotary operating ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
mechanisms
Link modules ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Enclosures for surface mounting ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓
Enclosure for flush mounting ✓ ✓ -- -- ✓ ✓ -- -- ✓ ✓ -- -- ✓ ✓ --
Front plates ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Infeed system ✓ ✓ -- -- -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓ -- -- ✓ ✓ --
Sealable scale covers for setting ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓
knobs
Remote motorized operating -- -- -- ✓ -- -- -- ✓ -- -- -- ✓ -- -- --
mechanisms
Pages 2/171 ... 2/181
✓ Has this function or can use this accessory 3) For overload protection of the motors, appropriate overload relays must be
-- Does not have this function or cannot use this accessory used.

1) For symmetrical loading of the three phases.

2)
With molded-plastic enclosure 500 V AC. For DC applications, see
"Technical Specifications" ➞ "DC Short-Circuit Breaking Capacity",
page 2/158.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/147

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
General data

■ Overview
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components Manual "SIRIUS Innovations – SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors", see
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/60279172
Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3RV2 Reference Manual "Protection Equipment – Circuit Breakers · Molded Case Circuit
Breakers", see
Configuration manual for SIRIUS controls with IE3 motors, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/35681461

2
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/94770820
UL reports of the individual devices, see
System Manual "SIRIUS Innovations – System Overview", see www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/60311318
Certificates, see
Manual "SIRIUS Innovations – SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors", see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16245/cert
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/60279172

The following illustration shows 3RV2 motor starter Accessories, see page 2/171 onwards.
protectors/circuit breakers with the accessories which can be
mounted for the sizes S00 to S3, see also "Introduction" ➞
"Overview", page 2/147.

7
Mountable accessories
1 Transverse auxiliary switch
2 Lateral auxiliary switch with 2 contacts
3 Lateral auxiliary switch with 4 contacts
8 4 Shunt release (can not be used with
8 3RV21 motor starter protectors)
5 Undervoltage release without/with
leading contacts (can not be used with
3RV21 motor starter protectors)
6 Signaling switch (can not be used with
3RV27 and 3RV28 circuit breakers)
7 Isolator module (can not be used
3 with 3RV2.4, 3RV27 and 3RV28 circuit
breakers)
IC01_00633

8 Terminal block type E or phase barriers

2
4

1 5

Mountable accessories for SIRIUS 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers

The SIRIUS 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers are
compact, current limiting motor starter protectors/circuit
breakers which are optimized for load feeders. The motor starter
protectors/circuit breaker2/151s are used for switching and
protecting three-phase motors of up to 55/45 kW at 400 V AC
and for other loads with rated currents of up to 100 A.
The new 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers are
usually approved according to IEC and UL/CSA. According to
UL 508/UL 60947-4-1, the 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit
breakers in sizes S00 to S3 are approved as:
• "Manual Motor Controllers"
• "Manual Motor Controllers" for "Group Installations"
• "Manual Motor Controllers Suitable for Tab Conductor
Protection in Group Installations"
• "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers (Type E)"
Please note that for this approval the 3RV20 motor starter
protectors must be equipped with additional infeed terminals
or phase barriers. For more
SIRIUS motor starter protector with spring-type terminals, size S0 (left) information, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 7
and SIRIUS motor starter protector with screw terminals, size S00 (right) "Accessories".
Corresponding short-circuit values, see pages 2/151 to 2/154.

2/148 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
General data
Type of construction Connection methods
The 3RV2 motor starter protectors are available in four sizes: The 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers can be
• Size S00 – width 45 mm, supplied with screw terminals and spring-type terminals.
max. rated current 16 A,
Screw terminals
at 400 V AC suitable for three-phase motors up to 7.5 kW
• Size S0 – width 45 mm, Spring-type terminals
max. rated current 40 A,

2
at 400 V AC suitable for three-phase motors up to 18.5 kW The terminals are indicated in the corresponding
• Size S2 – width 55 mm, tables by the symbols shown on orange
max. rated current 80 A, backgrounds.
at 400 V AC suitable for three-phase motors up to 37 kW
• Size S3 – width 70 mm, Use in hazardous areas
max. rated current 100 A, The 3RV20 motor starter protectors for motor protection in sizes
at 400 V AC suitable for three-phase motors up to 45/55 kW S00, S0, S2 and S3 have certification in accordance with both
the European explosion protection directive ATEX and the
international explosion protection standard (IECEx).
In accordance with the European directive (ATEX), the 3RV20
are able to switch and protect explosion-proof motors of type of
protection "Increased Safety EEx e".
In accordance with the international guideline (IECEx), the
3RV20 are able to switch and protect motors of the types
"Increased Safety Ex e" or "Flameproof enclosure Ex d"

Article No. scheme

Product versions Article number
Motor starter protectors/circuit breakers 3RV2 @ @ @ – @ @ @ @ @ – @ @ @ @
Type of motor starter protector/ e.g. 0 = for motor protection/system protection @
circuit breaker
Size e.g. 1 = 16 A (7.5 kW) for size S00 @
Breaking capacity e.g. 1 = standard switching capacity @
Setting range for overload release e.g. 1A = 1.1 ... 1.6 A @@
Trip class (CLASS) e.g. A = a (adjustable CLASS 10) / n (13 or 20 x In) @
Connection methods e.g. 1 = screw terminals @
With or without auxiliary switch e.g. 0 = without @
Special versions @@@@
Example 3RV2 0 1 1 – 1 A A 1 0

Note:
The Article No. scheme is presented here merely for information
purposes and for better understanding of the logic behind the
article numbers.
For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
catalog in the selection and ordering data.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/149

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
General data

■ Application
Operating conditions Possible uses
3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers are suitable for The 3RV motor starter protectors/circuit breakers can be used:
use in any climate. They are intended for use in enclosed rooms • For short-circuit protection
in which no severe operating conditions (such as dust, caustic
vapors, hazardous gases) prevail. When installed in dusty and • For motor protection (also with overload relay function)
damp areas, suitable enclosures must be provided. • For system protection
2 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers can optionally be • For short-circuit protection for starter combinations
fed from the top or from below. • For transformer protection
The permissible ambient temperatures, the maximum switching • As main and EMERGENCY-STOP switches
capacities, the tripping currents and other boundary conditions • For operation in IT systems (IT networks)
can be found in the technical specifications and tripping
characteristics. • For switching of DC currents
• In areas subject to explosion hazard (ATEX)
3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers are suitable for
operation in IT systems (IT networks). In this case, the different Special versions of 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit
short-circuit breaking capacity in the IT system must be taken breakers can be used for low ambient temperatures down to
into account, see page 2/153. -50°C or also for system protection. More detailed information is
available on request.
Since operational currents, starting currents and current peaks
are different even for motors with identical power ratings due to Use of SIRIUS protection devices in conjunction with
the inrush current, the motor ratings in the selection tables are IE3/IE4 motors
only guide values. The specific rated and startup data of the
motor to be protected is always paramount to the choice of the Note:
most suitable motor starter protector/circuit breaker. This also For the use of 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers in
applies to motor starter protectors for transformer protection. conjunction with highly energy-efficient IE3/IE4 motors, please
observe the information on dimensioning and configuring, see
"Configuration Manual for SIRIUS Controls with IE3 Motors"
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/94770820.

2/150 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
General data

■ Technical specifications
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components Reference Manual "Protection Equipment – Circuit Breakers · Molded Case Circuit
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 Breakers", see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/35681461
Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3RV2 UL reports of the individual devices, see
www.siemens.com/sirius/manuals

Short-circuit breaking capacity Icu, Ics according to

IEC 60947-2
table, a back-up fuse is required. It is also possible to install an
upstream motor starter protector/circuit breaker with a limiter 2
function.
The table shows the rated ultimate short-circuit breaking
capacity Icu and the rated service short-circuit breaking The maximum rated current of this back-up fuse is indicated in
capacity Ics of the 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers the tables. The rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity
with different operational voltages dependent on the rated then applies as specified on the fuse.
current In of the motor starter protectors/circuit breakers.
Fuseless design
Power can be supplied to the motor starter protectors/circuit
breakers via the terminals at the top or at the bottom without Motor starter protector/contactor assemblies for short-circuit
restricting the rated data. If the short-circuit current at the place currents up to 150 kA can be ordered as fuseless load feeders,
of installation exceeds the rated short-circuit breaking capacity see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 8 "Load Feeders and
of the motor starter protector/circuit breaker as specified in the Motor Starters for Use in the Control Cabinet".

Motor starter Rated current Up to 240 V AC1) Up to 400 V AC1)/ Up to 440 V AC1)/ Up to 500 V AC1)/ Up to 690 V AC1)
protectors/ In 415 V AC2) 460 V AC2) 525 V AC2)
circuit breakers Icu Ics Max. fuse Icu Ics Max. fuse Icu Ics Max. fuse Icu Ics Max. fuse Icu Ics Max. fuse
(gG) (gG)3) (gG)3) (gG)3) (gG)3)4)
Type A kA kA A kA kA A kA kA A kA kA A kA kA A
Size S00
3RV2.11 0.16 ... 1.6 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 --
2; 2.5 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 10 10 25
3.2 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 10 10 32
4; 5 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 6 4 32
6.3 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 6 4 50
8 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 50 50 63 42 42 63 6 4 50
10 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 50 50 80 42 42 63 6 4 50
12.5 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 50 50 80 42 42 80 6 4 63
16 100 100 -- 55 30 100 50 12.5 80 10 5 80 4 4 63
Size S0
3RV2.21 0.16 ... 1.6 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 --
2; 2.5 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 10 10 25
3.2 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 10 10 32
4; 5 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 6 4 32
6.3 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 6 4 50
8 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 50 50 63 42 42 63 6 4 50
10 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 50 50 80 42 42 63 6 4 50
12.5 100 100 -- 100 100 -- 50 50 80 42 42 80 6 4 63
16 100 100 -- 55 25 100 50 12.5 80 10 5 80 4 2 63
20 100 100 -- 55 25 125 50 10 80 10 5 80 4 2 63
22; 25 100 100 -- 55 25 125 50 10 100 10 5 80 4 2 63
28; 32 100 100 -- 55 25 125 30 10 125 10 5 100 4 2 100
36; 40 100 100 -- 20 10 125 12 8 125 6 3 100 3 2 100
-- No back-up fuse required, since short-circuit resistant up to 100 kA
1)
10 % overvoltage.
2)
5 % overvoltage.
3) Back-up fuse only required if short-circuit current at the place of installation
is > Icu.
4)
Alternatively, fuseless limiter combinations for 690 V AC can also be used.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/151

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
General data

Motor starter Rated Up to 240 V AC1) Up to 400 V AC1)/ Up to 440 V AC1)/ Up to 500 V AC1)/ Up to 690 V AC1)
protectors/ current In 415 V AC2) 460 V AC2) 525 V AC2)
circuit breakers Icu Ics Max. fuse Icu Ics Max. fuse Icu Ics Max. fuse Icu Ics Max. fuse Icu Ics Max. fuse
(gG) (gG)3) (gG)3) (gG)3) (gG)3)4)
Type A kA kA A kA kA A kA kA A kA kA A kA kA A
Size S2
3RV2.31 14; 17 100 100 -- 65 30 100 50 25 100 12 6 63 5 3 63

2
20 100 100 -- 65 30 100 50 25 100 12 6 80 5 3 80
25 100 100 -- 65 30 100 50 15 100 12 6 80 5 3 80
32; 36 100 100 -- 65 30 125 50 15 125 10 5 100 4 2 100
40; 45 100 100 -- 65 30 160 50 15 125 10 5 100 4 2 100
52 100 100 -- 65 30 160 50 15 125 10 5 125 4 2 125
59; 65 100 100 -- 65 30 160 50 15 160 8 4 125 4 2 125
73; 80 100 100 -- 65 30 200 50 15 200 8 4 160 4 2 125
Size S2, with increased
switching capacity
3RV2.32 14; 17 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 65 30 100 18 10 63 8 5 63
20; 25 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 65 30 100 18 10 80 8 5 80
32 ... 45 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 65 30 125 15 8 100 6 4 100
52 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 65 30 125 15 8 125 6 4 125
59; 65 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 50 15 160 10 5 125 6 4 125
73; 80 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 50 15 200 10 5 160 6 4 125
Size S3
3RV2.41 40 100 100 -- 65 30 125 65 30 125 12 6 100 6 3 63
50 100 100 -- 65 30 125 65 30 125 12 6 100 6 3 80
63 100 100 -- 65 30 160 65 30 160 12 6 100 6 3 80
75 100 100 -- 65 30 160 65 30 160 8 4 125 5 3 100
84 ... 100 100 100 -- 65 30 160 65 30 160 8 4 125 5 3 125
Size S3, with increased
switching capacity
3RV2.42 40 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 100 50 -- 18 9 160 12 6 80
50 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 100 50 -- 15 7.5 160 10 5 100
63 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 70 50 200 15 7.5 160 7.5 4 100
75 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 70 50 200 10 5 160 6 3 125
84 ... 100 100 100 -- 100 50 -- 70 50 200 10 5 160 6 3 160
-- No back-up fuse required, since short-circuit resistant up to 100 kA
1)
10 % overvoltage.
2) 5 % overvoltage.
3)
Back-up fuse only required if short-circuit current at the place of installation
is > Icu.
4)
Alternatively, fuseless limiter combinations for 690 V AC can also be used.

2/152 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
General data
Short-circuit breaking capacity IcuIT in the IT system (IT network) according to IEC 60947-2
3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers are suitable for If the short-circuit current at the place of installation exceeds the
use in IT systems. The values of Icu and Ics apply for the three- motor starter protector/circuit breaker's specified rated short-
pole short circuit. In the case of a double ground fault in different circuit breaking capacity, you will need to use a back-up fuse.
phases at the input and output side of a motor starter The maximum rated current of this back-up fuse is indicated in
protector/circuit breaker, the special short-circuit breaking the tables. The rated short-circuit breaking capacity then applies
capacity IcuIT applies. The specifications in the table below as specified on the fuse.
apply to 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers.

Motor starter
protectors/
Rated current In Up to 240 V AC1) Up to 400 V AC1)/
415 V AC2)
Up to 440 V AC1)/
460 V AC2)
Up to 500 V AC1)/
525 V AC2)
Up to 690 V AC1)5) 2
circuit breakers
IcuIT Max. IcuIT Max. fuse IcuIT Max. fuse IcuIT Max. fuse IcuIT Max. fuse
fuse (gG)3)4) (gG)3) (gG)3) (gG)3)
(gG)3)
Type A kA A kA A kA A kA A kA A
Size S00
3RV2.11 0.16 ... 0.4 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 100 --
0.5 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 0.5 4
0.63; 0.8 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 0.5 6
1 100 -- 100 -- 2 10 2 10 1.5 10
1.25 100 -- 100 -- 2 16 2 16 1.5 16
1.6 100 -- 100 -- 2 20 2 20 1.5 16
2; 2.5 100 -- 8 25 2 25 2 25 1.5 20
3.2 100 -- 8 32 2 32 2 32 1.5 25
4; 5 100 -- 4 32 1.5 32 1.5 32 1.5 25
6.3; 8 100 -- 4 50 1 40 1 40 1 35
10 100 -- 4 50 1 40 1 40 1 40
12.5 100 -- 4 63 1 50 1 50 1 40
16 55 80 4 63 1 50 1 50 1 40
Size S0
3RV2.21 0.16 ... 0.4 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 100 --
0.5 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 0.5 4
0.63; 0.8 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 100 -- 0.5 6
1 100 -- 100 -- 2 10 2 10 1.5 10
1.25 100 -- 100 -- 2 16 2 16 1.5 16
1.6 100 -- 100 -- 2 20 2 20 1.5 16
2; 2.5 100 -- 8 25 2 25 2 25 1.5 20
3.2 100 -- 8 32 2 32 2 32 1.5 25
4; 5 100 -- 4 32 1.5 32 1.5 32 1.5 25
6.3; 8 100 -- 4 50 1 40 1 40 1 35
10 100 -- 4 50 1 40 1 40 1 40
12.5 100 -- 4 63 1 50 1 50 1 40
16 55 80 4 63 1 50 1 50 1 40
20 ... 25 55 80 4 63 1 50 1 50 1 50
28; 32 55 80 2 63 1 63 1 63 1 63
36; 40 20 80 2 63 1 63 1 63 1 63
3)
-- No back-up fuse required, since short-circuit resistant up to 100 kA Back-up fuse only required if short-circuit current at installation location is
1)
5 % overvoltage. > IcuIT.
4)
2)
Without overvoltage. Alternatively, fuseless limiter combinations for 690 V AC can also be used.
5) Overvoltage category II applies for applications in IT systems > 600 V.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/153

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
General data

Motor starter Rated Up to 240 V AC1) Up to 400 V AC1)/ Up to 440 V AC1)/ Up to 500 V AC1)/ Up to 690 V AC1)5)
protectors/ current In 415 V AC2) 460 V AC2) 525 V AC2)
circuit breakers IcuIT Max. fuse IcuIT Max. fuse IcuIT Max. fuse IcuIT Max. fuse IcuIT Max. fuse
(gG)3) (gG)3)4) (gG)3) (gG)3) (gG)3)
Type A kA A kA A kA A kA A kA A
Size S2
3RV2031, 3RV2131, 14 ... 25 100 -- 8 100 6 80 6 80 4 63

2
3RV2331 32 ... 45 100 -- 6 125 4 100 4 100 3 80
52 ... 80 100 -- 4 160 3 125 3 125 2 100
Size S2, with increased
switching capacity
3RV2032, 3RV2332 14 ... 25 100 -- 8 100 6 80 6 80 4 63
32 ... 45 100 -- 6 125 6 100 6 100 4 80
52 100 -- 6 160 6 125 6 125 4 100
59 ... 80 100 -- 6 160 4 125 4 125 4 100
Size S3
3RV2.41 40 65 125 10 63 5 50 5 50 5 50
50 65 125 8 80 3 63 3 63 3 63
63 65 160 6 80 3 63 3 63 3 63
75 65 160 5 100 2 80 2 80 2 80
90; 100 65 160 5 125 2 100 2 100 2 100
Size S3, with increased
switching capacity
3RV2.42 40 100 -- 12 80 6 63 6 63 6 63
50 100 -- 10 100 4 80 4 80 4 80
63 100 -- 7.5 100 4 80 4 80 4 80
75 100 -- 6 125 3 100 3 100 3 100
90; 100 100 -- 6 160 3 125 3 125 3 125
-- No back-up fuse required, since short-circuit resistant up to 100 kA 3) Back-up fuse only required if short-circuit current at installation location is
1) 10 % overvoltage. > IcuIT.
4)
2)
5 % overvoltage. Alternatively, fuseless limiter combinations for 690 V AC can also be used.
5)
Overvoltage category II applies for applications in IT systems > 600 V.

Limiter function with standard devices for 500 V AC and 690 V AC according to IEC 60947-2
The table shows the rated ultimate short-circuit breaking protector/circuit breaker which is connected downstream must
capacity Icu and the rated service short-circuit breaking be set to the rated current of the load.
capacity Ics with an upstream standard motor starter
protector/circuit breaker that fulfills the limiter function at With motor starter protector/circuit breaker assemblies, note the
voltages 500 V AC and 690 V AC. clearance to grounded parts and between the motor starter
protectors/circuit breaker. Short-circuit proof wiring between the
The short-circuit breaking capacity can be increased motor starter protectors/circuit breaker must be ensured. The
significantly with an upstream standard motor starter motor starter protectors/circuit breakers can be mounted side by
protector/circuit breaker with limiter function. The motor starter side in a modular arrangement.

Standard motor starter protectors/circuit breakers Rated current In Up to 500 V AC1)/525 V AC2) Up to 690 V AC1)
With limiter
Rated current In Icu Ics Icu Ics
Type Type A kA kA kA kA
Size S00
3RV2011 Size S0: 2 ... 6.3 -- -- 50 25
3RV2321-4EC10 8 100 50 20 10
In = 32 A 10 ... 16 100 50 203) 103)
Size S2: 10 ... 16 -- -- 50 25
3RV2331-4WC10
In = 52 A
Size S0
3RV2021 Size S0: 16 ... 32 100 50 203) 103)
3RV2321-4EC10
In = 32 A
Size S2: 16 ... 32 -- -- 50 20
3RV2331-4WC10
In = 52 A
Size S2, with increased switching capacity
3RV2032 Size S2: 14... 80 100 50 70 35
3RV2332-4RC10
In = 80 A
Size S3, with increased switching capacity
3RV2042 Size S34): 40 ... 100 100 50 50 25
3RV2342-4MC10
In = 100 A
2)
-- No limiter required 5 % overvoltage.
1) 3)
10 % overvoltage. Infeed to the limiter is always on the side 1L1/3L2/5L3.

2/154 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
General data
Permissible rated data of devices approved for North America (UL/CSA)
Motor starter protectors of the 3RV2 series are approved for These motor starter protectors/circuit breakers can be used as
UL/CSA, and according to UL508/UL 60947-4-1 and CSA C22.2 "Manual Motor Controllers" for "Group Installations", as "Manual
No. 14/CSA C22.2 No. 60947-4-1 they can be used on their own Motor Controllers Suitable for Tap Conductor Protection in Group
or as load feeders in combination with a contactor. Installations" and as "Self-Protected Combination Motor
Controllers" (Type E).

3RV2 motor starter protectors as "Manual Motor Controllers"

If used as a "Manual Motor Controller", the motor starter protector
is always operated in combination with an upstream short-circuit
The file numbers for the approval of the 3RV2 as a Manual Motor
Controller are as follows:
2
protection device. Approved fuses or a circuit breaker accord- • UL File No. 47705, CCN: NLRV
ing to UL 489/CSA C22.2 No. 5 may be used for this purpose.
These devices must be dimensioned according to the National • CSA Master Contract 165071, Product Class: 3211
Electrical Code (UL) or Canadian Electrical Code (CSA).
Motor starter protectors/ hp rating1) for FLA2) Rated 240 V AC 480 V AC 600 V AC
circuit breakers max. current In UL CSA UL CSA UL CSA
Ibc3) Ibc3) Ibc3) Ibc3) Ibc3) Ibc3)
Type V Single- 3-phase A kA kA kA kA kA kA
phase
Size S00
3RV2011, 3RV2111, 3RV2311, 3RV2411 0.16 ... 12.5 65 65 65 65 30 30
16 65 65 65 65 -- --
2)
FLA max. 115/120 1 2
16 A, 480 V 200/208 2 3
12.5 A, 600 V 230/240 2 5
460/480 -- 10
575/600 -- 10
3RV1611-0BD10 0.2 65 65 65 65 10 10
Size S0
3RV2021, 3RV2121, 3RV2321, 3RV2421 0.16 ... 12.5 65 65 65 65 30 30
16 ... 25 65 65 65 65 --/(30)4) --/(30)4)
2)
FLA max. 115/120 3 5 28, 32 65 65 50 50 -- --
40 A, 480 V 200/208 5 10 36, 40 65 65 12 12 -- --
12.5 A, 600 V 230/240 7 1/2 10
460/480 -- 30
575/600 -- --

Size S2
3RV2031, 3RV2331 14 ... 36 65 65 65 65 25 25
40 ... 52 65 65 65 65 22 22
FLA2) max. 115/120 7.5 10 59 ... 65 65 65 655) 655 205 205
80 A, 600 V 200/208 15 25 73 ... 80 65 65 655) 655) 205 205
230/240 15 30
460/480 -- 60
575/600 -- 75

Size S2, with increased switching capacity

3RV2032, 3RV2332 14 ... 36 100 100 100 100 25 25
40 ... 52 100 100 100 100 22 22
FLA2) max. 115/120 7.5 10 59 ... 65 100 100 1005) 1005) 255) 255)
80 A, 600 V 200/208 15 25 73 ... 80 100 100 1005) 1005) 255) 255)
230/240 15 30
460/480 -- 60
575/600 -- 75

Size S3
3RV2.41, 3RV2.42 40 ... 75 65 65 65 65 30 30
84 ... 100 65 65 65 65 10/306) 10/306)
FLA2) max. 115/120 7.5 15
100 A, 600 V 200/208 15 30
230/240 20 40
460/480 -- 75
575/600 -- 100
3)
-- No approval Corresponds to "short-circuit breaking capacity" according to UL/CSA.
1) 4)
hp rating = Power rating in horse power (maximum motor rating). Values in brackets only apply to 3RV2.23 motor starter protectors.
2) FLA = Full Load Amps/motor full load current. 5) With Class J fuse.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/155

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
General data
3RV20 motor starter protectors (up to 100 A) as "Manual Motor Controllers Suitable for Tap Conductor Protection in Group
Installations"
The application as "Manual Motor Controllers Suitable for Tap The 3RV20 motor starter protectors are approved as "Manual
Conductor Protection in Group Installations" is only available for Motor Controllers Suitable for Tap Conductor Protection in Group
UL. Installations" under the following file number:
CSA does not recognize this approval! When the motor starter • UL File No. 47705, CCN: NLRV
protector is used as a "Manual Motor Controller Suitable for Tap
Conductor Protection in Group Installations", it must always be

2 combined with upstream short-circuit protection. Approved

fuses or a circuit breaker according to UL 489 can be used.
These devices must be dimensioned according to the National
Electrical Code.

Motor starter protectors/ hp rating1) for FLA2) Rated 240 V AC 480 Y/277 V AC 600 Y/347 V AC
circuit breakers max. current In UL UL UL
Ibc3) Ibc3) Ibc3)
Type V Single- 3-phase A kA kA kA
phase
Size S00
3RV2011 0.16 ... 12.5 65 65 30
16 65 65 --
FLA2) max. 115/120 1 2
16 A, 480 V 200/208 2 3
12.5 A, 600 V 230/240 2 5
460/480 -- 10
575/600 -- 10
Size S0
3RV2021 0.16 ... 12.5 65 65 30
16 ... 25 65 65 --
2)
FLA max. 115/120 2 5 28; 32 50 50 --
32 A, 480 V 200/208 3 10
12.5 A, 600 V 230/240 5 10
460/480 -- 20
575/600 -- --
Size S2
3RV2031 14 ... 36 65 65 25
40 ... 52 65 65 22
2)
FLA max. 115/120 7.5 10 59 ... 65 65 30 --
80 A, 480 V 200/208 15 25 73 65 20 --
52 A, 600 V 230/240 15 30 80 65 10 --
460/480 -- 60
575/600 -- 75
Size S2, with increased switching capacity
3RV2032 14 ... 36 100 100 25
40 ... 52 100 100 22
FLA2) max. 115/120 7.5 10 59 ... 65 100 42 --
80 A, 480 V 200/208 15 25 73 100 30 --
52 A, 600 V 230/240 15 30 80 100 10 --
460/480 -- 60
575/600 -- 75
Size S3
3RV204. 40 ... 75 65 65 30
84 ... 100 65 65 --
FLA2) max. 115/120 7.5 15
100 A, 480 V 200/208 15 30
75 A, 600 V 230/240 20 40
460/480 -- 75
575/600 -- 75
-- No approval 2) FLA = Full Load Amps/motor full load current.
1) 3)
hp rating = Power rating in horse power (maximum motor rating). Corresponds to "short-circuit breaking capacity" according to UL.

2/156 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
General data
3RV20 motor starter protectors (up to 100 A) as "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers (Type E)"
UL 508/UL 60947-4-1 approval demands 1-inch through air CSA does not require these extended clearances. According to
spacing and 2-inch over surface spacing at line side for "Self- CSA, these terminal blocks can be omitted when the device is
Protected Combination Motor Controllers". used as a "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controller".
Therefore, 3RV20 motor starter protectors of sizes S00 to S3 are The 3RV20 motor starter protectors are approved as "Self-Pro-
approved according to UL 508/UL 60947-4-1 in combination tected Combination Motor Controllers" under the following file
with the terminal blocks listed below. numbers:

2
• UL File No. E156943, CCN: NKJH
• CSA Master Contract 165071, Product Class: 3211 08

Motor starter protectors/ hp rating1) for FLA2) Rated Up to 240 V AC Up to 480 Y/277 V AC Up to 600 Y/347 V AC
circuit breakers max. current In UL CSA UL CSA UL CSA
Ibc3) Ibc3) Ibc3) Ibc3) Ibc3) Ibc3)
Type V Single- 3-phase A kA kA kA kA kA kA
phase
Size S00
3RV2011 + 3RV2928-1H4)5) 0.16 ... 12.5 65 65 65 65 30 30
16 65 65 65 65 -- --
FLA2) max. 115/120 1 2
16 A, 480 V; 200/208 2 3
12.5 A, 600 V 230/240 2 5
460/480 -- 10
575/600 -- 10
Size S0
3RV2021 + 3RV2928-1H4)5) 0.16 ... 12.5 65 65 65 65 30 30
16 ... 25 65 65 65 65 -- --
FLA2) max. 115/120 2 5 28; 32 50 50 50 50 -- --
32 A, 480 V 200/208 3 10
12.5 A, 600 V 230/240 5 10
460/480 -- 20
575/600 -- --
Size S2
3RV2031+ 3RV2938-1K4) 14 ... 36 65 65 65 65 25 25
40 ... 52 65 65 65 65 22 22
2)
FLA max. 115/120 7.5 10 59 ... 73 65 65 20 20 -- --
73 A, 480 V 200/208 15 25
52 A, 600 V 230/240 15 30
460/480 -- 60
575/600 -- 75
Size S2, with increased switching capacity
3RV2032 + 3RV2938-1K4) 14 ... 36 100 100 100 100 25 25
40 ... 52 100 100 100 100 22 22
FLA2) max. 115/120 7.5 10 59 ... 73 100 100 30 30 -- --
73 A, 480 V 200/208 15 25
52 A, 600 V 230/240 15 30
460/480 -- 60
575/600 -- 75
Size S3
3RV2041/2042 + 3RT2946-4GA074) 40 ... 75 65 65 65 65 30 30
84 ... 100 65 65 65 65 -- --
FLA2) max. 115/120 7.5 15
100 A, 480 V 200/208 15 30
75 A, 600 V 230/240 20 40
460/480 -- 75
575/600 -- 75
2)
-- No approval FLA = Full Load Amps/motor full load current.
1) 3) Corresponds to "short-circuit breaking capacity" according to UL/CSA.
hp rating = Power rating in horse power (maximum motor rating).
Alternatively phase barrier 3RV2928-1K can be used.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/157

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
General data

General data
Type 3RV2.1. 3RV2.2. 3RV2.3. 3RV2.4.
Standards
• IEC 60947-1, EN 60947-1 (VDE 0660 Part 100) Yes
• IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2 (VDE 0660 Part 101) Yes
• IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1 (VDE 0660 Part 102) Yes
• UL 508/UL 60947-4-1, CSA C22.2 No. 14/ Yes
CSA C22.2 No. 60947-4-1

2 Number of poles
Max. rated current In max A
3
16 40 80 100
(= max. rated operational current Ie)
Permissible ambient temperature
• Storage/transport °C –50 ... +80
• Operation In: 0.16 ... 32 A °C –20 ... +70 -- --
(current reduction above +60 °C)
In: 36 ... 40 A °C -- –20 ... +40 (The -- --
devices must not be
mounted side-by-side
and they must not be
assembled with link
modules with
contactors. A lateral
clearance of 9 mm is
required.)
In: 14 ... 80 A °C -- –20 ... +70 --
(current reduction
above +60 °C)
In: 40 ... 100 A °C -- –20 ... +70
(current reduction
above +60 °C)
Permissible rated current at inside temperature of control
cabinet
• +60 °C % 100
• +70 °C % 87
Permissible rated current at ambient temperature of
enclosure (applies to motor starter protector/circuit breaker
inside enclosure: S0/S00 ≤ 32 A, S2 ≤ 52 A)
• +35 °C % 100 100 100
• +60 °C % 87 -- 87
Rated operational voltage Ue
• Acc. to IEC V AC 690 (when a molded-plastic enclosure is used only 500 V)
• Acc. to UL/CSA V AC 600
Rated frequency Hz 50/60
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690 1000
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6 8
Utilization category
• IEC 60947-2 (motor starter protector/circuit breaker) A
• IEC 60947-4-1 (motor starter) AC-3
Trip class CLASS Acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 -- 10/20
DC short-circuit breaking capacity
(time constant t = 5 ms)
• 1 conducting path 150 V DC kA 10 On
• 2 conducting paths in series 300 V DC kA 10 request
• 3 conducting paths in series 450 V DC kA 10
Power loss Pv for each motor In: 0.16 ... 0.63 A W 5 --
starter protector/circuit breaker In: 0.8 ... 6.3 A W 6 --
Dependent on In: 8 ... 16 A W 7 --
rated current In In: 14 ... 16 A W -- 7 10 --
(upper setting range)
In: 17 ... 25 A W -- 8 12 --
P
R per conducting path = -------------- In: 28 ... 32 A W -- 11 14 --
Ι 2× 3 In: 36 ... 40 A W -- 14 15 --
In: 45 ... 52 A W -- -- 17 --
In: 59 ... 65 A W -- -- 19 --
In: 73 ... 80 A W -- -- 21 --
In: 40 ... 50 A W -- -- -- 21
In: 63 ... 75 A W -- -- -- 21
In: 84 ... 93 A W -- -- -- 32
In: 100 A W -- -- -- 38
Shock resistance Acc. to g/ms 25/11 (square and sine pulse)
IEC 60068-2-27

2/158 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
General data

General data
Type 3RV2.1. 3RV2.2. 3RV2.3. 3RV2.4.
Degree of protection Acc. to IEC 60529 IP20 • IP20 on front side
• Terminal IP00 (use additional terminal
covers use additional terminal covers)
Touch protection Acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe Finger-safe, for vertical contact from the front
Temperature compensation Acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 °C –20 ... +60

2
Phase failure sensitivity Acc. to IEC 60947-4-1 Yes (not for 3RV23 motor starter protectors)
Protection of motors in hazardous environments Yes (only for 3RV20 motor starter protectors)
• EC type-examination certificate number according to DMT 02 ATEX F 001 II (2) GD
European Directive 2014/34/EU (ATEX)
• According to international standard IECEx IECEx BVS14.0102 [Ex]
Isolating function Acc. to IEC 60947-2 Yes
Main and EMERGENCY-STOP Acc. to Yes
switch characteristics DIN EN 60204-1
(with corresponding accessories) VDE 0113
Protective separation between Acc. to IEC 60947-1
main and auxiliary circuits
required for PELV applications
• Up to 400 V +10 % Yes
• Up to 415 V +5 % (higher voltages on request) Yes
Permissible mounting position Any, acc. to IEC 60447 start command "I" right-hand side or top
Mechanical endurance (operating cycles) 100 000 52 A: 50 000, 25 000
80 A: 20 000
Electrical endurance (operating cycles) 100 000 52 A: 50 000, 25 000
80 A: 20 000
Max. switching frequency per hour (motor starts) 1/h 15

Rated data of the auxiliary switches and signaling switches

Lateral auxiliary Signaling switch Transverse
switch with auxiliary switch with
1 NO + 1 NC, 1 CO 1 NO + 1 NC,
2 NO, 2 NC, 2 NO 2 NO
+ 2 NC
Max. rated voltage
• Acc. to NEMA (UL) V AC 600 250
• Acc. to NEMA (CSA) V AC 600 250
Uninterrupted current A 10 5 2.5
Switching capacity 1 NO + 1 NC, A600, Q300 B600, R300 C300, R300
2 NO, 2 NC:
A600, Q300;
2 NO + 2 NC:
A300, Q300

Front transverse auxiliary switches

Switching capacity for different voltages
1 CO 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NO
Rated operational current Ie
• At AC-15, alternating voltage
- 24 V A 4 2
- 230 V A 3 0.5
• At AC-12 = Ith, alternating voltage
- 24 V A 10 2.5
- 230 V A 10 2.5
• At DC-13, direct voltage L/R 200 ms
- 24 V A 1 1
- 48 V A -- 0.3
- 60 V A -- 0.15
- 110 V A 0.22 --
- 220 V A 0.1 --
Minimum load capacity V 17
mA 1

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/159

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
General data

Front transverse solid-state compatible auxiliary switches

Switching capacity for different voltages
1 CO
Rated operational voltage Ue Alternating voltage V 125
Rated operational current Ie /AC-14 At Ue = 125 V A 0.1
Rated operational voltage Ue Direct voltage L/R 200 ms V 60
Rated operational current Ie /DC-13 At Ue = 60 V A 0.3
2 Minimum load capacity V
mA
5
1

Lateral auxiliary switches with signaling switch

Switching capacity for different voltages:
Lateral auxiliary switch with 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NO, 2 NC, 2 NO + 2 NC;
signaling switch
Rated operational current Ie
• At AC-15, alternating voltage
- 24 V A 6
- 230 V A 4
- 400 V A 3
- 690 V A 1
• At AC-12 = Ith, alternating voltage
- 24 V A 10
- 230 V A 10
- 400 V A 10
- 690 V A 10
• At DC-13, direct voltage L/R 200 ms
- 24 V A 2
- 110 V A 0.5
- 220 V A 0.25
- 440 V A 0.1
Minimum load capacity V 17
mA 1

Auxiliary releases
Undervoltage releases Shunt release
Power consumption
• During pick-up
- AC voltages VA/W 20.2/13 20.2/13
- DC voltages W 20 13 ... 80
• During uninterrupted duty
- AC voltages VA/W 7.2/2.4 --
- DC voltages W 2.1 --
Response voltage
• Tripping V 0.35 ... 0.7 x Us 0.7 ... 1.1 x Us
• Pick-up V 0.85 ... 1.1 x Us --
Opening time maximum ms 20

2/160 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
General data

Connection modules for motor starter protectors/circuit breakers

with screw terminals
Version Type 3RT1900-4RE01 3RT1926-4RD01
Connector S0 Adapter S0
General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690
(pollution degree 3)
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp
(pollution degree 3)
kV 6
2
Rated operational voltage Ue V 440
Rated frequency f Hz 50/60
For AC operation
Rated operational current Ie A 25
AC-3 at 400 V
Mechanical endurance Operating cycles 10 million
Electrical endurance at Ie Operating cycles 1 million
Protective separation according to IEC 60947-1 V 400
(pollution degree 3)
Permissible ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... +60
• During storage °C -50 ... +80
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529 IP20 on front side

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/161

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
For motor protection

■ Selection and ordering data

CLASS 10, without auxiliary switches PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41E

3RV2011-0AA10 3RV2011-0EA20 3RV2021-4AA10 3RV2021-4AA20

Rated Suitable for Setting Instantaneous Short-circuit SD Screw terminals SD Spring-type Weight
current three-phase range for overcurrent breaking terminals per PU
motors1) with thermal release capacity approx.
P overload at 400 V AC
release
In Icu Article No. Article No.

A kW A A kA d d kg
Size S00
0.16 0.04 0.11 ... 0.16 2.1 100 } 3RV2011-0AA10 } 3RV2011-0AA20 0.294
0.2 0.06 0.14 ... 0.2 2.6 100 } 3RV2011-0BA10 } 3RV2011-0BA20 0.296
0.25 0.06 0.18 ... 0.25 3.3 100 } 3RV2011-0CA10 } 3RV2011-0CA20 0.296
0.32 0.09 0.22 ... 0.32 4.2 100 } 3RV2011-0DA10 } 3RV2011-0DA20 0.295
0.4 0.09 0.28 ... 0.4 5.2 100 } 3RV2011-0EA10 } 3RV2011-0EA20 0.297
0.5 0.12 0.35 ... 0.5 6.5 100 } 3RV2011-0FA10 } 3RV2011-0FA20 0.294
0.63 0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 8.2 100 } 3RV2011-0GA10 } 3RV2011-0GA20 0.300
0.8 0.18 0.55 ... 0.8 10 100 } 3RV2011-0HA10 } 3RV2011-0HA20 0.296
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 13 100 } 3RV2011-0JA10 } 3RV2011-0JA20 0.361
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 16 100 } 3RV2011-0KA10 } 3RV2011-0KA20 0.366
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 21 100 } 3RV2011-1AA10 } 3RV2011-1AA20 0.362
2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 26 100 } 3RV2011-1BA10 } 3RV2011-1BA20 0.366
2.5 0.75 1.8 ... 2.5 33 100 } 3RV2011-1CA10 } 3RV2011-1CA20 0.360
3.2 1.1 2.2 ... 3.2 42 100 } 3RV2011-1DA10 } 3RV2011-1DA20 0.367
4 1.5 2.8 ... 4 52 100 } 3RV2011-1EA10 } 3RV2011-1EA20 0.367
5 1.5 3.5 ... 5 65 100 } 3RV2011-1FA10 } 3RV2011-1FA20 0.369
6.3 2.2 4.5 ... 6.3 82 100 } 3RV2011-1GA10 } 3RV2011-1GA20 0.374
8 3 5.5 ... 8 104 100 } 3RV2011-1HA10 } 3RV2011-1HA20 0.373
10 4 7 ... 10 130 100 } 3RV2011-1JA10 } 3RV2011-1JA20 0.370
12.5 5.5 9 ... 12.5 163 100 } 3RV2011-1KA10 } 3RV2011-1KA20 0.371
16 7.5 102) ... 16 208 55 } 3RV2011-4AA10 } 3RV2011-4AA20 0.398
Size S0
0.63 0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 8.2 100 2 3RV2021-0GA10 2 3RV2021-0GA20 0.333
0.8 0.18 0.55 ... 0.8 10 100 2 3RV2021-0HA10 2 3RV2021-0HA20 0.330
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 13 100 2 3RV2021-0JA10 2 3RV2021-0JA20 0.395
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 16 100 2 3RV2021-0KA10 2 3RV2021-0KA20 0.403
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 21 100 2 3RV2021-1AA10 2 3RV2021-1AA20 0.404
2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 26 100 2 3RV2021-1BA10 2 3RV2021-1BA20 0.402
2.5 0.75 1.8 ... 2.5 33 100 2 3RV2021-1CA10 2 3RV2021-1CA20 0.402
3.2 1.1 2.2 ... 3.2 42 100 2 3RV2021-1DA10 2 3RV2021-1DA20 0.406
4 1.5 2.8 ... 4 52 100 2 3RV2021-1EA10 2 3RV2021-1EA20 0.400
5 1.5 3.5 ... 5 65 100 2 3RV2021-1FA10 2 3RV2021-1FA20 0.408
6.3 2.2 4.5 ... 6.3 82 100 2 3RV2021-1GA10 2 3RV2021-1GA20 0.411
8 3 5.5 ... 8 104 100 2 3RV2021-1HA10 2 3RV2021-1HA20 0.408
10 4 7 ... 10 130 100 2 3RV2021-1JA10 2 3RV2021-1JA20 0.410
12.5 5.5 9 ... 12.5 163 100 2 3RV2021-1KA10 2 3RV2021-1KA20 0.407
16 7.5 102) ... 16 208 55 } 3RV2021-4AA10 } 3RV2021-4AA20 0.417
20 7.5 132) ... 20 260 55 } 3RV2021-4BA10 } 3RV2021-4BA20 0.410
22 11 162) ... 22 286 55 } 3RV2021-4CA10 } 3RV2021-4CA20 0.413
25 11 182) ... 25 325 55 } 3RV2021-4DA10 } 3RV2021-4DA20 0.422
28 15 23 ... 28 364 55 } 3RV2021-4NA10 } 3RV2021-4NA20 0.453
323) 15 27 ... 32 400 55 } 3RV2021-4EA10 } 3RV2021-4EA20 0.430

364) 18.5 30 ... 36 432 20 } 3RV2021-4PA10 -- 0.383

404) 18.5 34 ... 40 480 20 } 3RV2021-4FA10 -- 0.384
1) 4)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual The devices must not be mounted side-by-side and they must not be
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered assembled with link modules with contactors. A lateral clearance of 9 mm
when selecting the units. is required. For use with IE3 motors we recommend using 3RV2 motor
2)
The setting range of the thermal overload releases has been extended. starter protectors size S2.
3) Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A. For higher
Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered
starting currents we recommend using 3RV2 motor starter protectors
size S2.
separately (see "Accessories" from page 2/171 onwards).

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/162 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
For motor protection
CLASS 10, without auxiliary switches

3RV2031-4SA10 3RV2032-4RA10 3RV2042-4MA10

Rated Suitable for Setting range for Instantaneous Short-circuit SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
current three-phase thermal overload overcurrent breaking capacity (UNIT, per PU
motors1) release release at 400 V AC SET, approx.
with P M)
In Icu Article No.

A kW A A kA d kg
Size S2
14 5.5 9.5 ... 14 208 65 } 3RV2031-4SA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.092
17 7.5 12 ... 17 260 65 } 3RV2031-4TA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.081
20 7.5 14 ... 20 260 65 } 3RV2031-4BA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.067
25 11 18 ... 25 325 65 } 3RV2031-4DA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.054
32 15 22 ... 32 416 65 } 3RV2031-4EA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.058
36 18.5 28 ... 36 520 65 } 3RV2031-4PA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.080
40 18.5 32 ... 40 585 65 } 3RV2031-4UA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.074
45 22 35 ... 45 650 65 } 3RV2031-4VA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.071
52 22 42 ... 52 741 65 } 3RV2031-4WA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.166
59 30 49 ... 59 845 65 } 3RV2031-4XA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.182
65 30 54 ... 65 845 65 } 3RV2031-4JA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.178
73 37 62 ... 73 949 65 } 3RV2031-4KA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.172
802) 37 70 ... 80 1 040 65 } 3RV2031-4RA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.180
Size S2, with increased switching capacity
14 5.5 9.5 ... 14 208 100 } 3RV2032-4SA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.134
17 7.5 12 ... 17 260 100 } 3RV2032-4TA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.139
20 7.5 14 ... 20 260 100 } 3RV2032-4BA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.134
25 11 18 ... 25 325 100 } 3RV2032-4DA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.114
32 15 22 ... 32 416 100 } 3RV2032-4EA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.114
36 18.5 28 ... 36 520 100 } 3RV2032-4PA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.133
40 18.5 32 ... 40 585 100 } 3RV2032-4UA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.149
45 22 35 ... 45 650 100 } 3RV2032-4VA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.157
52 22 42 ... 52 741 100 } 3RV2032-4WA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.167
59 30 49 ... 59 845 100 } 3RV2032-4XA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.181
65 30 54 ... 65 845 100 } 3RV2032-4JA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.179
73 37 62 ... 73 949 100 } 3RV2032-4KA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.170
802) 37 70 ... 80 1 040 100 } 3RV2032-4RA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.180
Size S3
40 18.5 28 ... 40 520 65 1 3RV2041-4FA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.190
50 22 36 ... 50 650 65 1 3RV2041-4HA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.229
63 30 45 ... 63 819 65 1 3RV2041-4JA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.234
75 37 57 ... 75 975 65 1 3RV2041-4KA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.235
84 45 65 ... 84 1 170 65 } 3RV2031-4RA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.180
93 45 75 ... 93 1 300 65 1 3RV2041-4YA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.280
1003) 45, 55 80 ... 100 1 300 65 1 3RV2041-4MA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.268
Size S3, with increased switching capacity
40 18.5 28 ... 40 520 100 1 3RV2042-4FA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.193
50 22 36 ... 50 650 100 1 3RV2042-4HA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.219
63 30 45 ... 63 819 100 1 3RV2042-4JA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.243
75 37 57 ... 75 975 100 1 3RV2042-4KA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.253
84 45 65 ... 84 1 170 100 1 3RV2042-4RA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.263
93 45 75 ... 93 1 300 100 1 3RV2042-4YA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.279
1003) 45, 55 80 ... 100 1 300 100 1 3RV2042-4MA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.266
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered separately (see "Accessories" from page 2/171 onwards).
when selecting the units.
2) Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 720 A. For higher
starting currents we recommend using size S3 motor starter protectors.
3)
Suitable for use with IE3/IE4 motors up to a starting current of 780 A.
For higher starting currents we recommend using 3VA circuit breakers
(see Catalog LV 10).

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/163
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
For motor protection
CLASS 10, with transverse auxiliary switch (1 NO + 1 NC)
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41E

3RV2011-4AA15 3RV2011-0EA25 3RV2021-4AA15 3RV2021-4AA25

with integrated with integrated with integrated with integrated
transverse auxiliary switch transverse auxiliary switch transverse auxiliary switch transverse auxiliary switch

Rated Suitable for Setting Instantaneous Short-circuit SD Screw terminals SD Spring-type Weight
current three-phase range for overcurrent breaking terminals per PU
motors1) thermal release capacity at approx.
with P overload 400 V AC
release
In Icu Article No. Article No.

A kW A A kA d d kg
Size S00
0.16 0.04 0.11 ... 0.16 2.1 100 } 3RV2011-0AA15 } 3RV2011-0AA25 0.310
0.2 0.06 0.14 ... 0.2 2.6 100 } 3RV2011-0BA15 } 3RV2011-0BA25 0.311
0.25 0.06 0.18 ... 0.25 3.3 100 } 3RV2011-0CA15 } 3RV2011-0CA25 0.307
0.32 0.09 0.22 ... 0.32 4.2 100 } 3RV2011-0DA15 } 3RV2011-0DA25 0.314
0.4 0.09 0.28 ... 0.4 5.2 100 } 3RV2011-0EA15 } 3RV2011-0EA25 0.310
0.5 0.12 0.35 ... 0.5 6.5 100 } 3RV2011-0FA15 } 3RV2011-0FA25 0.311
0.63 0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 8.2 100 } 3RV2011-0GA15 } 3RV2011-0GA25 0.311
0.8 0.18 0.55 ... 0.8 10 100 } 3RV2011-0HA15 } 3RV2011-0HA25 0.308
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 13 100 } 3RV2011-0JA15 } 3RV2011-0JA25 0.375
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 16 100 } 3RV2011-0KA15 } 3RV2011-0KA25 0.382
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 21 100 } 3RV2011-1AA15 } 3RV2011-1AA25 0.382
2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 26 100 } 3RV2011-1BA15 } 3RV2011-1BA25 0.400
2.5 0.75 1.8 ... 2.5 33 100 } 3RV2011-1CA15 } 3RV2011-1CA25 0.403
3.2 1.1 2.2 ... 3.2 42 100 } 3RV2011-1DA15 } 3RV2011-1DA25 0.384
4 1.5 2.8 ... 4 52 100 } 3RV2011-1EA15 } 3RV2011-1EA25 0.380
5 1.5 3.5 ... 5 65 100 } 3RV2011-1FA15 } 3RV2011-1FA25 0.387
6.3 2.2 4.5 ... 6.3 82 100 } 3RV2011-1GA15 } 3RV2011-1GA25 0.386
8 3 5.5 ... 8 104 100 } 3RV2011-1HA15 } 3RV2011-1HA25 0.387
10 4 7 ... 10 130 100 } 3RV2011-1JA15 } 3RV2011-1JA25 0.390
12.5 5.5 9 ... 12.5 163 100 } 3RV2011-1KA15 } 3RV2011-1KA25 0.384
16 7.5 102) ... 16 208 55 } 3RV2011-4AA15 } 3RV2011-4AA25 0.392
Size S0
16 7.5 102) ... 16 208 55 } 3RV2021-4AA15 } 3RV2021-4AA25 0.430
20 7.5 132) ... 20 260 55 } 3RV2021-4BA15 } 3RV2021-4BA25 0.450
22 11 162) ... 22 286 55 } 3RV2021-4CA15 } 3RV2021-4CA25 0.429
25 11 182) ... 25 325 55 } 3RV2021-4DA15 } 3RV2021-4DA25 0.437
28 15 23 ... 28 364 55 } 3RV2021-4NA15 } 3RV2021-4NA25 0.445
323) 15 27 ... 32 400 55 } 3RV2021-4EA15 } 3RV2021-4EA25 0.446
364) 18.5 30 ... 36 432 20 } 3RV2021-4PA15 -- 0.399
404) 18.5 34 ... 40 480 20 } 3RV2021-4FA15 -- 0.387
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered separately (see "Accessories" from page 2/171 onwards).
when selecting the units.
2)
The setting range of the thermal overload releases has been extended.
3) Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A. For higher
starting currents we recommend using 3RV2 motor starter protectors
size S2.
4)
The devices must not be mounted side-by-side and they must not be
assembled with link modules with contactors. A lateral clearance of 9 mm
is required. For use with IE3 motors we recommend using 3RV2 motor
starter protectors size S2.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/164 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
For motor protection
CLASS 20, without auxiliary switches

3RV2031-4SB10 3RV2031-4WB10 3RV2042-4FB10 3RV2042-4KB10

Rated Suitable for Setting range for Instantaneous Short-circuit SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
current three-phase thermal overload overcurrent breaking capacity (UNIT, per PU
motors1) release release at 400 V AC SET, approx.
with P M)
In Icu Article No.

A kW A A kA d kg
Size S2
14 5.5 9.5 ... 14 208 65 2 3RV2031-4SB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.088
17 7.5 12 ... 17 260 65 2 3RV2031-4TB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.108
20 7.5 14 ... 20 260 65 } 3RV2031-4BB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.082
25 11 18 ... 25 325 65 } 3RV2031-4DB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.080
32 15 22 ... 32 416 65 } 3RV2031-4EB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.084
36 18.5 28 ... 36 520 65 } 3RV2031-4PB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.105
40 18.5 32 ... 40 585 65 } 3RV2031-4UB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.114
45 22 35 ... 45 650 65 } 3RV2031-4VB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.112
52 22 42 ... 52 741 65 } 3RV2031-4WB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.212
59 30 49 ... 59 845 65 } 3RV2031-4XB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.214
65 30 54 ... 65 845 65 } 3RV2031-4JB10 1 1 unit 41E 1.220
Size S3, with increased switching capacity
40 18.5 28 ... 40 520 100 2 3RV2042-4FB10 1 1 unit 41E 2.200
50 22 36 ... 50 650 100 2 3RV2042-4HB10 1 1 unit 41E 2.229
63 30 45 ... 63 819 100 2 3RV2042-4JB10 1 1 unit 41E 2.246
75 37 57 ... 75 975 100 2 3RV2042-4KB10 1 1 unit 41E 2.268
84 45 65 ... 84 1 170 100 2 3RV2042-4RB10 1 1 unit 41E 2.300
93 45 75 ... 93 1300 100 2 3RV2042-4YB10 1 1 unit 41E 2.307
1002) 45, 55 80 ... 100 1300 100 2 3RV2042-4MB10 1 1 unit 41E 2.281
1) Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered separately (see "Accessories" from page 2/171 onwards).
when selecting the units.
2)
Suitable for use with IE3/IE4 motors up to a starting current of 780 A.
For higher starting currents we recommend using 3VA circuit breakers
(see Catalog LV 10).

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/165
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
For motor protection with overload relay function

■ Selection and ordering data

CLASS 10, with overload relay function (automatic RESET), without auxiliary switches

3RV2111-4FA10 3RV2111-0BA10 3RV2131-4WB10 3RV2142-4FA10

Rated Suitable for Setting range for Instantaneous Short-circuit SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
current three-phase thermal overload overcurrent breaking capacity (UNIT, per PU
motors1) release release at 400 V AC SET, approx.
with P M)
In Icu Article No.

A kW A A kA d kg
Size S002)
0.16 0.04 0.11 ... 0.16 2.1 100 2 3RV2111-0AA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.335
0.2 0.06 0.14 ... 0.2 2.6 100 2 3RV2111-0BA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.337
0.25 0.06 0.18 ... 0.25 3.3 100 2 3RV2111-0CA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.334
0.32 0.09 0.22 ... 0.32 4.2 100 2 3RV2111-0DA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.337
0.4 0.09 0.28 ... 0.4 5.2 100 2 3RV2111-0EA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.339
0.5 0.12 0.35 ... 0.5 6.5 100 2 3RV2111-0FA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.341
0.63 0.18 0.45 ... 0.63 8.2 100 2 3RV2111-0GA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.338
0.8 0.18 0.55 ... 0.8 10 100 2 3RV2111-0HA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.338
1 0.25 0.7 ... 1 13 100 2 3RV2111-0JA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.401
1.25 0.37 0.9 ... 1.25 16 100 2 3RV2111-0KA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.404
1.6 0.55 1.1 ... 1.6 21 100 2 3RV2111-1AA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.407
2 0.75 1.4 ... 2 26 100 2 3RV2111-1BA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.407
2.5 0.75 1.8 ... 2.5 33 100 2 3RV2111-1CA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.406
3.2 1.1 2.2 ... 3.2 42 100 2 3RV2111-1DA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.407
4 1.5 2.8 ... 4 52 100 2 3RV2111-1EA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.406
5 1.5 3.5 ... 5 65 100 2 3RV2111-1FA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.411
6.3 2.2 4.5 ... 6.3 82 100 2 3RV2111-1GA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.411
8 3 5.5 ... 8 104 100 2 3RV2111-1HA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.410
10 4 7 ... 10 130 100 2 3RV2111-1JA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.412
12.5 5.5 9 ... 12.5 163 100 2 3RV2111-1KA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.409
16 7.5 103) ... 16 208 55 2 3RV2111-4AA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.414
Size S02)
16 7.5 103) ... 16 208 55 2 3RV2121-4AA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.424
20 7.5 133) ... 20 260 55 2 3RV2121-4BA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.420
22 11 163) ... 22 286 55 2 3RV2121-4CA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.422
25 11 183) ... 25 325 55 2 3RV2121-4DA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.429
28 15 23 ... 28 364 55 2 3RV2121-4NA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.439
324) 15 27 ... 32 400 55 2 3RV2121-4EA10 1 1 unit 41E 0.436
Size S22)
14 5.5 9.5 ... 14 208 65 2 3RV2131-4SA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.143
17 7.5 12 ... 17 260 65 2 3RV2131-4TA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.142
20 7.5 14 ... 20 260 65 2 3RV2131-4BA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.135
25 11 18 ... 25 325 65 2 3RV2131-4DA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.122
32 15 22 ... 32 416 65 2 3RV2131-4EA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.122
36 18.5 28 ... 36 520 65 2 3RV2131-4PA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.131
40 18.5 32 ... 40 585 65 2 3RV2131-4UA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.129
45 22 35 ... 45 650 65 2 3RV2131-4VA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.124
52 32 42 ... 52 741 65 2 3RV2131-4WA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.220
59 30 49 ... 59 845 65 2 3RV2131-4XA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.247
65 30 54 ... 65 845 65 2 3RV2131-4JA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.241
73 37 62 ... 73 949 65 2 3RV2131-4KA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.235
805) 37 70 ... 80 1040 65 2 3RV2131-4RA10 1 1 unit 41E 1.245
1) 5)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 720 A. For higher
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered starting currents we recommend using 3RV2 motor starter protectors
when selecting the units. size S3.
2) Accessories for mounting on the right and 3RV2915 three-phase busbars
cannot be used.
Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered
3)
The setting range of the thermal overload releases has been extended.
separately (see "Accessories" from page 2/171 onwards).
4)
Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A. For higher
starting currents we recommend using 3RV2 motor starter protectors
size S2.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/166 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
For motor protection with overload relay function
CLASS 10, with overload relay function (automatic RESET), without auxiliary switches (continued)

3RV2111-4FA10 3RV2111-0BA10 3RV2131-4WB10 3RV2142-4FA10

Rated Suitable for Setting range for Instantaneous Short-circuit SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
current three-phase thermal overload overcurrent breaking capacity (UNIT, per PU
motors1) release release at 400 V AC SET, approx.
with P M)
In Icu Article No.

A kW A A kA d kg
Size S3, with increased switching capacity2)
40 18.5 28 ... 40 520 100 2 3RV2142-4FA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.260
50 22 36 ... 50 650 100 2 3RV2142-4HA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.301
63 30 45 ... 63 819 100 2 3RV2142-4JA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.293
75 37 57 ... 75 975 100 2 3RV2142-4KA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.301
84 45 65 ... 84 1 170 100 2 3RV2142-4RA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.339
93 45 75 ... 93 1 300 100 2 3RV2142-4YA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.341
1003) 45, 55 80 ... 100 1 300 100 2 3RV2142-4MA10 1 1 unit 41E 2.325
1)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered
when selecting the units.
2) Accessories for mounting on the right and 3RV2915 three-phase busbars
cannot be used.
3)
Suitable for use with IE3/IE4 motors up to a starting current of 780 A.
For higher starting currents we recommend using 3VA circuit breakers
(see Catalog LV 10).
Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered
separately (see "Accessories" from page 2/171 onwards).

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/167
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
For starter combinations

■ Selection and ordering data

Without auxiliary switches
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41E

3RV2311-4AC10 3RV2311-0JC20 3RV2321-4AC10 3RV2321-4AC20

Rated Suitable for Thermal Instantaneous Short-circuit SD Screw terminals SD Spring-type Weight
current three-phase overload overcurrent breaking terminals per PU
motors1) releases2) release capacity at approx.
with P 400 V AC
In Icu Article No. Article No.

A kW A A kA d d kg
Size S00
0.16 0.04 Without 2.1 100 5 3RV2311-0AC10 5 3RV2311-0AC20 0.292
0.2 0.06 Without 2.6 100 5 3RV2311-0BC10 5 3RV2311-0BC20 0.293
0.25 0.06 Without 3.3 100 5 3RV2311-0CC10 5 3RV2311-0CC20 0.293
0.32 0.09 Without 4.2 100 5 3RV2311-0DC10 5 3RV2311-0DC20 0.293
0.4 0.09 Without 5.2 100 5 3RV2311-0EC10 5 3RV2311-0EC20 0.292
0.5 0.12 Without 6.5 100 5 3RV2311-0FC10 5 3RV2311-0FC20 0.293
0.63 0.18 Without 8.2 100 5 3RV2311-0GC10 5 3RV2311-0GC20 0.292
0.8 0.18 Without 10 100 5 3RV2311-0HC10 5 3RV2311-0HC20 0.293
1 0.25 Without 13 100 2 3RV2311-0JC10 5 3RV2311-0JC20 0.360
1.25 0.37 Without 16 100 2 3RV2311-0KC10 5 3RV2311-0KC20 0.360
1.6 0.55 Without 21 100 2 3RV2311-1AC10 5 3RV2311-1AC20 0.364
2 0.75 Without 26 100 2 3RV2311-1BC10 5 3RV2311-1BC20 0.363
2.5 0.75 Without 33 100 2 3RV2311-1CC10 5 3RV2311-1CC20 0.364
3.2 1.1 Without 42 100 2 3RV2311-1DC10 5 3RV2311-1DC20 0.364
4 1.5 Without 52 100 2 3RV2311-1EC10 5 3RV2311-1EC20 0.361
5 1.5 Without 65 100 2 3RV2311-1FC10 5 3RV2311-1FC20 0.367
6.3 2.2 Without 82 100 2 3RV2311-1GC10 5 3RV2311-1GC20 0.375
8 3 Without 104 100 2 3RV2311-1HC10 2 3RV2311-1HC20 0.368
10 4 Without 130 100 2 3RV2311-1JC10 2 3RV2311-1JC20 0.371
12.5 5.5 Without 163 100 2 3RV2311-1KC10 2 3RV2311-1KC20 0.380
16 7.5 Without 208 55 2 3RV2311-4AC10 2 3RV2311-4AC20 0.375
Size S0
1.6 0.55 Without 21 100 5 3RV2321-1AC10 5 3RV2321-1AC20 0.408
2 0.75 Without 26 100 5 3RV2321-1BC10 5 3RV2321-1BC20 0.401
2.5 0.75 Without 33 100 5 3RV2321-1CC10 5 3RV2321-1CC20 0.399
3.2 1.1 Without 42 100 5 3RV2321-1DC10 5 3RV2321-1DC20 0.403
4 1.5 Without 52 100 5 3RV2321-1EC10 5 3RV2321-1EC20 0.396
5 1.5 Without 65 100 5 3RV2321-1FC10 5 3RV2321-1FC20 0.404
6.3 2.2 Without 82 100 2 3RV2321-1GC10 5 3RV2321-1GC20 0.407
8 3 Without 104 100 2 3RV2321-1HC10 5 3RV2321-1HC20 0.403
10 4 Without 130 100 2 3RV2321-1JC10 5 3RV2321-1JC20 0.407
12.5 5.5 Without 163 100 2 3RV2321-1KC10 5 3RV2321-1KC20 0.390
16 7.5 Without 208 55 2 3RV2321-4AC10 2 3RV2321-4AC20 0.412
20 7.5 Without 260 55 2 3RV2321-4BC10 2 3RV2321-4BC20 0.409
22 11 Without 286 55 2 3RV2321-4CC10 5 3RV2321-4CC20 0.410
25 11 Without 325 55 2 3RV2321-4DC10 2 3RV2321-4DC20 0.414
28 15 Without 364 55 5 3RV2321-4NC10 5 3RV2321-4NC20 0.423
323) 15 Without 400 55 2 3RV2321-4EC10 2 3RV2321-4EC20 0.410

364) 18.5 Without 432 20 2 3RV2321-4PC10 -- 0.380

404) 18.5 Without 480 20 2 3RV2321-4FC10 -- 0.370
1) 4)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual The devices must not be mounted side-by-side and they must not be
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered assembled with link modules with contactors. A lateral clearance of 9 mm
when selecting the units. is required. For use with IE3 motors we recommend using 3RV2 motor
2) For overload protection of the motors, appropriate overload relays must be starter protectors size S2.
used.
3) Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered
Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 256 A. For higher separately (see "Accessories" from page 2/171 onwards).
starting currents we recommend using 3RV2 motor starter protectors
size S2.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/168 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
For starter combinations
Without auxiliary switches (continued)

3RV2331-4SC10 3RV2331-4WC10 3RV2332-4SC10 3RV2332-4WC10 3RV2341-4FC10

Rated Suitable for Thermal overload Instantaneous Short-circuit SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
current three-phase releases2) overcurrent breaking capacity (UNIT, per PU
motors1) release at 400 V AC SET, approx.
with P M)
In Icu Article No.

A kW A A kA d kg
Size S2
14 5.5 Without 208 65 2 3RV2331-4SC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.056
17 7.5 Without 260 65 2 3RV2331-4TC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.070
20 7.5 Without 260 65 2 3RV2331-4BC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.061
25 11 Without 325 65 2 3RV2331-4DC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.044
32 15 Without 416 65 } 3RV2331-4EC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.040
36 18.5 Without 520 65 2 3RV2331-4PC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.052
40 18.5 Without 585 65 } 3RV2331-4UC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.052
45 22 Without 650 65 } 3RV2331-4VC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.050
52 22 Without 741 65 } 3RV2331-4WC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.152
59 30 Without 845 65 2 3RV2331-4XC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.173
65 30 Without 845 65 } 3RV2331-4JC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.165
73 37 Without 949 65 2 3RV2331-4KC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.162
803) 37 Without 1 040 65 2 3RV2331-4RC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.168
Size S2, with increased switching capacity
14 5.5 Without 208 100 2 3RV2332-4SC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.132
17 7.5 Without 260 100 2 3RV2332-4TC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.130
20 7.5 Without 260 100 2 3RV2332-4BC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.121
25 11 Without 325 100 2 3RV2332-4DC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.103
32 15 Without 416 100 2 3RV2332-4EC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.111
36 18.5 Without 520 100 2 3RV2332-4PC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.131
40 18.5 Without 585 100 2 3RV2332-4UC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.138
45 22 Without 650 100 2 3RV2332-4VC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.148
52 22 Without 741 100 2 3RV2332-4WC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.149
59 30 Without 845 100 2 3RV2332-4XC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.169
65 30 Without 845 100 2 3RV2332-4JC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.167
73 37 Without 949 100 2 3RV2332-4KC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.163
803) 37 Without 1 040 100 2 3RV2332-4RC10 1 1 unit 41E 1.167
Size S3
40 18.5 Without 520 65 2 3RV2341-4FC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.175
50 22 Without 650 65 2 3RV2341-4HC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.209
63 30 Without 819 65 2 3RV2341-4JC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.208
75 37 Without 975 65 2 3RV2341-4KC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.236
84 45 Without 1170 65 2 3RV2341-4RC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.248
93 45 Without 1300 65 2 3RV2341-4YC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.269
1004) 45, 55 Without 1300 65 2 3RV2341-4MC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.251
Size S3, with increased switching capacity
40 18.5 Without 520 100 2 3RV2342-4FC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.175
50 22 Without 650 100 2 3RV2342-4HC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.208
63 30 Without 819 100 2 3RV2342-4JC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.216
75 37 Without 975 100 2 3RV2342-4KC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.234
84 45 Without 1170 100 2 3RV2342-4RC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.240
93 45 Without 1300 100 2 3RV2342-4YC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.259
1004) 45, 55 Without 1300 100 2 3RV2342-4MC10 1 1 unit 41E 2.252
1) 4)
Guide value for 4-pole standard motors at 50 Hz 400 V AC. The actual Suitable for use with IE3/IE4 motors up to a starting current of 780 A.
starting and rated data of the motor to be protected must be considered For higher starting currents we recommend using 3VA circuit breakers
when selecting the units. (see Catalog LV 10).
2)
For overload protection of the motors, appropriate overload relays must be
used.
Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered
3) Suitable for use with IE3 motors up to a starting current of 720 A. For higher separately (see "Accessories" from page 2/171 onwards).
starting currents we recommend using 3RV2 motor starter protectors
size S3.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/169
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
For transformer protection

■ Selection and ordering data

CLASS 10, without auxiliary switches
Motor starter protectors for the protection of transformers with high inrush current
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41E

3RV2411-0AA10 3RV2411-0AA20 3RV2421-4AA10 3RV2421-4AA20 3RV2431-4WA10

Rated Setting range for Instantaneous Short-circuit SD Screw terminals SD Spring-type Weight
current thermal overload overcurrent release breaking capacity terminals per PU
release at 400 V AC approx.
In Icu Article No. Article No.

A A A kA d d kg
Size S00
0.16 0.11 ... 0.16 3.3 100 } 3RV2411-0AA10 2 3RV2411-0AA20 0.297
0.2 0.14 ... 0.2 4.2 100 2 3RV2411-0BA10 2 3RV2411-0BA20 0.295
0.25 0.18 ... 0.25 5.2 100 2 3RV2411-0CA10 2 3RV2411-0CA20 0.298
0.32 0.22 ... 0.32 6.5 100 } 3RV2411-0DA10 2 3RV2411-0DA20 0.297
0.4 0.28 ... 0.4 8.2 100 } 3RV2411-0EA10 2 3RV2411-0EA20 0.299
0.5 0.35 ... 0.5 10 100 } 3RV2411-0FA10 2 3RV2411-0FA20 0.298
0.63 0.45 ... 0.63 13 100 } 3RV2411-0GA10 2 3RV2411-0GA20 0.363
0.8 0.55 ... 0.8 16 100 } 3RV2411-0HA10 2 3RV2411-0HA20 0.364
1 0.7 ... 1 21 100 } 3RV2411-0JA10 2 3RV2411-0JA20 0.366
1.25 0.9 ... 1.25 26 100 } 3RV2411-0KA10 2 3RV2411-0KA20 0.365
1.6 1.1 ... 1.6 33 100 } 3RV2411-1AA10 2 3RV2411-1AA20 0.366
2 1.4 ... 2 42 100 } 3RV2411-1BA10 2 3RV2411-1BA20 0.368
2.5 1.8 ... 2.5 52 100 } 3RV2411-1CA10 2 3RV2411-1CA20 0.364
3.2 2.2 ... 3.2 65 100 } 3RV2411-1DA10 2 3RV2411-1DA20 0.371
4 2.8 ... 4 82 100 } 3RV2411-1EA10 2 3RV2411-1EA20 0.366
5 3.5 ... 5 104 100 } 3RV2411-1FA10 2 3RV2411-1FA20 0.369
6.3 4.5 ... 6.3 130 100 } 3RV2411-1GA10 2 3RV2411-1GA20 0.373
8 5.5 ... 8 163 100 } 3RV2411-1HA10 2 3RV2411-1HA20 0.375
10 7 ... 10 208 100 } 3RV2411-1JA10 2 3RV2411-1JA20 0.378
12.5 9 ... 12.5 260 100 } 3RV2411-1KA10 2 3RV2411-1KA20 0.371
16 101) ... 16 286 55 } 3RV2411-4AA10 2 3RV2411-4AA20 0.377
Size S0
16 101) ... 16 286 55 } 3RV2421-4AA10 2 3RV2421-4AA20 0.413
20 131) ... 20 325 55 } 3RV2421-4BA10 } 3RV2421-4BA20 0.415
22 161) ... 22 364 55 } 3RV2421-4CA10 2 3RV2421-4CA20 0.425
25 181) ... 25 400 55 } 3RV2421-4DA10 2 3RV2421-4DA20 0.428
Size S2
14 9.5 ... 14 328 65 2 3RV2431-4SA10 -- 1.067
17 12 ... 17 410 65 2 3RV2431-4TA10 -- 1.058
20 14 ... 20 410 65 2 3RV2431-4BA10 -- 1.063
25 18 ... 25 512 65 2 3RV2431-4DA10 -- 1.072
32 22 ... 32 656 65 } 3RV2431-4EA10 -- 1.056
36 28 ... 36 820 65 2 3RV2431-4PA10 -- 1.054
40 32 ... 40 820 65 2 3RV2431-4UA10 -- 1.052
45 35 ... 45 922 65 2 3RV2431-4VA10 -- 1.162
52 42 ... 52 1 025 65 2 3RV2431-4WA10 -- 1.151
59 49 ... 59 1040 65 2 3RV2431-4XA10 -- 1.186
65 54 ... 65 1040 65 2 3RV2431-4JA10 -- 1.182
1) The setting range of the thermal overload releases has been extended. Auxiliary switches and other accessories can be ordered
separately (see "Accessories" from page 2/171 onwards).

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/170 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
Accessories
Mountable accessories

■ Overview
Mounting location and function
The 3RV2 motor starter protectors/circuit breakers have three These components are easily fitted to the switches without the
main contact elements. In order to achieve maximum flexibility, use of any tools according to requirements.
auxiliary switches, signaling switches, auxiliary releases and
isolator modules can be supplied separately. Overview graphic, see page 2/148.

Front side
Note:
Transverse auxiliary
switches, solid-state
compatible transverse
An auxiliary switch block can be inserted transversely on the front. The
overall width of the motor starter protectors/circuit breakers remains
unchanged.
2
• A maximum of four auxiliary contacts with auxiliary switches
auxiliary switches can be mounted on each
motor starter protector/circuit breaker. 1 NO + 1 NC
or
2 NO
or
1 CO
Left-hand side Lateral auxiliary switches One of the three lateral auxiliary switches can be mounted on the left side
Notes: (2 contacts) per motor starter protector/circuit breaker. The contacts of the auxiliary
1 NO + 1 NC switch close and open together with the main contacts of the motor starter
• A maximum of four auxiliary contacts with protector/circuit breaker.
auxiliary switches can be mounted on each or
motor starter protector/circuit breaker. 2 NO The width of the lateral auxiliary switch with two contacts is 9 mm.
• Lateral auxiliary switches (two contacts) and or
signaling switches can be mounted separately 2 NC
or together. Lateral auxiliary switches One lateral auxiliary switch with four contacts can be mounted on the left
(4 contacts) side per motor starter protector/circuit breaker. The contacts of the auxiliary
2 NO + 2 NC switch close and open together with the main contacts of the motor starter
protector/circuit breaker.
The width of the lateral auxiliary switch with four contacts is 18 mm.
Signaling switches One signaling switch can be mounted on the left side of each motor starter
Tripping 1 NO + 1 NC protector.
Short circuit 1 NO + 1 NC The signaling switch has two contact systems.
One contact system always signals tripping irrespective of whether this was
caused by a short circuit, an overload or an auxiliary release. The other
contact system only switches in the event of a short circuit. There is no
signaling as a result of switching off with the actuator.
In order to be able to switch on the motor starter protector again after a short
circuit, the signaling switch must be reset manually after the error cause has
been eliminated.
The overall width of the signaling switch is 18 mm.
Right-hand side Auxiliary releases
Notes: Shunt releases For remote-controlled tripping of the motor starter protector/circuit breaker.
• One auxiliary release can be mounted per The release coil should only be energized for short periods (see circuit
motor starter protector/circuit breaker. diagrams).
• Accessories cannot be mounted at the right-
hand side of the 3RV21 motor starter protectors or
for motor protection with overload relay Undervoltage releases Trips the motor starter protector/circuit breaker when the voltage is
function. interrupted and prevents the motor from being restarted accidentally when
the voltage is restored. Used for remote-controlled tripping of the motor
starter protector/circuit breaker.
Particularly suitable for EMERGENCY-STOP disconnection by way of
corresponding EMERGENCY-STOP pushbuttons according to EN 60204-1.
or
Undervoltage releases with Function and use as for the undervoltage release without leading auxiliary
leading auxiliary contacts contacts, but with the following additional function: the auxiliary contacts will
2 NO open in switch position OFF to deenergize the coil of the undervoltage
release, thus interrupting energy consumption. In the "tripped" position,
these auxiliary contacts are not guaranteed to open. The leading contacts
permit the motor starter protector/circuit breaker to reclose.
The overall width of the auxiliary release is 18 mm.
Top Isolator modules Isolator modules can be mounted to the upper connection side of the motor
Notes: starter protectors.
• The isolator module for size S2 The supply cable is connected to the motor starter protector through the
- can only be used with 3RV2 motor starter isolator module.
protectors/circuit breakers up to max. 65 A The plug can only be unplugged when the motor starter protector is open
- cannot be used with the transverse auxiliary and isolates all 3 poles of the motor starter protector from the network. The
switch shock-protected isolation point is clearly visible and secured with a padlock
• The isolator module covers the terminal screws to prevent reinsertion of the plug.
of the transverse auxiliary switch. If the isolator
module is used, we therefore recommend that
either the lateral auxiliary switches be fitted or
that the isolator module not be mounted until
the auxiliary switch has been wired.

For a complete overview of which accessories can be used for

the various motor starter protectors/circuit breakers, see page 2/147.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/171

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
Accessories
Mountable accessories

■ Selection and ordering data

PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit (unless otherwise specified)
PG = 41E
Version For mo- SD Screw terminals SD Spring-type Weight
tor starter terminals per PU
protec- approx.

2 tors/
circuit
breakers
Article No. Article No.
Size d d kg
Auxiliary switches1)
Transverse auxiliary
switches
For mounting on the
front
3RV2901-1E 1 CO S00 ... S3 } 3RV2901-1D -- 0.016
1 NO + 1 NC } 3RV2901-1E } 3RV2901-2E 0.017
2 NO } 3RV2901-1F } 3RV2901-2F 0.018
Solid-state
3RV2901-2E compatible
transverse auxiliary
switches
For mounting on the
front, for operation in
3RV2901-1G dusty atmospheres
and in solid-state
circuits with low
operating currents
1 CO S00 ... S3 2 3RV2901-1G -- 0.016
Covers for transverse S00 ... S3 2 3RV2901-0H -- 0.006
auxiliary switches
Auxiliary switches
(PS* = 10 units)
3RV2901-0H
Lateral auxiliary
switches
For mounting on the
left
1 NO + 1 NC S00 ... S3 } 3RV2901-1A } 3RV2901-2A 0.045
2 NO } 3RV2901-1B } 3RV2901-2B 0.045
2 NC } 3RV2901-1C } 3RV2901-2C 0.045
2 NO + 2 NC 2 3RV2901-1J -- 0.086

3RV2901-1A 3RV2901-2A
Signaling switches2)
Signaling switches S00 ... S3 } 3RV2921-1M } 3RV2921-2M 0.100
One signaling switch
can be mounted on
the left per motor
starter protector.
Separate tripped and
short-circuit alarms, 1
NO + 1 NC each

3RV2921-1M 3RV2921-2M
Isolator modules
Isolator modules2) S00, S0 } 3RV2928-1A -- 0.159
Visible isolating S23) } 3RV2938-1A -- 0.368
distance for isolating
individual motor starter
protectors from the
network, lockable in
disconnected position

3RV2928-1A 3RV2938-1A
1) 3)
Each motor starter protector/circuit breaker can be fitted with one The isolator module for size S2 can be used only with 3RV2 motor starter
transverse and one lateral auxiliary switch. The lateral auxiliary switch with protectors/circuit breakers up to max. 65 A. Similarly, it cannot be used
2 NO + 2 NC is used without a transverse auxiliary switch. with the transverse auxiliary switch.
2)
The isolator module for size S2 can be used only with 3RV2 motor starter
protectors/circuit breakers up to max. 65 A. Similarly, it cannot be used
with the transverse auxiliary switch.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
2/172 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
Accessories
Mountable accessories
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41E

2
3RV2902-1AV0 3RV2902-2AV0 3RV2922-1CP0 3RV2902-2DB0

Rated control supply voltage Us For motor SD Screw terminals SD Spring-type Weight
AC AC AC AC/DC DC starter pro- terminals per PU
50 Hz 60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz, tectors/circuit approx.
DC breakers
100% ON 5 s ON
period1) period2)
Article No. Article No.
V V V V V Size d d kg
Auxiliary releases3)
Undervoltage releases
-- -- -- -- 24 S00 ... S3 2 3RV2902-1AB4 -- 0.142
24 -- -- -- -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2902-1AB0 -- 0.139
110 120 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2902-1AF0 -- 0.138
-- 208 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2902-1AM1 -- 0.135
230 240 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 } 3RV2902-1AP0 } 3RV2902-2AP0 0.133
400 440 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 } 3RV2902-1AV0 } 3RV2902-2AV0 0.132
415 480 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2902-1AV1 -- 0.135
500 600 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2902-1AS0 -- 0.131
Undervoltage releases with leading
auxiliary contacts 2 NO
24 24 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 5 3RV2922-1CB0 -- 0.149
230 240 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2922-1CP0 2 3RV2922-2CP0 0.136
400 440 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2922-1CV0 2 3RV2922-2CV0 0.138
415 480 -- -- -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2922-1CV1 2 3RV2922-2CV1 0.139
Shunt releases
-- -- 20 ... 24 20 ... 70 -- S00 ... S3 } 3RV2902-1DB0 } 3RV2902-2DB0 0.136
-- -- 90 ... 110 70 ... 190 -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2902-1DF0 2 3RV2902-2DF0 0.138
-- -- 210 ... 240 190 ... 330 -- S00 ... S3 } 3RV2902-1DP0 } 3RV2902-2DP0 0.134
-- -- 350 ... 415 330 ... 500 -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2902-1DV0 -- 0.133
-- -- 500 500 -- S00 ... S3 2 3RV2902-1DS0 -- 0.132
1) 3)
The voltage range is valid for 100 % (infinite) ON period. The response One auxiliary release can be mounted on the right per motor starter
voltage lies at 0.9 of the lower limit of the voltage range. protector/circuit breaker (does not apply to 3RV21 motor starter protectors
2) The voltage range is valid for 5 s ON period at AC 50/60Hz and DC. with overload relay function).
The response voltage lies at 0.85 of the lower limit of the voltage range.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/173
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
Accessories
Busbar accessories

■ Overview
Insulated three-phase busbar system 8US busbar adapters for 60 mm systems
Three-phase busbar systems provide an easy, time-saving and The motor starter protectors/circuit breakers are mounted
clearly arranged means of feeding 3RV2 motor starter directly with the aid of busbar adapters on busbar systems with
protectors/circuit breakers with screw terminals. Different 60 mm center-to-center clearance in order to save space and to
versions are available for sizes S00 to S2 and can be used for reduce infeed times and costs.
the various different types of motor starter protectors/circuit
2 breakers (size S0 up to 32 A). The busbar adapters for busbar systems with 60 mm center-to-
center clearance are suitable for copper busbars with a width of
The 3RV1915 and 3RV1935 three-phase busbar systems are 12 mm to 30 mm. The busbars can be 5 mm or 10 mm thick.
generally unsuitable for the 3RV21 motor starter protectors for
motor protection with overload relay function according to The motor starter protectors/circuit breakers are snapped onto
UL 489/CSA C22.2 No. 5. the adapter and connected on the line side. This prepared unit
is then plugged directly onto the busbar system, and is thus
The busbars are suitable for between two and five motor starter connected both mechanically and electrically at the same time.
protectors/circuit breakers. However, any kind of extension is
possible by clamping the tags of an additional busbar (rotated For further busbar adapters for snap-mounting direct-on-line
by 180°) underneath the terminals of the respective last motor starters and reversing starters as well as additional accessories
starter protector/circuit breaker. such as line terminals
For outgoing terminals, flat copper profile, etc., see
A combination of motor starter protectors/circuit breakers of Catalog LV 10 "Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical
size S00 and S0 is possible. The motor starter protectors/circuit Installation Technology".
breakers are supplied by appropriate infeed terminals.

3RV2925-5AB

3RV1915-1CB

3RV2915-5B
NSB0_02079c

NSB0_02080a
3RV1915-6AB

SIRIUS three-phase busbar system size S00/S0 SIRIUS load feeders with busbar adapters snapped onto busbars

3RV2935-5A 3RV1935-1C

3RV1935-1A
NSB0_01074e

3RV1935-6A

SIRIUS three-phase busbar system size S2

The three-phase busbar systems are finger-safe. They are
designed for any short-circuit stress which can occur at the
output side of connected motor starter protectors/circuit
breakers.
The three-phase busbar systems can also be used to construct
"Type E Starters" according to UL/CSA. Special infeed terminals
must be used for this purpose, however (see "Selection and
Ordering Data", page 2/175).

2/174 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
Accessories
Busbar accessories

■ Selection and ordering data

Modular Number of motor starter Rated For motor SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
spacing protectors that can be connected current In starter (UNIT, per PU
Without With lateral incl. at 690 V protectors SET, approx.
lateral auxiliary auxiliary M)
accessor switch releases
ies

2
mm A Size d kg
Three-phase busbars1)
For feeding several motor starter protectors with screw terminals,
mounted side by side on standard mounting rails, insulated, with touch
protection
3RV1915-1AB
453) 2 -- -- 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-1AB 1 1 unit 41E 0.044
3 -- -- 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-1BB 1 1 unit 41E 0.071
4 -- -- 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-1CB 1 1 unit 41E 0.097
5 -- -- 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-1DB 1 1 unit 41E 0.124
3RV1915-1BB 554) -- 2 -- 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-2AB 1 1 unit 41E 0.051
-- 3 -- 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-2BB 1 1 unit 41E 0.079
-- 4 -- 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-2CB 1 1 unit 41E 0.111
-- 5 -- 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-2DB 1 1 unit 41E 0.140
2 -- -- 108 S2 } 3RV1935-1A 1 1 unit 41E 0.134
3RV1915-1CB
3 -- -- 108 S2 } 3RV1935-1B 1 1 unit 41E 0.207
4 -- -- 108 S2 } 3RV1935-1C 1 1 unit 41E 0.291
635) -- -- 2 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-3AB 1 1 unit 41E 0.052
-- -- 4 63 S00, S02) } 3RV1915-3CB 1 1 unit 41E 0.121
3RV1915-1DB 75 5)
-- 2 2 108 S2 } 3RV1935-3A 1 1 unit 41E 0.155
-- 3 3 108 S2 } 3RV1935-3B 1 1 unit 41E 0.263
-- 4 4 108 S2 } 3RV1935-3C 1 1 unit 41E 0.369
1) 4)
Not suitable for 3RV21 motor starter protectors for motor protection with For 3RV2 motor starter protectors with auxiliary switches with 1 NO + 1 NC,
overload relay function. 2 NO and 2 NC mounted on the left (9 mm wide).
2) Approved for motor starter protectors size S0 with I ≤ 32 A. 5)
n For 3RV2 motor starter protectors with mounted accessories (18 mm wide).
3) For 3RV2 motor starter protectors without accessories mounted on the Auxiliary switches with 2 NO + 2 NC or signaling switch (mounted on the
side. left) or with auxiliary release (mounted on the right).

Conductor cross-section Tightening For motor SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

Solid or Finely AWG cables, torque starter (UNIT, per PU
stranded stranded solid or protectors/ SET, approx.
with end stranded circuit M)
sleeve breakers
mm² mm² AWG Nm Size d kg
Three-phase infeed terminals
Connection from top
2.5 ... 25 2.5 … 16 10 ... 4 3 ... 4 S00, S0 } 3RV2925-5AB 1 1 unit 41E 0.044
2x 2x 2x 4 ... 6 S2 } 3RV2935-5A 1 1 unit 41E 0.180
(2.5 ... 50)1), (2.5 ... 35)1), (10 ... 1/0)1),
3RV2925-5AB 1x 1x 1x
(2.5 ... 70)1) (2.5 ... 50)1) (10 ... 2/0)1)

3RV2935-5A
Connection from below
This terminal is connected in place of a switch; please take the
space requirement into account.
2.5 ... 25 2.5 … 16 10 ... 4 Input: 4, S00, S0 } 3RV2915-5B 1 1 unit 41E 0.109
Output:
2 ... 2.5
3RV2915-5B
Three-phase infeed terminals for constructing "Type E Starters"
Connection from top
2.5 ... 25 2.5 … 16 10 ... 4 3 ... 4 S00, S0 2 3RV2925-5EB 1 1 unit 41E 0.054
2x 2x 2x 4 ... 6 S2 } 3RV2935-5E 1 1 unit 41E 0.193
(2.5 ... 50)1), (2.5 ... 35)1), (10 ... 1/0)1),
3RV2925-5EB 1x 1x 1x
(2.5 ... 70)1) (2.5 ... 50)1) (10 ... 2/0)1)

3RV2935-5E
1)
If two different conductor cross-sections are connected to one clamping
point, both cross-sections must be in the range specified.
* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.
Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/175
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
Accessories
Busbar accessories

Version For motor starter SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

protectors/circuit breakers (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Size d kg
Covers for connection tags
Touch protection for empty S00, S0 } 3RV1915-6AB 1 10 units 41E 0.003
positions

2
S2 } 3RV1935-6A 1 5 units 41E 0.006
3RV1915-6AB

Busbar adapters

8US1251-5DS10 8US1251-5DT11 8US1250-5AS10 8US1250-5AT10 8US1211-4RT00

For motor starter Rated Connecting Adapter Adapter Rated SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
protectors/circuit current cable length width voltage (UNIT, per PU
breakers SET, approx.
M)
Size A AWG mm mm V d kg
Busbar adapters for 60 mm systems
For copper busbars according to DIN 46433
Width: 12 mm and 30 mm
Thickness: 5 mm and 10 mm
Also for T and double-T special profiles
• For motor starter protectors/circuit breakers with screw terminals Screw terminals

S00, S02) 25 12 200 45 690 2 8US1251-5DS10 1 1 unit 1CU 0.308

S00, S0 25 12 260 45 690 2 8US1251-5DT10 1 1 unit 1CU 0.331
S0 32 10 200 45 690 3 8US1251-5NS10 1 1 unit 1CU 0.319
S02) 32 10 260 45 690 2 8US1251-5NT10 1 1 unit 1CU 0.334
S2 80 4 200 55 690 5 8US1261-5MS13 1 1 unit 1CU 0.508
S2 80 4 260 55 690 5 8US1261-6MT10 1 1 unit 1CU 0.572
S21) 80 4 260 118 690 5 8US1211-6MT10 1 1 unit 1CU 0.873
S3 100/703) 4 215 72 690/6003) 2 8US1211-4TR00 1 1 unit 1CU 0.620
• For motor starter protectors/circuit breakers with spring-type terminals Spring-type
terminals
S00, S02) 25 12 200 45 690 2 8US1251-5DS11 1 1 unit 1CU 0.316
S00, S02) 25 12 260 45 690 2 8US1251-5DT11 1 1 unit 1CU 0.330
S0 32 10 200 45 690 5 8US1251-5NS11 1 1 unit 1CU 0.319
S02) 32 10 260 45 690 2 8US1251-5NT11 1 1 unit 1CU 0.352
Accessories
Device holders -- -- 200 45 -- 2 8US1250-5AS10 1 1 unit 1CU 0.243
For lateral mounting to -- -- 260 45 -- 2 8US1250-5AT10 1 1 unit 1CU 0.264
busbar adapters
Side modules -- -- 200 9 -- 2 8US1998-2BJ10 1 10 units 1CU 0.020
For widening of
busbar adapters
Vibration and shock
kits
For high vibration and
shock loads
S00/S0 -- -- -- -- -- 2 8US1998-1CA10 1 2 units 1CU 0.008
S2 -- -- -- -- -- 5 8US1998-1DA10 1 1 unit 1CU 0.097
1)
For the assembly of feeders for reversing starters comprising a motor For additional busbar adapters, see Catalog LV 10 "Low-Voltage
starter protector and two contactors. Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology".
2)
Values according to UL/CSA
-Rated current: 70 A at 600 V AC;
-Short-circuit breaking capacity:
480 V AC: 65 kA, up to In = 30 A,
480 Y/277 V AC: 65 kA,
600 Y/347 V AC: 20 kA.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/176 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
Accessories
Mounting accessories

■ Selection and ordering data

Accessories
Version For motor starter SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
protectors/ (UNIT, per PU
circuit breakers SET, approx.
M)
Size d kg
Covers
Terminal covers S2 5 3RT1946-4EA1 1 1 unit 41B 0.036
2
For cable lug and busbar connection for
maintaining the required voltage clearances
and as touch protection if box terminal is
removed (2 units can be mounted per motor
starter protector/circuit breaker)

3RV2 (size S3) with

3RT1946-4EA1 (left)
Scale covers 3RV20, 3RV21, } 3RV2908-0P 100 10 units 41E 0.051
Sealable, 3RV24:
for covering the set current scale S00 ... S3

3RV2908-0P
Covers for devices with screw terminals Screw terminals
(box terminals)
Additional touch protection for fastening to
the box terminals
(2 units required per device)
3RT2936-4EA2 • Main current level S2 } 3RT2936-4EA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.014
S3 } 3RT2946-4EA2 1 1 unit 41B 0.018
Fixing accessories
Push-in lugs S00, S0 2 3RV2928-0B 100 10 units 41E 0.200
For screwing the motor starter protector onto
mounting plates
Two units are required for each motor starter
3RV2928-0B protector.

Tools for opening spring-type terminals

Screwdrivers Spring-type terminals
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals
Length approx. 200 mm, 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm S00 ... S3 2 3RA2908-1A 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
titanium gray/black, partially insulated
3RA2908-1A

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/177
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
Accessories
Mounting accessories

Version For motor starter SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

protectors/ (UNIT, per PU
circuit breakers SET, approx.
M)
Size d kg
Terminal blocks and phase barriers for "Self-Protected
Combination Motor Controllers (Type E)" according to UL 508/UL 60947-4-1
Note:

2 UL 508/UL 60947-4-1 approval demands 1-inch through air spacing and 2-inch over surface spacing for "Self-Protected Combination
Motor Controllers (Type E)". The following terminal blocks or phase barriers must be used for the 3RV20 motor starter protectors with
screw terminals. 3RV20 motor starter protectors with spring-type terminals must be assembled with the 3RV29 infeed system for
approval as "Self-Protected Combination Motor Controllers (Type E)" according to UL 508/UL 60947-4-1.
The terminal block or phase barriers cannot be used in combination with the 3RV19.5 three-phase busbars.
3RV2928-1H
For construction with three-phase busbars, see "Busbar Accessories", from page 2/174 onwards.
Terminal blocks type E S00, S0 } 3RV2928-1H 1 1 unit 41E 0.083
For extended clearances S3 5 3RT2946-4GA07 1 1 unit 41B 0.151
(1 and 2 inch)
Phase barriers S00, S0 } 3RV2928-1K 1 1 unit 41E 0.010
3RT2946-4GA07 For extended clearances S2 } 3RV2938-1K 1 1 unit 41E 0.028
(1 and 2 inch)

3RV2928-1K

3RV2938-1K
Auxiliary terminals, 3-pole
For connection of auxiliary and control S3 5 3RT2946-4F 1 1 unit 41B 0.033
cables to the main conductor connections
(for one side)

3RT2946-4F

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/178 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
Accessories
Mounting accessories
Link modules
Actuating voltage of Size SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
contactor 3RT2 contactors 3RV2 motor (UNIT, per PU
starter protectors/ SET, approx.
circuit breakers M)
d kg
Link modules for motor starter protector to contactor1)

2
For mechanical and electrical connection between motor Screw terminals
starter protector and contactor with screw terminals
Single-unit packaging
AC/DC S00 S00/S0 } 3RA1921-1DA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.030
AC S0 S00/S0 2 3RA2921-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.046
DC S0 S00/S0 2 3RA2921-1BA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.055
3RA2921-1AA00 AC/DC S2 S2 } 3RA2931-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.104
AC/DC S3 S3 } 3RA1941-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.090
Multi-unit packaging
AC/DC S00 S00/S0 } 3RA1921-1D 1 10 units 41B 0.020
AC S0 S00/S0 2 3RA2921-1A 1 10 units 41B 0.045
DC S0 S00/S0 2 3RA2921-1B 1 10 units 41B 0.053
AC/DC S2 S2 } 3RA2931-1A 1 5 units 41B 0.071
AC/DC S3 S3 } 3RA1941-1A 1 5 units 41B 0.073

3RA2931-1AA00
For mechanical and electrical connection between motor Spring-type terminals
starter protector and contactor with spring-type terminals
Single-unit packaging
AC/DC S00 S00 } 3RA2911-2AA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.058
AC2) S0 S0 } 3RA2921-2AA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.100
DC S0 S0 } 3RA2921-2AA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.100
3RA2911-2AA00 Multi-unit packaging
AC/DC S00 S00 } 3RA2911-2A 1 10 units 41B 0.055
AC2) S0 S0 } 3RA2921-2A 1 10 units 41B 0.091
DC S0 S0 } 3RA2921-2A 1 10 units 41B 0.091
Spacers2)
For compensating the height on AC contactors
Single-unit packaging S0 S0 2 3RA2911-1CA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.016
Multi-unit packaging S0 S0 2 3RA2911-1C 1 5 units 41B 0.015

3RA2911-1CA00
1)
Note: The link modules from motor starter protector to contactor cannot be used
for the 3RV2.21-4PA1., 3RV2.21-4FA1., 3RV2.31-4K.1., 3RV2.31-4R.1.,
Link modules can be used in 3RV2.32-4K.1. and 3RV2.32-4R.1. motor starter protectors/circuit breakers.
2)
• Size S00 up to 16 A A spacer for height compensation on AC contactors size S0 is optionally
available.
• Size S0 up to 32 A
• Size S2 up to 65 A

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/179
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
Accessories
Mounting accessories

Size SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

3RW30, 3RW40 soft starters 3RV2 motor starter (UNIT, per PU
protectors/circuit breakers SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Link modules for motor starter protector to soft starter1) and
motor starter protector to solid-state contactor
Connection between motor starter protector and soft starter / Screw terminals

2 solid-state contactor with screw terminals

Single-unit packaging
S00 S00/S0 2 3RA2921-1BA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.055
S0 S00/S0 2 3RA2921-1BA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.055
S22) S2 } 3RA2931-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.104
3RA2921-1BA00 S33) S33) } 3RA1941-1AA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.090
Multi-unit packaging
S00 S00/S0 2 3RA2921-1B 1 10 units 41B 0.053
S0 S00/S0 2 3RA2921-1B 1 10 units 41B 0.053
S22) S2 } 3RA2931-1A 1 5 units 41B 0.071
S33) S33) } 3RA1941-1A 1 5 units 41B 0.073

3RA2931-1AA00
Connection between motor starter protector and soft starter Spring-type terminals
spring-type terminals
Single-unit packaging
S00 S00 2 3RA2911-2GA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.057
S0 S0 2 3RA2921-2GA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.090

3RA2921-2GA00
1)
Note: The link modules from motor starter protector to soft starter and motor
starter protector to solid-state contactor cannot be used for the
Link modules can be used in 3RV2.21-4PA1., 3RV2.21-4FA1., 3RV2.31-4K.1., 3RV2.31-4R.1.,
3RV2.32-4K.1. and 3RV2.32-4R.1. motor starter protectors/circuit breakers.
• Size S00 up to 16 A 2)
To assemble the feeder between a motor starter protector and a soft starter
• Size S0 up to 32 A in size S2, the 3RA2932-1CA00 standard mounting rail adapter must be
used.
• Size S2 up to 65 A 3)
It is only permissible to assemble the feeder between the motor starter
protector and the soft starter in size S3 on a mounting plate.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/180 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
Accessories
Mounting accessories

Actuating voltage of Size SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

contactor 3RT2 contactors 3RV2 motor starter (UNIT, per PU
protectors/ SET, approx.
circuit breakers M)
d kg
Hybrid link modules for motor starter protector to contactor1)
Electrical and mechanical link between motor starter protector with
screw terminals and contactor with spring-type terminals
Single-unit packaging
AC/DC S00 S00 } 3RA2911-2FA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.047
2
AC2)/DC S0 S0 } 3RA2921-2FA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.074
Multi-unit packaging
3RA2911-2FA00 AC/DC S00 S00 } 3RA2911-2F 1 10 units 41B 0.042
AC2)/DC S0 S0 2 3RA2921-2F 1 10 units 41B 0.070

3RA2921-2FA00
Spacers2)
For compensating the height on AC contactors
Single-unit packaging S0 S0 2 3RA2911-1CA00 1 1 unit 41B 0.016
Multi-unit packaging S0 S0 2 3RA2911-1C 1 5 units 41B 0.015

3RA2911-1CA00
1)
Note: The hybrid link modules for motor starter protector to contactor cannot be
used for 3RV2.21-4PA1. and 3RV2.21-4FA1. motor starter protectors/circuit
Hybrid link modules in size S00 can be used up to max. 16 A and breakers. They are only suitable for constructing direct-on-line starters.
in size S0 up to max. 32 A. 2)
A spacer for height compensation on AC contactors size S0 is optionally
available.

For motor starter Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

protectors/ (UNIT, per PU
circuit breakers SET, approx.
M)
Type d kg
Connection modules for motor starter protectors/circuit breakers with
screw terminals
Adapters for motor starter protectors/ Screw terminals
circuit breakers
Ambient temperature Tu max. = 60 °C
3RV2.2 Size S0, 5 3RT1926-4RD01 1 1 unit 41B 0.036
rated operational current Ie at
AC-3/400 V: 25 A

3RT1926-4RD01
3RV2.2 Motor feeder connectors for motor starter 5 3RT1900-4RE01 1 1 unit 41B 0.042
protectors/circuit breakers
Size S0

3RT1900-4RE01

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/181
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
3RV29 infeed system

■ Overview
The electrical connection between the three-phase busbars and
More information the motor starter protectors is implemented through plug-in
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components connectors. The complete system can be mounted on a TH 35
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 standard mounting rail to IEC 60715 and can be expanded as
required up to a maximum current carrying capacity of 63 A.
Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3RV2
Manual "SIRIUS Innovations – SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors", The system is mounted extremely quickly and easily thanks to

2
see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/60279172 the simple plug-in technique. Thanks to the lateral infeed, the
system also saves space in the control cabinet. The additional
The 3RV29 infeed system is a convenient means of energy overall height required for the infeed unit is only 30 mm. The
supply and distribution for a group of several motor starter alternative infeed possibilities on each side offer a high degree
protectors or complete load feeders with a screw or spring-type of flexibility for configuring the control cabinet: Infeed on left-
connection in sizes S00 and S0 (exception: this system cannot hand or right-hand side as well as infeed on one side and
be used for 3RV21 motor starter protectors). outfeed on the other side to supply further loads are all possible.
Motor starter protectors or load feeders with a rated current of A terminal block with spring-type connections in combination
maximum 32 A each can be used. with a standard mounting rail enables the integration of not only
The system is based on a basic module complete with a lateral SIRIUS motor starter protectors but also single-phase, 2-phase
incoming unit (three-phase busbar with infeed). This infeed with and 3-phase components such as 5SY miniature circuit breakers
spring-type terminals is mounted on the right or left, depending or SIRIUS relay components.
on the version, and can be supplied with a maximum conductor The 3RV29 infeed system is approved in accordance with IEC to
cross-section of 25 mm2 (with end sleeve). A basic module has 500 V. It is also UL-approved and authorized for "Self-Protected
two sockets onto each of which a motor starter protector can be Combination Motor Controller" (Type E starter) as well as for
snapped. Type F starter (Type E starter + contactor).
Expansion modules (three-phase busbars for system
expansion) are available for extending the system. The
individual modules are connected through an expansion plug.

6
6
5
3b 3a

2
4

7
IC01_00634

1 3-phase busbar with infeed 5 Terminal block for device infeed

2 3-phase busbar for system expansion 6 Plug-in connector
3a Expansion plug 7 Contactor base
3b Extra-wide expansion plug 8 Terminal block
4 End cover

SIRIUS 3RV29 infeed system

2/182 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
3RV29 infeed system
$ Three-phase busbars with infeed + Contactor base
A three-phase busbar with infeed unit is required for connecting Load feeders can be assembled in the system using the S00
the incoming supply. These modules comprise one infeed and S0 contactor base. The contactor bases are suitable for
module and two sockets which each accept one motor starter contactors sizes S00 and S0 with spring-type and screw
protector. A choice of two versions with infeed on the left or right terminals and are simply snapped onto the three-phase
is available. The infeed is connected to spring-type terminals. busbars. Direct-on-line starters and reversing starters are
They permit an infeed with conductor cross-sections of up to possible. One contactor base is required for direct-on-line
25 mm2 with end sleeve. An end cover is supplied with each starters and two are required for reversing starters.
module.
To assemble load feeders for reversing starters, the contactor
bases can be arranged alongside each other (90 mm overall
2
% Three-phase busbars for system expansion
width). In this case the mechanical interlocking of the contactors
The three-phase busbars for system expansion allow the system is possible. The S0 contactor bases are also suitable for soft
to be expanded. There is a choice of modules with two or three starters size S00 and S0 with screw terminal.
sockets. The system can be expanded as required up to a
maximum current carrying capacity of 63 A. An expansion plug The infeed system is designed for mounting onto a TH 35
is supplied with each module. standard mounting rail with 7.5 mm overall depth. This standard
mounting rail gives the contactor base a stable mounting
&a Expansion plug surface to sit on. If standard mounting rails with a depth of
15 mm are used, the spacer connected to the bottom of the
The expansion plug is used for electrical connection of adjacent contactor base must be knocked out and plugged into the
three-phase busbars. The current carrying capacity of this plug mating piece that is also on the underside. Then the contactor
equals 63 A. One expansion plug is supplied with each three- base also has a stable mounting surface. When standard
phase busbar for system expansion. Additional expansion plugs mounting rails with a depth of 7.5 mm are used, the spacer has
are therefore only required as spare parts. no function and can be removed.
&b Extra-wide expansion plug The link modules are used for direct start load feeders, in which
The wide expansion plug makes the electrical connection case the use of a contactor base is not absolutely necessary.
between two three-phase busbars, thus performing the same Motor starter protector and contactor assemblies can then be
function as the 3RV2917-5BA00 expansion plug; the electrical directly snapped onto the sockets of the three-phase busbars.
characteristics (e.g. a current carrying capacity of 63 A) are For feeders of sizes S00 and S0, the corresponding
identical. 3RA1921-1...., 3RA2911-2...., 3RA2921-1.... or 3RA2921-2....
link modules should generally be used.
The 3RV2917-5E expansion plug is 10 mm wider than the
3RV2917-5BA00 expansion plug, hence in the plugged state , Terminal block
there is a distance of 10 mm between the connected three- The 3RV2917-5D terminal block enables the integration of not
phase busbars. This distance can be used to lay the auxiliary only SIRIUS motor starter protectors but also single-phase,
current and control current wiring ("wiring duct"). The motor 2-phase and 3-phase components. The three phases can be fed
starter protector and contactor can be wired from underneath, out of the system using the terminal block; which means that
which means that the complete cable duct above the system single-phase loads can also be integrated in the system. The
can be omitted. terminal block is plugged into the slot of the expansion plug and
thus enables outfeeding from the middle or end of the infeed
( End cover system. The terminal block can be rotated through 180° and be
The end cover is used to cover the three-phase busbar at the locked to the support modules of the infeed system. In addition,
open end of the system. This cover is therefore only required the 45 mm wide TH 35 3RV1917-7B standard mounting rail
once for each system. An end cover is supplied with each three- option for screwing onto the support plate facilitates plugging
phase busbar system with infeed. Further end covers are the single-phase, two-phase and three-phase components onto
therefore only required as spare parts. the infeed system.

)Terminal block for device infeed

A new addition to the system is a connector for outfeeding to a
device slot within a module. This offers the option not only of
connecting three-phase loads to the system, but also of
integrating single-phase loads into the infeed system.

* Plug-in connector
The plug-in connector is used for the electrical connection
between the three-phase busbar and the 3RV2 motor starter
protector. These plug-in connectors are available for screw or
spring-type terminals.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/183

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
3RV29 infeed system

■ Technical specifications
General data
Type 3RV29.7
Size S00, S0
Standards
• IEC 60947-2 ✓

2 • IEC 60947-4-1
• UL 508/UL 60947-4-1
✓
✓
Rated current In A 63
Permissible rated current at inside temperature of control cabinet
Motor starter Size Rated current Inside
protectors/ temperature of
circuit breakers control cabinet
• 3RV2.11 S00 ... 14 A 60 °C % 100
> 14 ... 16 A 40 °C % 100
60 °C % 87
• 3RV2.21 S0 ... 16 A 60 °C % 100
> 16 ... 25 A 40 °C % 100
60 °C % 87
> 25 ... 32 A 40 °C % 87
Permissible ambient temperature
• Storage/transport °C –50 ... +80
• Operation °C –20 ... +60
Rated operational voltage Ue
• Acc. to IEC 10% overvoltage V AC 500
5% overvoltage V AC 525
• Acc. to UL/CSA V AC 600
Rated frequency Hz 50/60
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Short-circuit strength Corresponds to the mounted motor starter protector or load feeder
Degree of protection acc. to IEC 60529 IP20
(In the terminal compartment of the infeed without connected
IP00 conductor)
Touch protection acc. to IEC 60529 Finger-safe
✓ Yes

2/184 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
3RV29 infeed system

■ Selection and ordering data

Type Version For SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
3RV20, (UNIT, per PU
3RV23, SET, approx.
3RV24 M)
motor
starter
protectors

Three-phase busbars with infeed

Size d kg
2
Three-phase busbars For 2 motor starter
with infeed protectors with screw or
incl. 3RV2917-6A end spring-type terminals
cover • With infeed on the left S00, S0 2 3RV2917-1A 1 1 unit 41E 0.435
• With infeed on the right S00, S0 2 3RV2917-1E 1 1 unit 41E 0.435

3RV2917-1A
Three-phase busbars for system expansion
Three-phase busbars For motor starter
incl. 3RV2917-5BA00 protectors with screw or
expansion plug spring-type terminals
• For 2 motor starter S00, S0 2 3RV2917-4A 1 1 unit 41E 0.435
protectors
• For 3 motor starter S00, S0 2 3RV2917-4B 1 1 unit 41E 0.435
protectors

3RV2917-4A
Plug-in connectors
Plug-in connectors • For spring-type terminals Spring-type
to make contact with terminals
motor starter - Single-unit packaging S001) 2 3RV2917-5AA00 1 1 unit 41E 0.059
protectors S02) 2 3RV2927-5AA00 1 1 unit 41E 0.065
- Multi-unit packaging S001) 2 3RV2917-5A 1 10 units 41E 0.053
2)
S0 2 3RV2927-5A 1 10 units 41E 0.065

3RV2917-5AA00
• For screw terminals Screw terminals

- Single-unit packaging S001) 2 3RV2917-5CA00 1 1 unit 41E 0.039

2)
S0 } 3RV1927-5AA00 1 1 unit 41E 0.041
- Multi-unit packaging S001) 2 3RV2917-5C 1 10 units 41E 0.035
S02) } 3RV1927-5A 1 10 units 41E 0.037

3RV2917-5CA00
1) 2)
I > 14 A, please note derating. I > 16 A, please note derating.

Type Version For SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

contactors (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
Size d kg
Contactor bases
Contactor bases Single-unit packaging S00 2 3RV2917-7AA00 1 1 unit 41E 0.067
for mounting direct- S00, S0 2 3RV2927-7AA00 1 1 unit 41E 0.082
on-line or reversing
starters

3RV2927-7AA00

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/185
 © Siemens AG 2018

Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers

SIRIUS 3RV2 Motor Starter Protectors/Circuit Breakers
3RV29 infeed system

Type Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Terminal blocks
Terminal blocks Single-unit packaging 2 3RV2917-5D 1 1 unit 41E 0.061
For integration of single-phase,

2 two-phase and three-phase

components

3RV2917-5D
TH 35 standard mounting rails, width 45 mm
TH 35 standard mounting Single-unit packaging 2 3RV1917-7B 1 1 unit 41E 0.014
rails
Acc. to IEC 60715, width
45 mm
For mounting onto three-phase
busbars
3RV1917-7B
Extra-wide expansion plugs
Extra-wide expansion plugs Single-unit packaging 2 3RV2917-5E 1 1 unit 41E 0.044
As accessory

3RV2917-5E
Expansion plugs
Expansion plugs1) Single-unit packaging 2 3RV2917-5BA00 1 1 unit 41E 0.035
As spare part

3RV2917-5BA00
End covers
End covers2) Multi-unit packaging 2 3RV2917-6A 100 10 units 41E 0.600
As spare part

3RV2917-6A
Terminal blocks for device infeed
Terminal blocks for Single-unit packaging 2 3RV2917-5FA00 1 1 unit 41E 0.010
device infeed

3RV2917-5FA00
1)
The expansion plug is included in the scope of supply of the 3RV2917-4.
three-phase busbars for system expansion.
2)
The end cover is included in the scope of supply of the 3RV2917-1.
three-phase busbars with infeed system.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/186 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Monitoring and Control Devices

Introduction

■ Overview
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components Home page, see www.siemens.com/relays
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3RP

Type 3RP25
Timing relays
Enclosures:
• 17.5 mm industry and household ✓
equipment installation
• 22.5 mm industry ✓
• 45 mm industry --
• For contactor sizes S0 to S12 --
Monofunction ✓
Multifunction ✓
Monovoltage --
Combination voltage ✓
Wide voltage range ✓
Application: --
• Control systems and mechanical ✓
engineering
• Infrastructure --
• Mounting onto contactors --
Page 2/190
✓ Corresponds to or possible
-- Does not correspond to or not possible

Type 3UG451., 3UG463. 3UG4621, 3UG4641 3UG4625 3UG458. 3UG4651 Page

3UG461. 3UG4622 with 3UL23
Monitoring relays
Line monitoring ✓ -- -- -- -- -- -- 2/202
Voltage monitoring -- ✓ -- -- -- -- -- 2/208
Current monitoring -- -- ✓ -- -- -- -- 2/211
Active current monitoring -- -- ✓ ✓ -- -- -- 2/213
Power factor monitoring -- -- -- ✓ -- -- -- 2/213
Residual current monitoring -- -- -- -- ✓ -- -- 2/216
Insulation monitoring -- -- -- -- -- ✓ -- 2/219
Speed monitoring -- -- -- -- -- -- ✓ 2/226
✓ Available
-- Not available

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/187

 © Siemens AG 2018

Monitoring and Control Devices

Introduction
Connection methods "Increased safety" type of protection EEx e/d according to
ATEX directive 94/9/EC
The monitoring and control devices are available with screw or
spring-type terminals. The communication-capable, modularly designed SIMOCODE
pro motor management system (SIRIUS Motor Management and
Screw terminals Control Devices) protects motors of types of protection EEx e
and EEx d in potentially explosive areas.
Spring-type terminals ATEX approval for operation in areas subject to explosion

2
hazard
The terminals are indicated in the corresponding tables The SIRIUS 3RN2 thermistor motor protection relay for PTC
by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds. sensors is certified according to ATEX Ex II (2) G and D for
environments with explosive gas or dust loads.
The SIRIUS SIMOCODE pro 3UF7 motor management system is
certified for the protection of motors in areas subject to explosion
hazard according to
• ATEX Ex I (M2); equipment group I, category M2 (mining)
• ATEX Ex II (2) GD; equipment group II, category 2 in area GD.

2/188 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
Timing Relays
General data

■ Overview ■ Application
Timing relays with ON-delay
• Interference pulse suppression (gating of interference pulses)
• Gradual startup of motors so as not to overload the power
supply
Timing relays with OFF-delay
• Generation of overtravel functions following removal of voltage
• Gradual, delayed shutdown, e.g. of motors or fans, to allow a
2
plant to be shut down selectively
Wye-delta timing relays
• Switching over motors from wye to delta with a dead interval
of 50 ms to prevent phase-to-phase short circuits
Multifunctional timing relays
• Maximum flexibility, with a device for every application
• Available with relay and semiconductor output

7PV15, SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays

Electronic timing relays are used in control, starting, and
protective circuits for all switching operations involving time
delays. Their fully developed concept and space-saving,
compact design make the SIRIUS 3RP timing relays ideal
modules for control cabinet, switchgear and control
manufacturers in the industry.
With their narrow design, the 7PV15 timing relays are ideal in
particular for use in heating, ventilation and air-conditioning
systems and in compressors. All 7PV15 timing relays in this
enclosure version are suitable for snap-on mounting onto TH 35
standard mounting rails according to IEC 60175. The enclosure
complies with DIN 43880.

■ Benefits
• Clear-cut basic range with five basic units in the case of the
7PV15 timing relays, and seven basic units in the case of the
3RP timing relays
• Logistic advantages provided by versions with wide voltage
range and wire setting range
• No tools required for assembly or disassembly on standard
mounting rails
• Cadmium-free relay contacts
• Recyclable, halogen-free enclosure
• Optimum price/performance ratio
• Versions with logical separation
• Low variance: One design for distribution boards and for
control cabinets
• Compliance with EMC requirements for buildings
• Environmentally friendly laser inscription instead of printing
containing solvents
• Timing relays suitable for the 3RT miniature contactors allow
smaller tier spacing
• Versions with screw terminals or alternatively with spring-type
terminals

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/189

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm

■ Overview
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10
LED for indicating Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3RP25
"Timing relay
connected to voltage" Cover caps inscribed Conversion tool, e.g. from 3RP15 to 3RP25, see
2 LED for indicating
on inside www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool

"Relay switched" Electronic timing relays for general use in control systems and
IC01_00291a mechanical engineering with:
Time setting range
selector switch • 1 or 2 CO, 1 NO (semiconductor) or 3 NO
Operating time
adjustment switch Data matrix code
• Monofunction or multifunction
Function selector • Combination voltage or wide voltage range
switch
• Single or selectable time setting ranges
• Switch position indication and voltage indication by LED

SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays

Article No. scheme

Product versions Article number
Timing relays 3RP25 @ @ – @ @ @ @ 0
Product function/ Multifunction 0 5 7 time ranges 0.05 s ... 100 h
time setting ranges With ON-delay 1 1 1 time range 0.5 ... 10 s
1 2 1 time range 1 ... 30 s
1 3 1 time range 5 ... 100 s
2 5 7 time ranges 0.05 s ... 100 h
2 7 4 time ranges 0.05 s ... 240 s
OFF-delay with control signal 3 5 7 time ranges 0.05 s ... 100 h
OFF-delay without control signal, non-volatile, 4 0 7 time ranges 0.05 s... 600 h
passing make contact
Clock-pulse relay, flashing, asymmetrical 5 5 7 time ranges 0.05 s ... 100 h
Wye-delta function with coasting function 6 0 Wye-delta 1 ... 20 s, coasting time (idling)
(idling) 600 s
Wye-delta function 7 4 1 time range 1 ... 20 s
7 6 1 time range 3 ... 60 s
Connection type Screw terminals 1
Spring-type terminals (push-in) 2
Contacts 1 CO A
2 CO B
Semiconductors (transistor NPN) C
Semiconductors (thyristor), two-wire E
1 NO + 1 NO (wye-delta) N
2 CO positively driven R
3 NO N
O
Control supply 24 V AC/DC B 3
voltage 200 … 240 V/380 … 440 V AC M2
400 ... 440 V AC T 2
12 ... 240 V AC/DC or W3
24 ... 240 V AC/DC (3RP2505-.RW30)
Example 3RP25 0 5 – 1 A B 3 0
Note:
The Article No. scheme shows an overview of product versions For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers. selection and ordering data.

2/190 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
3RP2505 multifunctional timing relays
The timing relay can be clearly labeled with the selectable
Two setting options for implementing the
functions using a set of labels. This is included in the scope of
multifunctions (A-M):
supply of the multifunctional relay.
1 Determination of 13 functions by the
IC01_00353b

setting A to M, The same potential must be applied to terminals A. and B.

with 1 CO, 1 NO, 2 CO that switch in Note:
parallel.

2
2 Extended function variance by selecting
The activation of loads parallel to the start input is permissible
the time range and determining, when using AC control voltage (see circuit diagram).
whether 2 CO switch in parallel or
whether 1 CO switches with delay + 1 CO L1
switches immediately (1 CO + 1 CO)

2 S1

1
A1 B1
K2 K1
A2
Setting the functions on the device N
IC01_00297
The functions of the 3RP2505 multifunctional timing relays can
be set by means of the function selector switch. Whether both
Circuit diagram
CO contacts are switched in parallel or one CO contact with a
delay and one instantaneously and the choice of time setting
range are set by means of the time setting range selector switch.
The exact operating time can be adjusted with the operating
time switch.
Overview of functions
Identifica- 13 functions 27 functions
tion letter
1 CO, 1 NO (semiconductor), 13 functions (A - M) 2 CO switched in parallel +
2 CO switched in parallel, or 13 functions (A - M) 1 CO delayed + 1 CO instantaneous (1 CO + 1 CO) and
2 CO positively driven and switched in parallel with delay wye-delta function
A With ON-delay ON-delay and instantaneous contact

B OFF-delay with control signal OFF-delay with control signal and instantaneous contact

C ON-delay/OFF-delay with control signal ON-delay/OFF-delay with control signal and instantaneous contact

D Flashing, symmetrical, starting with interval Flashing, symmetrical, starting with interval and instantaneous contact

E Passing make contact, interval relay Passing make contact, interval relay and instantaneous contact

F Retriggerable interval relay with deactivated control signal Retriggerable interval relay with deactivated control signal (passing break
(passing break contact with control signal) contact with control signal) and instantaneous contact
G Passing make contact, with control signal, not retriggerable Passing make contact, with control signal, not retriggerable (pulse-forming with
(pulse-forming with control signal) control signal) and instantaneous contact
H Additive ON-delay, instantaneous OFF Additive ON-delay, instantaneous OFF with control signal and instantaneous
with control signal contact
I Additive ON-delay with control signal Additive ON-delay with control signal and instantaneous contact

J Flashing, symmetrical, starting with pulse Flashing, symmetrical, starting with pulse and instantaneous contact

K Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse (at 1 s) and Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse (at 1 s) and
settable pulse delay) settable pulse delay) and instantaneous contact
L Pulse-delayed with control signal (fixed pulse (at 1 s) and Pulse-delayed with control signal (fixed pulse (at 1 s) and settable pulse delay)
settable pulse delay) and instantaneous contact
M Retriggerable interval relay with activated control signal Retriggerable interval relay with activated control signal and instantaneous
(watchdog) contact (watchdog)
-- -- Wye-delta function

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/191

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm

■ Benefits
• Easy stock keeping and logistics thanks to low variance of Standards and approvals
devices • IEC 60721-3-3 "Classification of environmental conditions"
• Reduced space requirement in the control cabinet thanks to • IEC 61812-1/DIN VDE 0435 Part 2021 "Specified time relays
variants in width 17.5 mm and 22 mm for industrial use"
• Consistent for all functions thanks to wide voltage range from • IEC 61000-6-2, IEC 61000-6-3 and IEC 61000-6-4
12 to 240 V AC/DC "Electromagnetic compatibility"
2 • Up to 27 functions according to IEC 61812 in the
multifunctional timing relay with wide voltage range
• IEC 60947-5-1 "Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear –
Electromechanical control circuit devices"
• Multifunctional timing relay with semiconductor output for high
switching frequencies, bounce-free and wear-free switching

■ Application
Timing relays are used in control, starting, and protective circuits
for all switching operations involving time delays. They
guarantee a high level of functionality and a high repeat
accuracy of timer settings.
Enclosure version
All timing relays are suitable for snap-on mounting onto TH 35
standard mounting rails according to IEC 60715 or for screw
fixing.

2/192 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm

■ Technical specifications
More information
Technical specifications, see Internal circuit diagrams, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16354/td https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/103532830
Manual, see FAQs, see https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16354/faq
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/103532830

Article number 3RP2505-.A, 3RP2505-.C, 3RP2505-.B, 3RP2505-.R,

2
3RP251., 3RP2525-.B,
3RP2525-.A, 3RP2527, 3RP254., 3RP256., 3RP257.
3RP253., 3RP255.
Width x height x depth mm 17.5 x 100 x 90 22.5 x 100 x 90
H

Article number 3RP25..-.AB30, 3RP25..-.BT20, 3RP25..-.CW30 3RP25..-.EW30 3RP25..-.RW30

3RP25..-.AW30, 3RP25..-.NM20
3RP25..-.BB30,
3RP25..-.BW30,
3RP25..-.NW30,
3RP25..-.SW30
General technical specifications:
Insulation voltage for overvoltage V AC 300 500 300 -- 300
category III to IEC 60664 for pollution
degree 3, rated value
Ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... +60 -40 ... +70
• During storage °C -40 ... +85
Operating range factor of the control
supply voltage, rated value
• At AC
- At 50 Hz 0.85 ... 1.1 0.7 ... 1.1
- At 60 Hz 0.85 ... 1.1 0.7 ... 1.1
• At DC 0.85 ... 1.1 -- 0.85 ... 1.1 0.85 ... 1.1 0.7 ... 1.1
Switching capacity current A 0.01 ... 3 0.01 ... 3 0.01 ... 1 0.01 ... 0.6 0.01 ... 3
with inductive load
Operational current of the auxiliary
contacts
• At AC-15
- At 24 V A 3 3 1 -- 3
- At 250 V A 3 3 1 -- 3
- At 400 V A -- 3 -- -- --
• At DC-12
- At 24 V A -- -- 1 -- --
- At 125 V A -- -- 1 -- --
- At 250 V A -- -- 1 -- --
• At DC-13
- At 24 V A 1 1 -- -- 1
- At 125 V A 0.2 0.2 -- -- 0.2
- At 250 V A 0.1 0.1 -- -- 0.1
Thermal current A 5 5 1 0.6 5
Mechanical endurance 10 000 000
operating cycles, typical
Electrical endurance (operating 100 000 300 000 100 000
cycles) for AC-15 at 230 V, typical

Article number 3RP25..-1.... 3RP25..-2....

Type of electrical connection for Screw terminals Spring-type terminals (push-in)
auxiliary and control circuits
Design of thread M3 --
of connection screw
Tightening torque 0.6 … 0.8 Nm --
Type of connectable conductor
cross-sections
• Solid 1x (0.5 ... 4 mm²), 2 x (0.5 ... 2.5 mm²) 1x (0.5 ... 4 mm²)
• Finely stranded with end sleeve 1x (0.5 ... 4 mm²), 2 x (0.5 ... 1.5 mm²) 1x (0.5 ... 2.5 mm²)
• For AWG cables
- Solid 1x (20 ... 12), 2x (20 ... 14) 1x (20 ... 12)
- Stranded 1x (20 ... 12), 2x (20 ... 14) --

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/193

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
3RP25 function diagrams
Multifunction 3RP2505-.A, 1 CO, 13 functions and 3RP2505-.C, 1 NO (semiconductor), 13 functions

A1/A2 A1/A2
> 35 ms A1/A2

IC01_00344
IC01_00341
A1/A2

IC01_00343
B1/A2

IC01_00342
B1/A2
15/18 15/18
15/18 15/16

2
15/16 15/18 15/16
t 15/16 t t
t t t

A B C D
With ON-delay OFF-delay with control signal ON-delay/OFF-delay with control Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
signal interval

A1/A2 A1/A2 A1/A2

> 35ms > 35ms t1 t2 t3
IC01_00345

A1/A2
B1/A2 IC01_00346

IC01_00412
B1/A2

IC01_00347
B1/A2
15/18
15/16 15/18 15/18 15/18
t 15/16 15/16 15/16
t t t

E F G H
Passing make contact, interval relay Retriggerable interval relay with Passing make contact with control Additive ON-delay, instantaneous OFF
deactivated control signal (passing signal, not retriggerable (pulse- with control signal
break contact with control signal) forming with control signal)

A1/A2 A1/A2
t1 t2 t3
IC01_00349a

A1/A2
IC01_00341
A1/A2

IC01_00350a
B1/A2
IC01_00348

B1/A2
15/18 15/18
15/18 15/16 15/16 15/18
15/16 t t t 15/16
t t

I J K L
Additive ON-delay, with control signal Flashing, symmetrical, starting with Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse (at 1 s) Pulse-delayed with control signal (fixed
pulse and settable pulse delay) pulse (at 1 s) and settable pulse delay)

A1/A2
IC01_00351

B1/A2
15/18
15/16
t <t t

M
Retriggerable interval relay with
activated control signal (watchdog)

Legend
A ... M identification letters
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open

2/194 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
Multifunction 3RP2505-.B, 13 functions, 2 CO positively driven and switched in parallel with delay

A1/A2 A1/A2
> 35 ms A1/A2
A1/A2 B1/A2
B1/A2 15/18
15/18 15/18 15/16

NSB0_00871

IC01_00313
15/18

NSB0_00876
15/16 15/16 t t
15/16

IC01_00310
25/28 25/28
t 25/28 25/26
25/26 25/26
25/28
t t

2
t 25/26 t t
t

A B C D
With ON-delay OFF-delay with control signal ON-delay/OFF-delay with control Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
signal interval

A1/A2 A1/A2 A1/A2

A1/A2 > 35ms > 35ms t1 t2 t3
B1/A2 B1/A2 B1/A2
15/18
NSB0_00880

15/16 15/18 15/18 15/18

NSB0_00882

NSB0_00884

IC01_00411
15/16 15/16 15/16
25/28
25/26 25/28 25/28 25/28
t 25/26 25/26 25/26
t t t

E F G H
Passing make contact, interval relay Retriggerable interval relay with Passing make contact with control Additive ON-delay, instantaneous OFF
deactivated control signal (passing signal, not retriggerable (pulse- with control signal
break contact with control signal) forming with control signal)

A1/A2
A1/A2 A1/A2
t1 t3 A1/A2
t2 B1/A2
B1/A2 15/18 15/18
15/16 NSB0_00871 15/18
IC01_00476

15/16 15/16

IC01_00321a
15/18
IC01_00307a

15/16 25/28 25/28 t

25/26 25/26 25/28
25/28
t t t 25/26
25/26 t
t

I J K L
Additive ON-delay with control signal Flashing, symmetrical, starting with Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse at 1 s and Pulse-delayed with control signal (fixed
pulse settable pulse delay) pulse at 1 s and settable pulse delay)

A1/A2
B1/A2
15/18
15/16
IC01_00323

t <t t
25/28
25/26
t <t t

M
Retriggerable interval relay with
activated control signal (watchdog)

Legend
A ... M identification letters
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/195

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
Multifunction 3RP2505-.B, 27 functions, 2 CO
A B
2 CO switched in parallel 1 CO delayed + 2 CO switched in parallel 1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous 1 CO instantaneous

A1/A2
> 35 ms A1/A2
A1/A2 A1/A2 > 35ms
B1/A2
15/18 B1/A2

2
15/18
NSB0_00871

15/16 15/16 15/18

15/16 15/18

IC01_00309

IC01_00310
25/28 t t 15/16

IC01_00311
25/26 21/24 25/28 t
t 21/22 25/26 21/24
t 21/22

With ON-delay ON-delay and instantaneous contact OFF-delay with control signal OFF-delay with control signal and
instantaneous contact

C D
2 CO switched in parallel 1 CO delayed + 2 CO switched in parallel 1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous 1 CO instantaneous

A1/A2 A1/A2 A1/A2

A1/A2
B1/A2 B1/A2 15/18
15/16 15/18
15/18

IC01_00313
15/18 15/16
NSB0_00876

IC01_00314
15/16 15/16 t t
t t
IC01_00312

25/28
25/28 t t 25/26 21/24
25/26 21/24 21/22
21/22 t t
t t

ON-delay/OFF-delay with control ON-delay/OFF-delay with control Flashing, symmetrical, starting with Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
signal signal and instantaneous contact interval interval and instantaneous contact

E F
2 CO switched in parallel 1 CO delayed + 2 CO switched in parallel 1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous 1 CO instantaneous

A1/A2 A1/A2
A1/A2 > 35ms >35ms
A1/A2
B1/A2 B1/A2
15/18 15/18
NSB0_00880

15/16 15/16 15/18 15/18

NSB0_00882
IC01_00315

15/16 15/16
t

IC01_00316
25/28
25/26 21/24 t
25/28
21/22 25/26 21/24
t 21/22
t

Passing make contact, interval relay Passing make contact, interval relay Retriggerable interval relay with Retriggerable interval relay with
and instantaneous contact deactivated control signal (passing deactivated control signal (passing
break contact with control signal) break contact with control signal) and
instantaneous contact

G H
2 CO switched in parallel 1 CO delayed + 2 CO switched in parallel 1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous 1 CO instantaneous

A1/A2 A1/A2
A1/A2 t1 t3 A1/A2
> 35ms >35ms t2 t1 t3
t2
B1/A2 B1/A2
B1/A2 B1/A2
15/18 15/18
15/18 15/18
NSB0_00884

IC01_00411

15/16 15/16
15/16 15/16
IC01_00317

IC01_00318

25/28 t 25/28 t
25/26 21/24 25/26 21/24
t 21/22 t 21/22

Passing make contact with control Passing make contact with control Additive ON-delay, instantaneous Additive ON-delay, instantaneous OFF
signal, not retriggerable (pulse- signal, not retriggerable (pulse- OFF with control signal with control signal and instantaneous
forming with control signal) forming with control signal) and contact
instantaneous contact

Legend
A ... H identification letters
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open

2/196 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
Multifunction 3RP2505-.B, 27 functions, 2 CO (continued)
I J
2 CO switched in parallel 1 CO delayed + 2 CO switched in parallel 1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous 1 CO instantaneous

A1/A2 A1/A2
t1 t3 t1 t3 A1/A2
t2 t2 A1/A2
B1/A2 B1/A2 15/18

2
15/18

IC01_00476
15/16
15/18 15/18 15/16

IC01_00319
IC01_00307a

15/16 15/16 25/28 t t

IC01_00306
t 25/26 21/24
25/28
25/26 21/24 t t 21/22
21/22
t

Additive ON-delay with control signal Additive ON-delay with control signal Flashing, symmetrical, starting with Flashing, symmetrical, starting with
and instantaneous contact pulse pulse and instantaneous contact

K L
2 CO switched in parallel 1 CO delayed + 2 CO switched in parallel 1 CO delayed +
1 CO instantaneous 1 CO instantaneous

A1/A2
A1/A2
A1/A2 A1/A2
B1/A2
B1/A2
15/18 15/18
NSB0_00871

15/16 15/16 15/18

15/16 15/18

IC01_00321a
IC01_00320

t 15/16

IC01_00322
25/28 t
25/26 21/24 25/28 t
21/22 21/24
t 25/26
21/22
t

Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse at 1 s and Pulse-delayed (fixed pulse at 1 s and Pulse-delayed with control signal Pulse-delayed with control signal (fixed
settable pulse delay) settable pulse delay) and (fixed pulse at 1 s and settable pulse pulse at 1 s and settable pulse delay)
instantaneous contact delay) and instantaneous contact

M *Δ
2 CO switched in parallel 1 CO delayed + 2 CO switched in parallel or 1 CO
1 CO instantaneous delayed +
1 CO instantaneous

A1/A2
A1/A2
B1/A2 A1/A2
B1/A2
IC01_00325

15/18 15/18
15/16 15/18
IC01_00323

15/16 25/28
IC01_00324

t <t t
25/28 t <t t t 50ms
25/26 21/24
21/22
t <t t

Retriggerable interval relay with Retriggerable interval relay with Wye-delta function
activated control signal (watchdog) activated control signal and
instantaneous contact (watchdog)

Legend
I ... M identification letters
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/197

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
Monofunctions 3RP251. to 3RP257.1)

NSB0_00859
A1/A2 A1/A2

NSB0_00869a
NSB0_00858
A1/A2 >35 ms
15/18

NSB0_00871
15/16 A1/A2 B1/A2
15/18
15/16 25/28 t 15/18
t 25/26 15/16
t
2
t

3RP251.-.AW30, 1 CO, ON-delay 3RP2525-..W30, 2 CO, ON-delay 3RP2527-.EW30, 1 NO 3RP2535-.AW30, 1 CO, OFF-delay with
(semiconductor), ON-delay control signal

250 ms 250 ms
> 250ms 250 ms A1/A2 A1/A2

IC01_00327
A1/A2 A1/A2
IC01_00354

15/18 15/18
15/16 15/16

IC01_00355
IC01_00326
15/18 15/18
15/16 15/16 t t
25/28 25/28
t t 25/26 25/26
t t

3RP2540-.A.30, 1 CO, OFF-delay 3RP2540-.A.30, 1 CO, positive 3RP2540-.B.30, 2 CO, OFF-delay 3RP2540-.B.30, 2 CO, positive passing
(N)1) passing make contact (O)1) (N)1) make contact (O)1)

A1/A2
NSB0_00863

A1/A2 B1/A2
A./A2 A1/A2

IC01_00407a
15/18
17/18
15/16 17/18 17/18
IC01_00328a

50 ms
17/28 27/28 27/28
Interval Pulse period t t Idling
t 50 ms t 50 ms
17/38

3RP2555-.AW30, 1 CO, flashing, 3RP2560-.SW30, 3 NO, wye-delta 3RP257.-.NM20, 2 NO, wye-delta 3RP257.-.NM30, 2 NO, wye-delta
asymmetrical, starting with interval function with overtravel function function function
(clock-pulse relay) (idling)

Legend
Timing relay energized
Contact closed
Contact open
1) 3RP2540 has a double function:
Function N = OFF-delay
Function O = Positive passing make contact.

2/198 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm
Possibilities of operation of the 3RP2560-.SW30 timing relay
Operation 1: Start contact B./A2 is open when control supply Operation 4: Start contact B./A2 opens while delta time is
voltage A./A2 is applied running and is applied again
The control supply voltage is applied to A./A2 and there is no If the control signal on B./A2 is applied and switched off again
control signal on B./A2. This starts the *Δ timing. The idling time during the delta time, although the idling time has not yet
(coasting time) is started by applying a control signal to B./A2. elapsed, the idling time (coasting time) is reset to zero. If the
When the set time tIdling (30 ... 600 s) has elapsed, the output control signal is re-applied to B./A2, the idling time is restarted.
relays (17/38 and 17/28) are reset. If the control signal on B./A2
is switched off (minimum OFF period 270 ms), a new timing is
started. A./A2 2
Note: B./A2
Observe response time (dead time) of 400 ms on energizing
17/18
control supply voltage until contacts 17/18 and 17/16 close. Y

NSB0_00894e
17/28
A./A2
17/38
B./A2
tY 50 ms tIdling tIdling tIdling
17/18
Y Operation 4
NSB0_00891d

17/28 Legend
Timing relay energized
17/38
Contact closed
tY 50 ms tIdling tIdling50 ms tIdling 300 ms Contact open
tY = Star time 1 ... 20 s
Operation 1
tIdling = Idling time (coasting time) 30 ... 600 s
Operation 2: Start contact B./A2 is closed when control supply
voltage A./A2 is applied
Note:
if the control signal B./A2 is already present when the control
The following applies to all operations: The pressure switch
supply voltage A./A2 is applied, no timing is started. The timing
controls the timing via B./A2.
is only started when the control signal B./A2 is switched off.

A./A2 Application example based on standard operation

(Operation 1): For example, use of 3RP2560 for compressor
B./A2 control
Frequent starting of compressors strains the network, the
17/18 machine, and the increased costs for the operator. The new
Y
timing relay prevents frequent starting at times when there is
NSB0_00892d

17/28 high demand for compressed air. A special control circuit

prevents the compressor from being switched off immediately
17/38 when the required air pressure in the tank has been reached.
Instead, the valve in the intake tube is closed and the
tY 50 ms tIdling compressor runs in "Idling" mode, i.e. in no-load operation for a
specific time which can be set from 30 ... 600 s.
Operation 2
If the pressure falls within this time, the motor does not have to
Operation 3: Start contact B./A2 closes while star time is running be restarted again, but can return to nominal load operation from
If the control signal B./A2 is applied again during the star time, no-load operation.
the idling time starts and the timing is terminated normally. If the pressure does not fall within this idling time, the motor is
switched off.
A./A2 The pressure switch controls the timing via B./A2.
B./A2 The control supply voltage is applied to A./A2 and the start
contact B./A2 is open, i.e. there is no control signal on B./A2
17/18 when the control supply voltage is applied. The pressure switch
Y signals "too little pressure in system" and starts the timing by way
of terminal B./A2. The compressor is started, enters *Δ
NSB0_00893d

17/28
operation, and fills the pressure tank.
17/38 When the pressure switch signals "sufficient pressure", the
control signal B./A2 is applied, the idling time (coasting time) is
tY 50 ms started, and the compressor enters no-load operation for the set
tIdling period of time from 30 ... 600 s. The compressor is then switched
off. The compressor is only restarted if the pressure switch
Operation 3 responds again (low pressure).

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/199

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm

■ Selection and ordering data

2
3RP2525-2AW30 3RP2540-2AW30 3RP2555-2AW30 3RP2576-2NW30

Number of NO Number of CO Semi- Adjustable time Control supply voltage SD Spring-type PU PS* PG Weight
contacts contacts conduct terminals (push-in) (UNIT, per PU
or SET, approx.
output M)
Instan- De- Instan- De- At AC At DC Article No.
tane- layed tane- layed 50/60 Hz
ous switch- ous switch-
switch- ing switch- ing
ing ing
V V d kg
13 functions
0 0 0 1 No 0.05 s ... 100 h 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 } 3RP2505-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.140

0 1 0 0 Yes 0.05 s ... 100 h 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 2 3RP2505-2CW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.141

13 functions, suitable for railway applications

0 0 -- 21) No 0.05 s ... 100 h 24 ... 240 24 ... 240 2 3RP2505-2RW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.173

27 functions
0 0 -- 22) No 0.05 s ... 100 h 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 } 3RP2505-2BW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.172

ON-delay
0 0 0 1 No 0.5 ... 10 s 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 } 3RP2511-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.129
1 ... 30 s 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 } 3RP2512-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.130
5 … 100 s 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 2 3RP2513-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.131
0.05 s ... 100 h 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 } 3RP2525-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.130
0 0 0 2 No 0.05 s ... 100 h 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 } 3RP2525-2BW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.160

0 1 0 0 Yes 0.05 s... 240 s 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 2 3RP2527-2EW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.113
OFF-delay with control signal
0 0 0 1 No 0.05 s ... 100 h 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 } 3RP2535-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.138
OFF-delay without control signal, non-volatile, passing make contact
0 0 0 1 No 0.05 s ... 600 s 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 2 3RP2540-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.161

0 0 0 2 No 0.05 s ... 600 s 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 2 3RP2540-2BW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.168

Clock-pulse relay, flashing, asymmetrical

0 0 0 1 No 0.05 s ... 100 h 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 2 3RP2555-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.130

Wye-delta function with coasting function (idling)

1 2 0 0 No 1 ... 20 s 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 2 3RP2560-2SW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.175

Wye-delta function
1 1 0 0 No 1 ... 20 s 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 } 3RP2574-2NW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.150
1 1 0 0 No 3 ... 60 s 12 ... 240 12 ... 240 2 3RP2576-2NW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.152
Type of electrical connection
• Screw terminals
• Spring-type terminals (push-in)
1) Positively-driven contacts. Notes:
2) Optionally 1 CO delayed + 1 CO instantaneous.
Accessories, see page 2/201.
In the case of 3RP2505, the functions can be adjusted by means
of function selector switches on the device. The timing relay can
be clearly labeled with the selectable functions using a set of
labels. This is included in the scope of supply. The same
potential must be applied to terminals A. and B.
For functions, see the overview of functions on page 2/191.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/200 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
Timing Relays
SIRIUS 3RP25 timing relays, 17.5 mm and 22.5 mm

■ Accessories
More information
You can find information on configuring and dimensioning the accessories in
the manual, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/103532830

2
Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Accessories for enclosures
Sealing covers
• 17.5 mm 2 3ZY1321-1AA00 1 5 units 41L 0.002

3ZY1321-1AA00
• 22.5 mm 2 3ZY1321-2AA00 1 5 units 41L 0.003

3ZY1321-2AA00
Push-in lugs 2 3ZY1311-0AA00 1 10 units 41L 0.001
For wall mounting

3ZY1311-0AA00
Coding pins 2 3ZY1440-1AA00 1 12 units 41L 0.001
For removable terminals of SIRIUS devices
in the industrial standard mounting rail enclosure;
they enable mechanical coding of terminals

3ZY1440-0AA00
Terminals for SIRIUS devices in the industrial standard mounting rail
enclosure
Removable terminals Screw terminals

• 2-pole, 1 x 4 mm² 2 3ZY1122-1BA00 1 6 units 41L 0.010

3ZY1122-1BA00
Spring-type terminals
(push-in)
• 2-pole, 1 x 4 mm² 2 3ZY1122-2BA00 1 6 units 41L 0.050

3ZY1122-2BA00
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
Screwdrivers Spring-type terminals
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals; (push-In)
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm, length approx. 200 mm, titanium
gray/black, partially insulated 2 3RA2908-1A 1 1 unit 41B 0.050

3RA2908-1A

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/201
 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
General data

■ Overview
Thanks to adjustable delay times the monitoring relays can
respond very flexibly to brief faults such as voltage dips or load
changes. This avoids unnecessary alarms and disconnections
while enhancing plant availability.
The individual 3UG4 monitoring relays offer the following
functions in various combinations:
2 • Undershooting and/or overshooting of liquid levels
• Phase sequence
• Phase failure, neutral conductor failure
• Phase asymmetry
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for voltage
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for current
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for power
factor
• Monitoring of the active current or the apparent current
• Monitoring of the residual current
SIRIUS 3UG4 monitoring relay
• Monitoring of the insulation resistance
• Undershooting and/or overshooting of limit values for speed
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10
Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3UG45
Conversion tool, e.g. from 3UG3 to 3UG4, see
www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool

The field-proven SIRIUS monitoring relays for electrical and

mechanical variables enable constant monitoring of all
important characteristic quantities that provide information
about the functional capability of a plant. Both sudden
disturbances and gradual changes, which may indicate the
need for maintenance, are detected. Thanks to their relay
outputs, the monitoring relays permit direct disconnection of the
affected system components as well as alerting (e.g. by
switching a warning lamp).
Article No. scheme
Product versions Article number
Monitoring relays 3UG4 @ @ @ – @ @ @ @ 0
Type of setting e.g. analogically adjustable 5
Functions e.g. line monitoring 4 5
Connection type Screw terminals 1
Spring-type terminals (push-in) 2
Contacts e.g. 1 CO contact A
Supply voltage 160 ... 260 V AC N 2
Example 3UG4 5 1 1 - 1 A N 2 0
Note:
The Article No. scheme shows an overview of product versions For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers. selection and ordering data.

2/202 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Line monitoring

■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Can be used without auxiliary voltage in any network from
160 to 630 V AC worldwide thanks to wide voltage range
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Width 22.5 mm
• Permanent display of actual value and network fault type on
the digital versions
2
• Automatic correction of the direction of rotation by
distinguishing between power system faults and wrong phase
sequence
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals

■ Application
The relays are used above all for mobile equipment, e.g. air
SIRIUS 3UG4615 monitoring relay conditioning compressors, refrigerating containers, building site
compressors and cranes.
Solid-state line monitoring relays provide maximum protection
for mobile machines and plants or for unstable networks. Function Application
Network and voltage faults can be detected early and rectified Phase sequence • Direction of rotation of the drive
before far greater damage ensues.
Phase failure • A fuse has tripped
Depending on the version, the relays monitor phase sequence, • Failure of the control supply voltage
phase failure with and without N conductor monitoring, phase
• Broken cable
unbalance, undervoltage or overvoltage.
Phase asymmetry • Overheating of the motor due to asymmetrical
Phase asymmetry is evaluated as the difference between the voltage
greatest and the smallest phase voltage relative to the greatest • Detection of asymmetrically loaded networks
phase voltage. Undervoltage or overvoltage exists when at least
one phase voltage deviates by 20 % from the set rated system Undervoltage • Increased current on a motor with
voltage or the directly set limit values are overshot or undershot. corresponding overheating
The rms value of the voltage is measured. • Unintentional resetting of a device
• Network collapse, particularly with battery power
With the 3UG4617 or 3UG4618 relay, a wrong direction of
rotation can also be corrected automatically. Overvoltage • Protection of a plant against destruction due to
overvoltage

■ Technical specifications
3UG4511 monitoring relays Correct phase sequence
The 3UG4511 phase sequenced relay monitors the phase
sequence in a three-phase network. No adjustments are
required for operation. The device has an internal power supply L1-L2-L3
and works using the closed-circuit principle. If the phase
sequence at the terminals L1-L2-L3 is correct, the output relay 11/14
picks up after the delay time has elapsed and the LED is lit. If the ON 11/12
phase sequence is wrong, the output relay remains in its rest
position.
NSB0_01565a

Note: 21/24
21/22
When one phase fails, connected loads (motor windings, lamps,
transformers, coils, etc.) create a feedback voltage at the
terminal of the failed phase due to the network coupling.
Because the 3UG4511 relays are not resistant to voltage Wrong phase sequence
feedback, such a phase failure is not detected. Should this be
required, then the 3UG4512 monitoring relay must be used.
L3-L2-L1

11/14

OFF 11/12
NSB0_01566a

21/24
21/22

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/203

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Line monitoring
3UG4512 monitoring relays 3UG4513 monitoring relays
The 3UG4512 line monitoring relay monitors three-phase The 3UG4513 line monitoring relay monitors three-phase
networks with regard to phase sequence, phase failure and networks with regard to phase sequence, phase failure, phase
phase unbalance of 10%. Thanks to a special measuring asymmetry and undervoltage of 20%. The device has an internal
method, a phase failure is reliably detected in spite of the wide power supply and works using the closed-circuit principle. The
voltage range from 160 to 690 V and feedback through the load hysteresis is 5%. The integrated response delay time is
of up to 90%. The device has an internal power supply and adjustable from 0 to 20 s and responds to undervoltage. If the
works using the closed-circuit principle. No adjustments are direction is incorrect, the device switches off immediately.

2 required. If the line voltage is switched on, the green LED will
light up. If the phase sequence at the terminals L1-L2-L3 is
Thanks to a special measuring method, a phase failure is reliably
detected in spite of the wide voltage range from 160 to 690 V
correct, the output relay picks up. If the phase sequence is and feedback through the load of up to 80%. If the line voltage
wrong, the red LED flashes and the output relay remains in its is switched on, the green LED will light up. If the phase
rest position. If a phase fails, the red LED is permanently lit and sequence at the terminals L1-L2-L3 is correct, the output relay
the output relay drops. picks up. If the phase sequence is wrong, the red LED flashes
and the output relay remains in its rest position. If a phase fails,
Note: the red LED is permanently lit and the output relay drops.
The red LED is a fault diagnostic indicator and does not show the Note:
current relay status. The 3UG4512 monitoring relay is suitable for
line frequencies of 50/60 Hz. The red LED is a fault diagnostic indicator and does not show the
current relay status. The 3UG4513 monitoring relay is suitable for
Phase failure line frequencies of 50/60 Hz.
Phase failure and undervoltage
L1-L2-L3 L2-L3 L1-L2-L3

L1-L2-L3 L2-L3 L1-L2-L3 Hysteresis

-20 % 5%
3~ n
11/14
11/12
11/14
11/12
NSB0_01567a

21/24
21/22
21/24
LED rd
21/22
LED rd NSB0_01569b
OFF ON OFF
Phase failure
OFF ON OFF ON OFF
Wrong phase sequence Phase failure Delay

Wrong phase sequence

L3-L2-L1

11/14 L3-L2-L1
11/12
11/14
11/12
NSB0_01568a

21/24
NSB0_01570a

21/22
21/24
LED rd
21/22
LED rd
OFF FLASH OFF
Phase sequence
OFF FLASH OFF
Phase sequence

2/204 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Line monitoring
3UG4614 monitoring relays 3UG4615/3UG4616 monitoring relays
The 3UG4614 line monitoring relay has a wide voltage range The 3UG4615/3UG4616 line monitoring relay has a wide voltage
input and an internal power supply. The device is equipped with range input and an internal power supply. The device is
a display and is parameterized using three buttons. The unit equipped with a display and is parameterized using three
monitors three-phase networks with regard to phase asymmetry buttons. The 3UG4615 device monitors three-phase networks
from 5 to 20%, phase failure, undervoltage and phase with regard to phase failure, undervoltage, overvoltage and
sequence. The hysteresis is adjustable from 1 to 20 V. In addition phase sequence. The 3UG4616 monitoring relay monitors the
the device has a response delay and ON-delay from 0 to 20 s in neutral conductor as well. The hysteresis is adjustable from 1 to
each case. The integrated response delay time responds to
phase asymmetry and undervoltage. If the direction is incorrect,
20 V. In addition the device has two separately adjustable delay
times for overvoltage and undervoltage from 0 to 20 s in each 2
the device switches off immediately. Thanks to a special case. If the direction is incorrect, the device switches off
measuring method, a phase failure is reliably detected in spite immediately. Thanks to a special measuring method, a phase
of the wide voltage range from 160 to 690 V and feedback failure is reliably detected in spite of the wide voltage range from
through the load of up to 80%. 160 to 690 V and feedback through the load of up to 80%.
The 3UG4614 monitoring relay can be operated on the basis of The 3UG4615/3UG4616 monitoring relay can be operated on
either the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle and with the basis of either the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle and
manual or Auto RESET. with manual or Auto RESET.
With the closed-circuit principle selected With the closed-circuit principle selected
Wrong phase sequence Wrong phase sequence

L3-L2-L1 L3-L2-L1
11/14 11/14
11/12 11/12
NSB0_01571a

NSB0_01571a
21/24 21/24
21/22 21/22

Phase failure Phase failure

L1-L2-L3 L2-L3 L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3 L2-L3 L1-L2-L3

L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3-N

11/14
11/14
11/12
11/12
NSB0_01576a

21/24

NSB0_01572a
21/24
21/22
21/22
Undervoltage
Undervoltage
< Hysteresis
x-y Hysteresis
U x-y <

11/14
11/14
11/12
11/12
NSB0_01577a

NSB0_01573a

21/24 21/24
21/22 21/22
Delay Delay
onDelay

Asymmetry Overvoltage
Hysteresis
> Asy 2% < Hysteresis
0% x-y

11/14 11/14
11/12 11/12
NSB0_01578a

NSB0_01574a

21/24 21/24
21/22 21/22
Delay Delay
onDelay

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/205

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Line monitoring
3UG4617/3UG4618 monitoring relays Undervoltage
The 3UG4617/3UG4618 line monitoring relay has an internal Hysteresis
power supply and can automatically correct a wrong direction of x-y <
rotation. Thanks to a special measuring method, a phase failure
is reliably detected in spite of the wide voltage range from 160 11/14
to 690 V AC and feedback through the load of up to 80%. The
11/12
device is equipped with a display and is parameterized using
three buttons. The 3UG4617 line monitoring relay unit monitors 50 ms

NSB0_01588a
2 three-phase networks with regard to phase sequence, phase
failure, phase unbalance, undervoltage and overvoltage. The
21/24
21/22
3UG4618 monitoring relay monitors the neutral conductor as Delay
well. The hysteresis is adjustable from 1 to 20 V. In addition the
device has delay times from 0 to 20 s in each case for Overvoltage
overvoltage, undervoltage, phase failure and phase unbalance.
The 3UG4617/3UG4618 monitoring relay can be operated on > Hysteresis
the basis of either the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle and x-y
with manual or Auto RESET.
The one changeover contact is used for warning or
disconnection in the event of power system faults (voltage, 11/14
asymmetry), the other responds only to a wrong phase 11/12
sequence. In conjunction with a contactor reversing assembly it 50 ms

NSB0_01589a
is thus possible to change the direction automatically. 21/24
With the closed-circuit principle selected 21/22

Phase failure Delay

Asymmetry
Hysteresis
L1-L2-L3 L2-L3 L1-L2-L3 > Asy 2%
L1-L2-L3-N L1-L2-L3 L1-L2-L3-N 0%

11/14
11/14
11/12
11/12
50 ms
NSB0_01587a

50 ms

NSB0_01590a
21/24 21/24
21/22 21/22
Delay

Type 3UG4511 ... 3UG4513, 3UG4614 ... 3UG4618

General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Control circuit
Load capacity of the output relay
• Thermal current Ith A 5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V A 3
• DC-13/24 V A 1
• DC-13/125 V A 0.2
• DC-13/250 V A 0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC mA 5
Electrical endurance AC-15 Million 0.1
oper-
ating
cycles
Mechanical endurance Million 10
oper-
ating
cycles

2/206 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Line monitoring

■ Selection and ordering data

PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
PS* = 1 unit
PG = 41H

3UG4511-2BP20 3UG4512-2BR20

Adjustable Under- Over- Stabilization Tripping Version of Measurable line SD Spring-type Weight
hysteresis voltage voltage time adjustable delay time auxiliary voltage1) terminals per PU
detection detection stDEL adjustable contacts approx.
Del
s s CO contact V d Article No. kg
Monitoring of phase sequence
Auto RESET
-- -- -- -- -- 1 160 … 260 AC 2 3UG4511-2AN20 0.112
2 2 3UG4511-2BN20 0.126
1 320 … 500 AC 2 3UG4511-2AP20 0.114
2 2 3UG4511-2BP20 0.127
1 420 … 690 AC 5 3UG4511-2AQ20 0.119
2 5 3UG4511-2BQ20 0.133
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase failure and phase unbalance
Auto RESET, closed-circuit principle, asymmetry threshold permanently 10%
-- -- -- -- -- 1 160 … 690 AC 2 3UG4512-2AR20 0.114
2 2 3UG4512-2BR20 0.135
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry and undervoltage
Analogically adjustable, Auto RESET, closed-circuit principle, asymmetry and undervoltage threshold
permanently 20%
5% of ✓ -- -- 0.1 … 20 2 160 … 690 AC 2 3UG4513-2BR20 0.137
set value
Digitally adjustable, Auto RESET or Manual RESET, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle
Asymmetry threshold 0 or 5 ... 20%
Adjustable ✓ -- 0.1 ... 20 0.1 … 20 2 160 … 690 AC 2 3UG4614-2BR20 0.138
1 ... 20 V
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase failure, overvoltage and undervoltage
Digitally adjustable, Auto RESET or Manual RESET, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle
Adjustable ✓ ✓ -- 0.1 … 202) 22) 160 … 690 AC 2 3UG4615-2CR20 0.140
1 ... 20 V
Monitoring of phase sequence, phase and N conductor failure, overvoltage and undervoltage
Digitally adjustable, Auto RESET or Manual RESET, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle
Adjustable ✓ ✓ -- 0.1 … 202) 22) 90… 400 AC 2 3UG4616-2CR20 0.150
1 ... 20 V against N
Automatic correction of the direction of rotation in case of wrong phase sequence, phase failure,
asymmetry, overvoltage and undervoltage
Digitally adjustable, Auto RESET or Manual RESET, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle,
asymmetry threshold 0 or 5 ... 20%
Adjustable ✓ ✓ -- 0.1 … 20 23) 160 … 690 AC 2 3UG4617-2CR20 0.140
1 ... 20 V
Automatic correction of the direction of rotation in case of wrong phase sequence, phase and N
conductor failure, asymmetry, overvoltage and undervoltage
Digitally adjustable, Auto RESET or Manual RESET, open-circuit or closed-circuit principle,
asymmetry threshold 0 or 5 ... 20%
Adjustable ✓ ✓ -- 0.1 … 20 23) 90 … 400 AC 2 3UG4618-2CR20 0.149
1 ... 20 V against N
✓ Function available
-- Function not available

1)
Absolute limit values.
2)
1 CO contact each and one tripping delay time each for Umin and Umax.
3)
1 CO contact each for power system fault and phase sequence correction.
Accessories, see page 2/229.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/207
 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Voltage monitoring

■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Versions with wide voltage supply range
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET
response
• Width 22.5 mm
2 • Display of ACTUAL value and status messages
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals

■ Application
• Protection of a plant against destruction due to overvoltage
• Switch-on of a plant at a defined voltage and higher
• Protection from undervoltage due to overloaded control
supply voltages, particularly with battery power
• Threshold switch for analog signals from 0.1 to 10 V
SIRIUS 3UG4631 monitoring relay
The relays monitor single-phase AC voltages (rms value) and
DC voltages against the set threshold value for overshoot and
undershoot. The devices differ with regard to their power supply
(internal or external).

■ Technical specifications
3UG4631/3UG4632 monitoring relays Undervoltage
The 3UG4631/3UG4632 voltage monitoring relay is supplied
with an auxiliary voltage of 24 V AC/DC or 24 to 240 V AC/DC A1-A2
and performs overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring of the
voltage depending on parameterization. The device is equipped <
with a display and is parameterized using three buttons.
Hysteresis
The measuring range extends from 0.1 to 60 V or 10 to =0
600 V AC/DC. The threshold values for overshoot or undershoot

NSB0_01582a
can be freely configured within this range. If one of these 11/14
threshold values is reached, the output relay responds
11/12
according to the set principle of operation as soon as the delay
time has elapsed. This delay time UDel can be adjusted between Delay
0.1 s and 20 s.
The hysteresis is adjustable from 0.1 to 30 V or 0.1 to 300 V. The
device can be operated on the basis of either the open-circuit or Range monitoring
closed-circuit principle and with Manual or Auto RESET. One
output changeover contact is available as signaling contact.
A1-A2
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Overvoltage
> <

A1-A2
Hysteresis
>
Hysteresis

Hysteresis
NSB0_01583b

=0
11/14
NSB0_01581a

11/14 11/12
11/12 Delay Delay
Delay Delay = Delay

2/208 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Voltage monitoring
3UG4633 monitoring relays Undervoltage
The 3UG4633 voltage monitoring relay has an internal power
supply and performs overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring
of the voltage depending on parameterization. The device is
equipped with a display and is parameterized using three A1-A2 = <
buttons. Hysteresis
The operating and measuring range extends from
=0
17 to 275 V AC/DC. The threshold values for overshoot or
2

NSB0_01585a
undershoot can be freely configured within this range. If one of 11/14
these threshold values is reached, the output relay responds 11/12
according to the set principle of operation as soon as the
tripping delay time has elapsed. This delay time UDel can also be onDelay Delay
adjusted, just like the ON-delay time onDel, from 0.1 to 20 s.
The hysteresis is adjustable from 0.1 to 150 V. The device can be Range monitoring
operated on the basis of either the open-circuit or closed-circuit
principle and with Manual or Auto RESET. One output
changeover contact is available as signaling contact.
With the closed-circuit principle selected
A1-A2 = > <
Overvoltage

Hysteresis

A1-A2 = > Hysteresis

=0

NSB0_01586a
11/14
Hysteresis
=0 11/12
NSB0_01584a

11/14 onDelay
Delay Delay
11/12 Delay = Delay
onDelay Delay

Type 3UG4631 3UG4632 3UG4633

General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Measuring circuit
Permissible measuring range single-phase AC/DC voltage V 0.1 … 68 10 … 650 17 … 275
Measuring frequency Hz 40 ... 500
Setting range single-phase voltage V 0.1 ... 60 10 ... 600 17 ... 275
Control circuit
Load capacity of the output relay
• Thermal current Ith A 5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V A 3
• DC-13/24 V A 1
• DC-13/125 V A 0.2
• DC-13/250 V A 0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC mA 5

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/209

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Voltage monitoring

■ Selection and ordering data

• Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
• Auto or Manual RESET
• Open or closed-circuit principle
• 1 CO contact

3UG4633-2AL30

Measuring range Adjustable hysteresis Rated control supply SD Spring-type PU PS* PG Weight
voltage Us terminals (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
V V V d Article No. kg
Internal power supply, without auxiliary voltage,
separately adjustable ON-delay and tripping delay 0.1 ... 20 s
17 … 275 AC/DC 0.1 ... 150 17 ... 275 AC/DC1) 2 3UG4633-2AL30 1 1 unit 41H 0.130

Supplied from an external auxiliary voltage,

tripping delay adjustable 0.1 ... 20 s
0.1 … 60 AC/DC 0.1 … 30 24 ... 240 AC/DC 2 3UG4631-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.139
10 ... 600 AC/DC 0.1 ... 300 2 3UG4632-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.135

1)
Absolute limit values.
Accessories, see page 2/229.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/210 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Current monitoring

■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Versions with wide voltage supply range
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET
response
• Width 22.5 mm
• Display of ACTUAL value and status messages 2
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals

■ Application
• Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring
• Monitoring the functionality of electrical
loads
• Open-circuit monitoring
• Threshold switch for analog signals from 4 to 20 mA
SIRIUS 3UG4622 monitoring relay
The relays monitor single-phase AC currents (rms value) and DC
currents against the set threshold value for overshoot and
undershoot. They differ with regard to their measuring ranges
and control supply voltage types.

■ Technical specifications
3UG4621/3UG4622 monitoring relays
The 3UG4621 or 3UG4622 current monitoring relay is supplied Current undershoot
with an auxiliary voltage of 24 V AC/DC or 24 to 240 V AC/DC
and performs overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring of the
current depending on parameterization. The device is equipped A1-A2
with a display and is parameterized using three buttons.
The measuring range extends from 3 to 500 mA or 0.05 to 10 A. <
The rms value of the current is measured. The threshold values
for overshoot or undershoot can be freely configured within this Hysteresis
range. If one of these threshold values is reached, the output
relay responds according to the set principle of operation as =0
soon as the tripping delay time IDel has elapsed. This time and
the ON-delay time onDel are adjustable from 0.1 to 20 s.

NSB0_01580a
11/14
The hysteresis is adjustable from 0.1 to 250 mA or 0.01 to 5 A.
The device can be operated with Manual or Auto RESET and on 11/12
the basis of either the open-circuit or closed-circuit principle.
The following options are available: response of the output relay onDelay Delay
when the control supply voltage Us = ON is applied or not until
the lower measuring range limit of the measuring current
(I > 3 mA/50 mA) is reached. One output changeover contact is Range monitoring
available as signaling contact.
With the closed-circuit principle selected A1-A2
upon application of the control supply voltage
Current overshoot
> <
A1-A2
Hysteresis
> Hysteresis

=0
NSB0_01626a

Hysteresis 11/14
=0 11/12
onDelay Delay
NSB0_01579a

11/14 Delay
Delay = Delay
11/12

onDelay Delay

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/211

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Current monitoring

Type 3UG4621-.AA 3UG4621-.AW 3UG4622-.AA 3UG4622-.AW

General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690
Pollution degree 3; overvoltage category III according to VDE 0110
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Measuring circuit
Measuring range for single-phase AC/DC current A 0.003 … 0.6 0.05 … 15

2 Measuring frequency
Setting range for single-phase current
Hz
A
40 ... 500
0.003 ... 0.5 0.05 ... 10
Load supply voltage V 24 max. 3001) 24 max. 3001)
max. 5002) max. 5002)
Control circuit
Load capacity of the output relay
• Thermal current Ith A 5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V A 3
• DC-13/24 V A 1
• DC-13/125 V A 0.2
• DC-13/250 V A 0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC mA 5
1)
With protective separation.
2)
With simple separation.

■ Selection and ordering data

• Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
• Auto or Manual RESET
• Open or closed-circuit principle
• 1 CO contact

3UG4622-2AW30

Measuring range Adjustable hysteresis Rated control supply SD Spring-type PU PS* PG Weight
voltage Us terminals (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
V d Article No. kg
Monitoring of undercurrent and overcurrent,
separately adjustable ON-delay and tripping delay 0.1 ... 20 s
3 … 500 mA AC/DC 0.1 ... 250 mA 24 ... 240 AC/DC 2) 2 3UG4621-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.138

0.05 … 10 A AC/DC 0.01 ... 5 A 2 3UG4622-2AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.140

1)
No electrical separation. Load supply voltage 24 V.
2)
Electrical separation between control circuit and measuring circuit.
Load supply voltage for protective separation max. 300 V, for simple
isolation max. 500 V.
Accessories, see page 2/229.
With AC currents I > 10 A it is possible to use 4NC current
transformers as an accessory, see Catalog LV 10 "Low-Voltage
Power Distribution and Electrical Installation Technology".

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/212 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Power factor and active current monitoring

■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Can be used worldwide thanks to wide voltage range from
90 to 690 V (absolute limit values)
• Monitoring of even small single-phase motors with a no-load
supply current below 0.5 A
• Simple determination of threshold values by the direct
collection of measured variables on motor loading
• Range monitoring and active current measurement enable
detection of cable breaks between control cabinets and
2
motors, as well as phase failures
• P.f. or Ires (active current) can be selected as the
measurement principle
• Width 22.5 mm
• All versions with removable terminals

■ Application
• No-load monitoring and load shedding, such as in the event of
a V-belt tear
SIRIUS 3UG4641 monitoring relay
• Underload monitoring in the low-end performance range,
The 3UG4641 power factor and active current monitoring device e.g. in the event of pump no-load operation
enables the load monitoring of motors. • Monitoring of overload, e.g. due to a dirty
Whereas power factor (p.f.) monitoring is used above all for filter system
monitoring no-load operation, the active current monitoring • Simple power factor monitoring in power systems for control of
option can be used to observe and evaluate the load factor over compensation equipment
the entire torque range. • Broken cable between control cabinet and motor

■ Technical specifications
3UG4641 monitoring relays
The 3UG4641 monitoring relay is self-powered and serves the With the closed-circuit principle selected
single-phase monitoring of the power factor or performs
overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring of the active current Response in the event of undershooting the measuring range
depending on how it is parameterized. The load to be monitored limit
is connected upstream of the IN terminal. The load current flows • With activated monitoring of Ires▼
through the terminals IN and Ly/N. The setting range for the
power factor is 0.1 to 0.99 and for the active current Ires it is Lx-Ly/N
0.2 to 10 A. If the control supply voltage is switched on and no
load current flows, the display will show I < 0.2 and a symbol for
I < 0,2 A
overrange, underrange or range monitoring. If the motor is now
I = 0,2 A
switched on and the current exceeds 0.2 A, the set ON-delay
time begins. During this time, if the set limit values are undershot
or exceeded, this does not lead to a relay reaction of the I=0
changeover contact. If the operational flowing active current Ires
and/or the power factor value falls below or exceeds the 11/14
respective set threshold value, the spike delay begins. When
this time has expired, the relay changes its switch position. The 11/12
relevant measured variables for overshooting and
NSB0_01658b

undershooting in the display flash. If monitoring for active 21/24

current undershoot is switched off (Ires▼= OFF), and if the load
21/22
current undershoots the lower measuring range threshold
(0.2 A), the CO contacts remain unchanged. If a threshold value onDelay onDelay
is set for the monitoring of active current undershooting, then • With deactivated monitoring of active current undershooting
undershooting of the measuring range threshold (0.2 A) will
result in a response of the CO contacts.
Lx-Ly/N
The relay operates either according to the open-circuit or
closed-circuit principle. If the device is set to Auto RESET
(Memory = No), depending on the set principle of operation, the < 0,2 A
switching relay returns to its initial state and the flashing ends = 0,2 A
when the hysteresis threshold is reached.
=0
If Manual RESET is selected in the menu (Memory = Yes), the
switching relay remains in its current switching state and the res = off
current measured value and the symbol for undershooting and 11/14
overshooting continue to flash, even when the measured 11/12
variable reaches a permissible value again. This stored fault
status can be reset by simultaneously pressing the UP▲ or
NSB0_01917b

21/24
DOWN▼ keys for 2 seconds, or by switching the supply voltage
off and back on again. 21/22

onDelay onDelay

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/213

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Power factor and active current monitoring
Overshooting of active current Overshooting of power factor

> cos φ
> res

cos φ
res
Hysteresis
2
cos φ = 0 Hysteresis 0,10
=0
11/14
11/14
11/12
11/12

NSB0_01662c
21/24

NSB0_01659a
21/24
21/22
21/22
onDelay Delay
onDelay Delay

Undershooting of active current Undershooting of power factor

< cos φ
< res
Hysteresis 0,10
res
Hysteresis cos φ
cos φ = 0
=0

11/14
11/14
11/12
11/12

NSB0_01663c
NSB0_01660a

21/24
21/24
21/22
21/22
onDelay Delay
onDelay Delay

Range monitoring of active current Range monitoring of power factor

> cos φ < cos φ

> res < res

cos φ
res
Hysteresis Hysteresis
0,10
Hysteresis cos φ
res
cos φ = 0
=0
11/14
11/14
11/12
11/12
NSB0_01664c
NSB0_01661a

21/24
21/24
21/22
21/22
onDelay Delay Delay
onDelay Delay Delay

2/214 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Power factor and active current monitoring

Type 3UG4641
General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 690
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Control circuit

2
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts 2
Load capacity of the output relay
• Thermal current Ith A 5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V A 3
• DC-13/24 V A 1
• DC-13/125 V A 0.2
• DC-13/250 V A 0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC mA 5

■ Selection and ordering data

• For monitoring the power factor and the active current Ires PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
(p.f. x I) PS* = 1 unit
• Suitable for single- and three-phase currents PG = 41H
• Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Upper and lower threshold value can be adjusted separately
• Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
• 1 changeover contact each for undershoot/overshoot
Measuring range Hysteresis ON- Tripping Rated SD Screw terminals SD Spring-type Weight
adjustable delay delay control terminals per PU
time time supply approx.
adjust- adjust- voltage
able able Us1)
For For For For onDel I▲Del/ 50 AC/
power active power active I▼Del, 60 Hz
factor current factor current ϕ ▲Del/
Ires Ires ϕ ▼Del
P.f. A P.f. A s s V d Article No. d Article No. kg
0.10 ... 0.2 ... 0.1 0.1 ... 2.0 0 ... 99 0.1 ... 90 ... 690 2 3UG4641-1CS20 2 3UG4641-2CS20 0.151
0.99 10.0 20.0
1) Absolute limit values.
Accessories, see page 2/229.
With AC active currents Ires > 10 A it is possible to use 4NC
current transformers as an accessory, see Catalog LV 10
"Low-Voltage Power Distribution and Electrical Installation
Technology".

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/215
 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Residual Current Monitoring
Residual-current monitoring relays

■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Worldwide use thanks to wide voltage range from
24 to 240 V AC/DC
• High measuring accuracy ± 7.5 %
• Permanent self-monitoring
• Variable threshold values for warning and disconnection

2
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Permanent display of the actual value and fault diagnostics via
the display
• High level of flexibility and space saving through installation of
the transformer inside or outside the control cabinet
• Width 22.5 mm
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals

■ Application
Monitoring of plants in which residual currents can occur,
SIRIUS 3UG4625 monitoring relay e.g. due to dust deposits or moisture, porous cables and leads,
The 3UG4625 residual-current monitoring relays are used in or capacitive residual currents.
conjunction with the 3UL23 residual-current transformers for
monitoring plants in which higher residual currents are
increasingly expected due to ambient conditions. Monitoring
encompasses pure AC residual currents or AC residual currents
with a pulsating DC fault current component (transformer type A
in accordance with DIN VDE 0100-530/IEC TR 60755).

■ Technical specifications
3UG4625 monitoring relays With the closed-circuit principle selected
The main conductor, and any neutral conductor to which a load Residual current monitoring with Auto RESET (Memory = no)
is connected, are routed through the opening of the annular ring
core of a residual-current transformer. A secondary winding is
placed around this annular strip-wound core to which the A1-A2
monitoring relay is connected. >
> !
If operation of a plant is fault-free, the sum of the inflowing and
outward currents equals zero. No current is then induced in the Hysteresis
secondary winding of the residual-current transformer. !
Hysteresis = 5 %
However, if an insulation fault occurs downstream of the residual
= 0,02 A
current operated circuit breaker, the sum of the inflowing =0
currents is greater than that of the outward currents. The
differential current – the residual current – induces a secondary 11/14
current in the secondary winding of the transformer. This current 11/12
is evaluated in the monitoring relay and is used on the one hand 21/24
IC01_00225

to display the actual residual current and on the other, to switch

the relay if the set warning or tripping threshold is overshot. 21/22

If the measured residual current exceeds the set warning value, Init
Delay onDelay
the associated changeover contact instantly changes the onDelay
switching state and an indication appears on the display.
If the measured residual current exceeds the set tripping value, If the device is set to Auto RESET, the relay switches back to the
the set delay time begins and the associated relay symbol OK state for the tripping value once the value falls below the set
flashes. On expiry of this time, the associated changeover hysteresis threshold and the display stops flashing.
contact changes the switching state. The associated relay changes its switching state if the value falls
ON-delay time for motor start below the fixed hysteresis value of 5 % of the set warning value.
To be able to start a drive when a residual current is detected, Any overshoots are therefore not stored.
the output relays switch to the OK state for an adjustable
ON-delay time depending on the selected open-circuit principle
or closed-circuit principle.
The changeover contacts do not react if the set threshold values
are overshot during this period.

2/216 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Residual Current Monitoring
Residual-current monitoring relays
Residual current monitoring with Manual RESET (Memory = yes) If Manual RESET is selected in the menu, the output relays
remain in their current switching state and the current measured
value and the symbol for overshooting continues to flash, even
A1-A2 t > 2,5 s when the measured residual current returns to a permissible
Reset
value. This stored fault status can be reset by pressing the UP▲
> or DOWN▼ keys simultaneously for > 2 seconds, or by
> ! switching the supply voltage off and back on again.
Hysteresis
Note:

2
!
Hysteresis = 5 % Do not ground the neutral conductor downstream of the residual-
= 0,02 A current transformer as otherwise residual current monitoring
=0 functions can no longer be ensured.
11/14
11/12
21/24

IC01_00226
21/22
Init
Delay onDelay onDelay
onDelay

Type 3UG4625-1CW30,
3UG4625-2CW30
General data
Insulation voltage for overvoltage category III to IEC 60664 for V 300
pollution degree 3, rated value
Impulse withstand voltage, rated value Uimp kV 4
Control circuit
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts 2
Thermal current of the non-solid-state contact blocks, maximum A 5
Current carrying capacity of the output relay
• At AC-15 at 250 V at 50/60 Hz A 3
• At DC-13
- At 24 V A 1
- At 125 V A 0.2
- At 250 V A 0.1
Operational current at 17 V, minimum mA 5

■ Selection and ordering data

• For monitoring residual currents from 0.03 to 40 A, • Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
from 16 to 400 Hz • Separately adjustable limit value and warning threshold
• For 3UL23 residual-current transformers with feed-through • 1 changeover contact each for warning threshold and tripping
opening from 35 to 210 mm threshold
• Permanent self-monitoring
PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
• Certified in accordance with IEC 60947, functionality PS* = 1 unit
corresponds to IEC 62020 PG = 41H
• Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD

3UG4625-1CW30 3UG4625-2CW30

Measura Adjust- Switch- Adjust- Control supply voltage SD Screw terminals SD Spring-type Weight
ble able ing able terminals per PU
current response hystere- ON-delay approx.
value sis time
current At AC At AC At DC Article No. Article No.
At 50 Hz At 60 Hz rated
rated rated value
value value
A A % s V V V d d kg
0.01 ... 0.03 ... 0 ... 50 0 ... 20 24 ... 240 24 ... 240 24 ... 240 2 3UG4625-1CW30 2 3UG4625-2CW30 0.151
43 40

Accessories, see page 2/229. 3UL23 residual-current transformers, see page 2/218.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/217
 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Residual Current Monitoring
3UL23 residual-current transformers

■ Overview
The 3UL23 residual-current transformers detect residual
currents in machines and plants. They are suitable for pure
AC residual currents or AC residual currents with a pulsating
DC fault current component (transformer type A in accordance
with DIN VDE 0100-530/IEC TR 60755).
Together with the 3UG4625, 3UG4825 residual-current
2 monitoring relays for IO-Link or the SIMOCODE 3UF motor
management and control device they enable residual-current
and ground-fault monitoring.
The 3UL2302-1A and 3UL2303-1A residual-current transformers
with a feed-through opening from 35 to 55 mm can be mounted
in conjunction with the 3UL2900 accessories on a TH 35
standard mounting rail according to IEC 60715.

SIRIUS 3UL23 residual-current transformer

■ Selection and ordering data

Diameter of the bushing opening Connectable cross-section of the SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
connecting terminal (UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
mm mm2 d Article No. kg
Residual-current transformers
(essential accessory for 3UG4625, 3UG4825 or SIMOCODE 3UF)
35 2.5 2 3UL2302-1A 1 1 unit 41H 0.131
55 2.5 2 3UL2303-1A 1 1 unit 41H 0.207
80 2.5 2 3UL2304-1A 1 1 unit 41H 0.340

110 2.5 2 3UL2305-1A 1 1 unit 41H 0.480

140 2.5 2 3UL2306-1A 1 1 unit 41H 0.808
210 4 2 3UL2307-1A 1 1 unit 41H 1.720

■ Accessories
Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Adapters
Adapters 2 3UL2900 1 2 units 41H 0.005
For mounting onto standard rail
for 3UL23 to diameter 55 mm

3UL2900

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/218 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation Monitoring
General data

■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Devices for AC and DC systems
• All devices have a wide control supply voltage range
• Direct connection to networks with mains voltages of up to
690 V AC and 1 000 V DC by means of a voltage reducer
module
• For AC supply systems: Frequency range 15 to 400 Hz
• Monitoring of broken conductors 2
• Monitoring of setting errors
• Safety in use thanks to integrated system test after startup
• Option of resetting and testing (by means of button on front or
using control contact)
• New predictive measurement principle allows very fast
response times

■ Application
IT networks are used, for example:
SIRIUS 3UG458. insulation monitor • In emergency power supplies
Insulation monitoring relays are used for monitoring the • In safety lighting systems
insulation resistance between ungrounded single or three-phase • In industrial production facilities with high availability
AC supplies and a protective conductor. requirements (chemical industry, automobile manufacturing,
Ungrounded, i.e. isolated networks (IT networks) are always printing plants)
used where high demands are placed on the reliability of the • In shipping and railways
power supply, e.g. emergency lighting systems. IT systems are • For mobile generators (aircraft)
supplied via an isolating transformer or by power supply sources
such as batteries or a generator. While an initial insulation fault • For renewable energies, such as wind energy and
between a phase conductor and the ground effectively grounds photovoltaic power plants
the conductor, as a result no circuit has been closed, so it is • In the mining industry
possible to continue work in safety (single-fault safety). However,
the fault must be rectified as quickly as possible before a second
insulation fault occurs (e.g. according to DIN VDE 0100-410).
For this purpose insulation monitoring relays are used, which
constantly measure the resistance to ground of the phase
conductor and the neutral conductor, reporting a fault
immediately if insulation resistance falls below the set value so
that either a controlled shutdown can be performed or the fault
can be rectified without interrupting the power supply.
Two device series
• 3UG4581 insulation monitoring relays for ungrounded AC
networks
• 3UG4582 and 3UG4583 insulation monitoring relays for
ungrounded DC and AC networks

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/219

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation Monitoring
General data

■ Technical specifications
More information
Manuals, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/54382552
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/54382528

2
Type 3UG4581-1AW30 3UG4582-1AW30 3UG4583-1CW30
General data
Setting range for the setpoint response values
• 1 ... 100 kΩ ✓ ✓ ✓
• 2 ... 200 kΩ -- -- ✓
Rated voltage of the network being monitored
• 0 ... 250 V AC -- ✓ --
• 0 ... 440 V AC ✓ -- ✓
• 0 ... 690 V AC -- -- ✓ 1)
• 0 … 300 V DC -- ✓ --
• 0 … 600 V DC -- -- ✓
• 0 ... 1 000 V DC -- -- ✓ 1)
Max. leakage capacitance of the system
• 10 μF ✓ ✓ --
• 20 μF -- -- ✓
Output contacts
• 1 CO ✓ ✓ --
• 2 CO or 1 CO + 1 CO, adjustable -- -- ✓
Number of limit values
•1 ✓ ✓ --
• 1 or 2, adjustable -- -- ✓
Principle of operation Closed-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle Open-circuit/closed-
circuit principle,
adjustable
Rated control supply voltage
• 24 ... 240 V AC/DC ✓ ✓ ✓
Rated frequency
• 15 ... 400 Hz -- ✓ ✓
• 50/60 Hz ✓ -- --
Auto or Manual RESET ✓ ✓ ✓
Adjustable Adjustable Adjustable
Remote RESET ✓ ✓ ✓
Via control input Via control input Via control input
Non-volatile error memory -- -- ✓
Adjustable
Broken wire detection -- -- ✓
Adjustable
Replacement for
Rated control supply Voltage range of the
voltage Us network being monitored
3UG3081-1AK20
110 ... 130/220 ... 240 V AC/DC 3 x 230/400 V AC ✓ -- --
3UG3081-1AW30
24 ... 240 V AC/DC 3 x 230/400 V AC ✓ -- --
3UG3082-1AW30
24 ... 240 V AC/DC 24 ... 240 V DC -- ✓ --
✓ Available
-- Not available

1)
With voltage reducer module.

2/220 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation Monitoring
For ungrounded AC networks

■ Overview
The 3UG4581 insulation monitoring relays are used to monitor
insulation resistance according to IEC 61557-8 in ungrounded
AC networks with rated voltages of up to 400 V.
These devices can monitor control circuits (single-phase) and
main circuits (three-phase).

2
They measure insulation resistances between system cables
and system ground. If the value falls below the threshold value,
the output relays are switched to fault status.
In the case of 3UG4581 a higher-level DC measuring signal is
used. The higher-level DC measuring signal and the resulting
current are used to determine the value of the insulation
resistance of the network which is to be measured.

SIRIUS 3UG4581 insulation monitor

■ Technical specifications
3UG4581 monitoring relays
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Insulation resistance monitoring without fault storage, with Insulation resistance monitoring with fault storage and
Auto RESET Manual RESET

A1+/A2- A1+/A2-
Y1-Y3 Y1-Y3
Y2-Y3 Y2-Y3
Measured value Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold value Hysteresis
ts Threshold value
ts
Closed-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle
11-14 11-14
11-12 11-12
: green LED : green LED
IC01_00074

IC01_00075
F : red LED F : red LED
: yellow LED : yellow LED

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/221

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation Monitoring
For ungrounded AC networks

Type 3UG4581

General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 400 supply circuit/measuring circuit
Pollution degree 3 300 supply circuit/output circuit
Overvoltage category III acc. to IEC 60664
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Rated control supply voltage V 24 ... 240 AC/DC
2 Rated frequency
Measuring circuit
Hz 15 ... 400

Rated line voltage of the network being monitored V 0 ... 400

Rated frequency of the network being monitored Hz 50 ... 60
Setting range for insulation resistance kΩ 1 ... 100
Control circuit
Load capacity of the output relay
• Thermal current Ith A 4
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V A 3
• DC-13/24 V A 2
Minimum contact load at 24 V DC mA 10

■ Selection and ordering data

• Auto or Manual RESET
• Closed-circuit principle
• 1 CO contact
• Fault memory adjustable using control input (Y2-Y3)
• Reset by means of button on front or using control input
(Y2-Y3)
• Test by means of button on front or using control input
(Y1-Y3)
Rated line Measuring Rated control System SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
voltage Un range Ue supply voltage Us leakage (UNIT, per PU
capacitance SET, approx.
M)
V AC kΩ V μF d Article No. kg
Insulation monitors for ungrounded AC networks
0 ... 400 1 ... 100 24 ... 240 AC/DC Max. 10 5 3UG4581-1AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.153

3UG4581-1AW30

Accessories, see page 2/229.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/222 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation Monitoring
For ungrounded DC and AC networks

■ Overview
They measure insulation resistances between system cables
and system ground. If the value falls below the threshold value,
the output relays are switched to fault status. With these devices,
which are suitable for both AC and DC networks, a pulsed test
signal is fed into the network to be monitored and the isolation
resistance is determined.
The pulsed test signal changes its form according to insulation
resistance and network loss capacitance. The changed form is 2
used to predict the changed insulation resistance.
If the predicted insulation resistance matches the insulation
resistance calculated in the next measurement cycle, and is
lower than the threshold value, the output relays are activated or
deactivated, depending on the device configuration. This
measurement principle is also suitable for identifying
symmetrical insulation faults.
3UG4983 voltage reducer module
The 3UG4983 passive voltage reducer module can be used to
SIRIUS 3UG4582 and 3UG4583 insulation monitors allow the 3UG4583 insulation monitoring relay to be used for
insulation monitoring of IT networks with rated voltages of up to
The 3UG4582 and 3UG4583 insulation monitoring relays are 690 V AC and 1 000 V DC.
used to monitor insulation resistance in ungrounded IT AC or DC
networks according to IEC 61557-8.

■ Technical specifications
3UG4582 monitoring relays
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Insulation resistance monitoring without fault storage, with Insulation resistance monitoring with fault storage and
Auto RESET Manual RESET

A1+/A2- A1+/A2-
Y1-Y3 Y1-Y3
Y2-Y3 Y2-Y3
Measured value Measured value
Hysteresis
Threshold value Hysteresis
ts Threshold value
ts
Closed-circuit principle Closed-circuit principle
11-14 11-14
11-12 11-12
: green LED : green LED
IC01_00074

IC01_00075
F : red LED F : red LED
: yellow LED : yellow LED

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/223

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation Monitoring
For ungrounded DC and AC networks
3UG4583 monitoring relays
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Insulation resistance monitoring without fault storage, with Insulation resistance monitoring with fault storage and
Auto RESET Manual RESET

A1+/A2- A1+/A2-

2
Y1-Y3 Y1-Y3
Y2-Y3 Y2-Y3
Measured Value Measured Value
Hysteresis Hysteresis
Prewarning Prewarning
Hysteresis Hysteresis
Final switch-off Final switch-off
Open-circuit ts Open-circuit ts ts
principle open principle open
11-14 11-14
11-12 11-12
21-24 21-24
21-22 21-22
LED LED
LED F LED F
LED LED
Closed-circuit closed Closed-circuit closed
principle principle
11-14 11-14
11-12 11-12
21-24 21-24
21-24 21-24
LED LED

IC01_00084a
IC01_00083

LED F LED F
LED LED

Type 3UG4582 3UG4583

General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 400 supply circuit/measuring 400 supply circuit/measuring circuit
Pollution degree 3 circuit, 300 supply circuit/output 300 supply circuit/output circuit
Overvoltage category III acc. to IEC 60664 circuit 300 output circuit 1/output circuit 2
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 6
Rated control supply voltage V AC/DC 24 ... 240
Rated frequency Hz 15 ... 400
Measuring circuit
Rated line voltage of the network being monitored V 0 ... 250 AC 0 ... 300 AC, 0 ... 690 AC with 3UG49 83
V 0 ... 300 DC 0 ... 600 DC, 0 ... 1 000 DC with 3UG49 83
Rated frequency of the network being monitored Hz DC or 15 ... 400
Setting range for insulation resistance kΩ 1 ... 100 1 ... 100
2 ... 200 for 2nd limit value
(disconnectable)
Control circuit
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts 1 2 or 1 + 1, adjustable
Load capacity of the output relay
• Thermal current Ith A 4
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V A 3
• DC-13/24 V A 2
Minimum contact load at 24 V DC mA 10

2/224 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Insulation Monitoring
For ungrounded DC and AC networks

■ Selection and ordering data

• Auto or Manual RESET Note:
• Rated control supply voltage Us 24 ... 240 V AC/DC
• 3UG4582: Closed-circuit principle With the 3UG4983-1A coupling unit, connection to networks with
3UG4583: Open-circuit or closed-circuit principle, adjustable voltages of up to 690 V AC and 1 000 V DC is possible, see
• 1 or 2 CO contacts below.
• Fault memory adjustable using control input (Y2-Y3)
• Reset by means of button on front or using control input
(Y2-Y3)
• Test by means of button on front or using control input
2
(Y1-Y3)
• 3UG4583: Non-volatile fault storage can be configured
• 3UG4583: 2 separate limit values (e.g. for warning and
disconnection) or 2 CO contacts for one limit value (e.g. for a
local alarm and signaling to the PLC via separate circuits) can
be configured
Rated line System Output Measuring Broken SD Screw terminals PU PS* PG Weight
voltage Un leakage relays range Ue wire (UNIT, per PU
capaci- detection SET, approx.
tance in the M)
measuring
range
V μF kΩ d Article No. kg
3UG4582 insulation monitors
0 ... 250 AC, Max. 10 1 CO 1 ... 100 ✓ 5 3UG4582-1AW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.160
0 ... 300 DC

3UG4582-1AW30
3UG4583 insulation monitors
0 ... 400 AC, Max. 20 2 CO or 1 ... 100, ✓ 5 3UG4583-1CW30 1 1 unit 41H 0.269
0 ... 600 DC1) 1 CO + 2 ... 200 Adjustable
1 CO for 2nd
adjustable limit value,
adjustable

3UG4583-1CW30
Voltage reducer modules for 3UG4583
For extending the line voltage range to 5 3UG4983-1A 1 1 unit 41H 0.208
max. 690 V AC and 1 000 V DC

3UG4983-1A
✓ Available

1)
With 3UG4983-1A voltage reducer module suitable also for the insulation
monitoring of IT networks of up to 690 V AC and 1 000 V DC.

Accessories, see page 2/229.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/225
 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Speed monitoring

■ Overview ■ Benefits
• Can be used worldwide thanks to wide voltage range from
24 to 240 V (absolute limit values)
• Variably adjustable to overshoot, undershoot or range
monitoring
• Freely configurable delay times and RESET response
• Permanent display of actual value and fault type
2 • Use of up to 10 sensors per rotation for extremely slowly
rotating motors
• 2- or 3-wire sensors and sensors with a mechanical switching
output or semiconductor output can be connected
• Auxiliary voltage for sensor integrated
• All versions with removable terminals
• All versions with screw or spring-type terminals

■ Application
• Slip or tear of a belt drive
SIRIUS 3UG4651 monitoring relay • Overload monitoring
The 3UG4651 monitoring relay is used in combination with a • Transport monitoring for completeness
sensor to monitor motor drives for overspeed and/or
underspeed.
Furthermore, the monitoring relay is ideal for all functions where
a continuous pulse signal needs to be monitored (e.g. belt travel
monitoring, completeness monitoring, passing monitoring,
clock-time monitoring).

■ Technical specifications
3UG4651 monitoring relays
The speed monitoring relay operates according to the principle Speed monitoring with Auto RESET (Memory = no)
of period duration measurement.
If the device is set to Auto RESET, the output relay switches to
In the monitoring relay, the time between two successive rising the GO state, once the adjustable hysteresis threshold is
edges of the pulse encoder is measured and compared to the reached in the range of 0.1 to 99.9 rpm and the flashing stops.
minimum and/or maximum permissible period duration Any overshoots or undershoots are therefore not stored.
calculated from the set limit values for the speed.
Speed monitoring with Manual RESET (Memory = yes)
Thus, the period duration measurement recognizes any
deviation in speed after just two pulses, even at very low speeds If Manual RESET is selected in the menu, the output relay
or in the case of extended pulse gaps. remains in its current switching state and the current measured
value and the symbol for overshooting/undershooting continue
By using up to ten pulse encoders evenly distributed around the to flash, even when the speed returns to a permissible value.
circumference, it is possible to shorten the period duration, and This stored fault status can be reset by pressing the UP▲ or
in turn the response time. By taking into account the number of DOWN▼ keys simultaneously for > 2 s, by connecting the
sensors in the monitoring relay, the speed continues to be RESET device terminal to 24 V DC or by switching the control
indicated in rpm. supply voltage off and back on again.
ON-delay time for motor start
To be able to start a motor drive, and depending on whether the
open-circuit or closed-circuit principle is selected, the output
relay switches to the GO state during the ON-delay time, even if
the speed is still below the set value.
The ON-delay time is started by either switching on the auxiliary
voltage or, if the auxiliary voltage is already applied, by actuating
the respective NC contact (e.g. auxiliary contact).

2/226 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Speed monitoring
With the closed-circuit principle selected
Range monitoring without enable input Range monitoring with enable input

A1/A2
A1/A2
EN

rpm
> RPM < RPM
> RPM < RPM
2
Hysteresis
rpm
Hysteresis
Hysteresis
rpm
rpm Hysteresis
RPM = 0
RPM = 0

NSB0_01803b
11/14

NSB0_01804a
11/12 11/14

onDelay Delay Delay 11/12

onDelay Delay Delay

Type 3UG4651
General data
Rated insulation voltage Ui V 300
Pollution degree 3
Overvoltage category III acc. to VDE 0110
Rated impulse withstand voltage Uimp kV 4
Measuring circuit
Sensor supply
• For three-wire sensor (24 V/0 V) mA Max. 50
• For 2-wire NAMUR sensor (8V2) mA Max. 8.2
Signal input
• IN1 kΩ 16, 3-wire sensor, pnp operation
• IN2 kΩ 1, floating contact, 2-wire NAMUR sensor
Voltage level
• For level 1 at IN1 V 4.5 ... 30
• For level 0 at IN1 V 0 ... 1
Current level
• For level 1 at IN2 mA > 2.1
• For level 0 at IN2 mA < 1.2
Minimum pulse duration of signal ms 5
Minimum interval between 2 pulses ms 5
Control circuit
Number of CO contacts for auxiliary contacts 1
Load capacity of the output relay
Thermal current Ith A 5
Rated operational current Ie at
• AC-15/24 ... 400 V A 3
• DC-13/24 V A 1
• DC-13/125 V A 0.2
• DC-13/250 V A 0.1
Minimum contact load at 17 V DC mA 5

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/227

 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Speed monitoring

■ Selection and ordering data

• For speed monitoring in revolutions per minute (rpm) PU (UNIT, SET, M) = 1
• Two- or three-wire sensor with mechanical or electronic PS* = 1 unit
switching output can be connected PG = 41H
• Two-wire NAMUR sensor can be connected
• Sensor supply 24 V DC/50 mA integrated
• Input frequency 0.1 to 2 200 pulses rpm
(0.0017 to 36.7 Hz)
2 • With or without enable signal for the drive to be monitored
• Digitally adjustable, with illuminated LCD
• Overshoot, undershoot or range monitoring adjustable
• Number of pulses per revolution can be adjusted
• Upper and lower threshold value can be adjusted separately
• Auto, manual or remote RESET options after tripping
• Permanent display of actual value and tripping state
• 1 CO contact
Measuring range Hysteresis ON-delay Tripping Pulses per Rated SD Spring-type Weight
time time revolution control supply terminals per PU
voltage Us approx.
AC/DC
rpm rpm s s V d Article No. kg
0.1 ... 2 200 OFF 0 ... 900 0.1 ... 99.9 1 ... 10 24 ... 240 2 3UG4651-2AW30 0.145
0.1 ... 99.9

Accessories, see page 2/229.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/228 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Relays
SIRIUS 3UG45, 3UG46 Monitoring Relays for Stand-Alone Installation
Accessories

■ Selection and ordering data

Use Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Blank labels
For 3UG4 Unit labeling plates
For SIRIUS devices 2
20 mm x 7 mm, pastel turquoise1) 20 3RT1900-1SB20 100 340 units 41B 0.062
For 3UG4 Adhesive labels for SIRIUS devices
NSB0_01429b

• 19 mm x 6 mm, pastel turquoise 15 3RT1900-1SB60 100 3060 units 41B 15.300

• 19 mm x 6 mm, zinc yellow 15 3RT1900-1SD60 100 3060 units 41B 0.005
3RT1900-1SB20
Push-in lugs and covers
For 3UG4 Push-in lugs 5 3RP1903 1 10 units 41H 0.002
For screw fixing,
2 units are required for each device
3RP1903
For 3UG4 Sealable covers 5 3RP1902 1 5 units 41H 0.003
For securing against unauthorized
adjustment of setting knobs
For 3UG45 Sealing foil 2 3TK2820-0AA00 1 1 unit 41L 0.003
3RP1902
For securing against unauthorized
adjustment of setting knobs
Covers for insulation monitoring relays
Sealable, transparent covers
For 3UG4581 5 3UG4981-0C 1 1 unit 41H 0.007
and 3UG4582

3UG4981-0C
For 3UG4583 5 3UG4983-0C 1 1 unit 41H 0.010

3UG4983-0C
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
For auxiliary Screwdrivers Spring-type terminals
circuit For all SIRIUS devices with spring-
connections type terminals; 3.0 mm x 0.5 mm,
length approx. 200 mm, titanium 2 3RA2908-1A 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
gray/black, partially insulated
3RA2908-1A
1) PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH,
see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 16.
Notes:
For products for mechanical bearing monitoring,
e.g. condition monitoring systems,
see www.siemens.com/siplus-cms.

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/229
 © Siemens AG 2018

Safety Technology

Introduction

■ Overview
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3SK
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 Conversion tool e.g. from 3TK28 to 3SK, see
Home page, see www.siemens.com/safety-relays www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool

2 SIRIUS Safety Integrated

Article No. Page

3SK safety relays

• Key modules of a consistent and cost-effective safety chain
• Can be used for all safety applications thanks to compliance with the highest safety
requirements (PL e according to EN ISO 13849-1 or SIL 3 according to IEC 61508)
• Suitable for use all over the world through compliance with all globally established
certifications
SIRIUS 3SK1 Standard basic units 3SK111 2/238
3SK111. • Simple, compact devices for all important requirements for monitoring safety sensors and
actuators
SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units 3SK112 2/239
• Multifunctional series of safety relays with safe relay outputs, semiconductor outputs or
time-delayed outputs for:
- EMERGENCY-STOP monitoring
- Protective door monitoring
- Monitoring of non-floating sensors such as light arrays, laser scanners, etc.
3SK112. - Monitoring of two-hand operation consoles
- Monitoring of equivalent (NC/NC) and antivalent (NO/NC) sensors
• Setting by means of DIP switch
SIRIUS 3SK2 basic units 3SK2 2/240
• Series of safety relays that can be parameterized by software, with semiconductor outputs and
independent output functions for:
- EMERGENCY-STOP monitoring
- Protective door monitoring
- Protective door monitoring with tumbler
3SK2
- Monitoring of non-floating sensors such as light arrays, laser scanners, etc.
- Monitoring of two-hand operation consoles
- Monitoring of equivalent (NC/NC) and antivalent (NO/NC) sensors
- Muting
Expansion units 3SK121, 2/241,
• 3RO and 4RO output expansions for SIRIUS 3SK1 Standard basic units, 3SK122, 2/242
SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units and SIRIUS 3SK2 basic units 3SK123
• Input expansion for SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units
3SK121.
• Power supply for SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units
• Integration of 3RM1 motor starters possible and simple integration of a main circuit component
in a system configuration of the safety relays.
There is no need for complex wiring between the safety evaluation unit and the actuator.
• Expansion of the Standard device series by means of wiring
• Expansion of the SIRIUS 3SK1 and SIRIUS 3SK2 Advanced device series by means of wiring
or without wiring outlay by means of 3ZY12 device connectors

Connection methods
The 3SK safety relays are available with screw or spring-type 3SK safety relays: Spring-type terminals (push-in)
terminals (push-in).
Push-in connections are a form of spring-type terminals allowing
The 3TK2810 safety relays and the 3RK3 Modular Safety System fast wiring without tools for rigid conductors or conductors
are available with screw or spring-type terminals. equipped with end sleeves.
As with other spring-type terminals, a screwdriver (with
Screw terminals 3.0 x 0.5 mm blade) is required to disconnect the conductor.
The same tool can also be used to wire finely-stranded or
Spring-type terminals (push-in) stranded conductors with no end finishing.
The advantages of the push-in terminals are found, as with all
The terminals are indicated in the corresponding tables spring-type terminals, in speed of assembly and disassembly
by the symbols shown on orange backgrounds. and vibration-proof connection. There is no need for the
checking and tightening required with screw terminals.

2/230 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Safety Relays
SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
General data

■ Overview
3SK1 Advanced basic units
The 3SK1 Advanced basic units also offer:
• Universal application opportunities thanks to multifunctionality
• Time-delayed outputs
• Expansion of inputs and outputs
3SK2 basic units 2
The 3SK2 basic units also offer:
• Up to six fail-safe, independent shutdown functions
• Flexible application thanks to software parameterization
• Powerful semiconductor outputs
• User-friendly diagnostics using diagnostics display and
configuring software
In the case of 3SK1 Advanced basic units or 3SK2 basic units,
the 3ZY12 device connector allows safety functions involving
several sensors and actuators to be constructed very quickly.
SIRIUS 3SK safety relays
SIRIUS 3SK safety relays are the key elements of a consistent,
cost-effective safety chain. Whether you need EMERGENCY-
STOP functionality, protective door monitoring, light arrays, laser
scanners or the protection of presses or punches – slimline
SIRIUS safety relays enable all safety applications to be
implemented in the best possible way in terms of engineering
and price. 1
IC 01_0 03
The following safety-related functions are available: 36 b

• Monitoring the safety functions of sensors

• Monitoring the sensor leads 2 2 2 3
• Monitoring the correct device function of the safety relay
• Monitoring the actuators in the shutdown circuit
• Safety-related disconnection when dangers arise
SIRIUS 3SK safety relays are approved for applications up to
SIL 3 (IEC 61508/IEC 62061) or PL e (EN ISO 13849-1).
Device series
SIRIUS 3SK safety relays stand out due to their flexibility for both
parameterization and system designs with several evaluation
units. Optimized solutions when selecting components are
facilitated by a clearly structured component range: 7
6
• 3SK1 Standard basic units 5
1 Standard mounting rail 4
• 3SK1 Advanced basic units
• 3SK2 basic units 2 Device connector
• 3SK output expansions 3 Device termination connector
• 3SK1 input expansions 4 SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starter
• Accessories 5 SIRIUS 3SK1211 output expansion
3SK1 Standard basic units 6 SIRIUS 3SK1121 Advanced basic unit
The 3SK1 Standard basic units are characterized by the 7 SIRIUS 3SK1220 sensor expansion
following features:
• Compact design System configuration example
• Simple operation
The 3SK1 and 3SK2 Standard and Advanced series are a
• Relay and semiconductor outputs high-quality replacement for the 3TK28 safety relays. In their
• Economical solution narrower design, and equipped with greater functionality, they
can replace every 3TK28 device. The only exception to this are
the 3TK2810 devices.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/231

 © Siemens AG 2018

Safety Relays
SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
General data
Overview of functions of the 3SK series

Type 3SK1 Standard basic units 3SK1 Advanced basic units 3SK2 basic units
22.5 mm 45 mm
Safe relay outputs Safe semiconductor Safe relay outputs Safe semiconductor Safe semiconductor Safe semiconductor
outputs outputs outputs outputs
Sensors

2 •
•
Mechanical
Non-floating
✓
✓1)
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
• Antivalent -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
• Expandable -- ✓ by means of ✓ ✓ -- --
cascading
Inputs
• Freely parameterizable -- -- -- -- 10 single-channel, 20 single-channel,
5 two-channel 10 two-channel
Parameters
• Start ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ A variety of functions can be set for each
(auto/monitored) input/output by means of software
• Sensor connection ✓ by means of ✓ ✓ ✓ parameterization.
2 x 1-channel/ wiring
1 x 2-channel
• Cross-circuit detection ✓ by means of ✓ ✓ ✓
wiring
• Start test ON/OFF -- ✓ ✓ ✓
• Monitoring of two-hand -- -- ✓ ✓
operation consoles
according to EN 574
• Pressure-sensitive mat -- -- ✓ ✓
Safe outputs
• Instantaneous ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ Parameterizable Parameterizable
• Time-delayed -- -- ✓ ✓ Parameterizable Parameterizable
• Expandable with safe relay ✓ by means of ✓ by means of ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
outputs wiring wiring
• Independent -- -- -- -- ✓4) ✓5)
• Device connectors -- -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Options
• External memory module -- -- -- -- -- ✓
• Display on the device -- -- -- -- -- ✓
• External diagnostics -- -- -- -- ✓ ✓
module can be connected
Control supply voltage
• 24 V DC ✓2) ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
• 110 ... 240 V AC/DC ✓ ✓6) ✓3) ✓3) -- --

✓ Available
-- Not available

1)
24 V basic units only.
2)
24 V AC/DC.
3) Possible using 3SK1230 power supply via device connector.
4)
Up to 4 independent safe outputs, two of which via device connectors.
5)
Up to 6 independent safe outputs, two of which via device connectors.
6) Possible using 3SK1230 power supply by means of wiring.

2/232 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Safety Relays
SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
General data
Parameter assignment
3SK112 and 3SK1112 with DIP switch 3SK2 with software
The 3SK112 and 3SK1112 safety relays are configurable safety The 3SK2 safety relays are configured with the SIRIUS Safety ES
relays. They are used as evaluation units for typical safety chains software. The behavior of a 3SK2 device as well as the
(detect, evaluate, respond). A number of functions can be set functioning of the individual safe outputs can thus be
using the DIP switches on the front. 3SK112 and 3SK1112 are parameterized simply and conveniently in the logic diagram. In
therefore universally applicable. addition, the configuration can be printed out for documentation
purposes. The software also supports the user during
DIP switch
No.
OFF ON Schematic commissioning and troubleshooting by means of online
diagnostics and the option of being able to "force" signals in the
2
1 Autostart sensor Sensor input logic plan. The 3SK2 safety relays thus offer maximum flexibility
input Monitored start
ON and universal application options.
2 Without crossover With crossover
monitoring monitoring 1
2 Note:
3 2 x single-channel 1 x 2-channel
sensor connection sensor connection 3 For SIRIUS Safety ES, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 14

IC01_00196
4 "Parameterization, Configuration and Visualization with SIRIUS".
4 With start test Without start test

Enclosure concept

3
2
7 7
9
4
10
5
2
6
8
1

1 Connecting terminals 4 DIP switches 7 Device interface 10 Device display

2 Labeled terminal covers 5 SET/RESET button 8 Data matrix code
3 LED status display 6 Sealable cover 9 Memory module IC01_00431b

Innovative enclosure concept for SIRIUS 3SK safety relays

Connection methods
The 3SK safety relays are available with screw or spring-type
terminals (push-in).
Spring-type terminals (push-in)
Push-in connections are a form of spring-type terminals allowing
fast wiring without tools for rigid conductors or conductors
equipped with end sleeves.
As with other spring-type terminals, a screwdriver (with
3.0 x 0.5 mm blade) is required to disconnect the conductor.
The same tool can also be used to wire finely-stranded or
stranded conductors with no end finishing.
The advantages of the push-in terminals are found, as with all
spring-type terminals, in speed of assembly and disassembly
and vibration-proof connection. There is no need for the
checking and tightening required with screw terminals.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/233

 © Siemens AG 2018

Safety Relays
SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
General data
Expansion option by adding the 3RM1 motor starter
With previous safety relay and motor feeder configurations, a
huge amount of wiring was required to monitor motor feeders in
Safety relays
safety applications.
With the integration of the SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starter into the
SIRIUS 3SK safety relay system family, this wiring has been
minimized for the first time. Motor starters up to 3 kW can easily
be integrated into the safety relay system using SIRIUS 3ZY12
2 device connectors, without additional wiring between the
evaluation unit and the motor starter.

3SK safety relay 3RM1 motor starter

Motor
starters
IC01_00178a

IC01_00177
Motor
Motor

System design using 3SK and 3RM1

Conventional system configuration
Article No. scheme
Product versions Article number
3SK1 safety relays 3SK1 @ @ @ – @ @ @ @ @
Device variant Basic unit 1
Expansion unit 2
Device version, 3SK11: Standard; 3SK12: Output expansion 1
e.g. 3SK11: Advanced; 3SK12: Input expansion 2
Type of outputs Relay outputs 1
Semiconductor outputs 2
Power outputs 3
Connection type Screw terminals 1
Spring-type terminals (push-in) 2
Control circuit/actuation, 3SK11: 3 enabling circuits A
e.g. 3SK11: 2 enabling circuits B
3SK11: 4 enabling circuits C
Type of control supply voltage 3SK1213: 24 V AC, 50/60 Hz B 0
e.g. 3SK1: 24 V AC/DC, 50/60 Hz B 3
3SK1: 24 V DC B 4
3SK1213: 115 V AC, 50/60 Hz J 2
3SK1213: 230 V AC, 50/60 Hz L 2
3SK1: 110 ... 240 V AC/DC; 50/60 Hz W2
Time delay None 0
0.05 ... 3 s 1
0.5 ... 30 s 2
5 ... 300 s 4
Example 3SK1 1 1 1 – 1 A B 3 0
1

Product versions Article number

3SK2 safety relays 3SK2 1 @ 2 – @ A A 1 0
Device version 10 F-DI, 2 F-DQ, width 22.5 mm 1
20 F-DI, 4 F-DQ, width 45 mm 2
Connection type Screw terminals 1
Spring-type terminals (push-in) 2
Example 3SK2 1 1 2 – 1 A A 1 0
Note:
The Article No. scheme shows an overview of product versions For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers. selection and ordering data.

2/234 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Safety Relays
SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
General data

■ Benefits
General This makes collective shutdown very easy in assemblies. The
• Approved for all safety applications because of its compliance wiring, and ultimately the shutting down of the control supply
with the highest safety requirements (SIL 3 and PL e) voltage for the expansion components in EMERGENCY-STOP
situations, is performed via the device connector. There is no
• Universally usable thanks to adjustable parameters further need for complex looping of the connecting cables
• Usable worldwide thanks to globally valid certificates between the safety relay and the motor starters.
• Compact SIRIUS design
• Device connectors with standard rail mounting for flexible
The 3RM1 motor starter combines the benefits of semiconductor
technology and relay technology. This combination is also
2
connectability and expandability known as hybrid technology.
• Removable terminals for greater plant availability The hybrid technology in the motor starter is characterized by
• Yellow terminal covers clearly identify the device as a safety the following features:
component • The inrush current in the case of motorized loads is conducted
• Sensor cable up to 2 000 m long allows it to be used in briefly via the semiconductors. Advantages include protection
extensive plants of the relay contacts and a long service life due to low wear.
• The uninterrupted current is conducted via relay contacts.
Relay outputs Advantages include lower heat losses compared with the
• Different voltages can be switched through the floating semiconductor.
contacts. • Shutdown is implemented again via the semiconductor. The
• The power relay contacts allow currents of up to 5 A contacts are only slightly exposed to arcs, and this results in a
at AC-15/DC-13 to be connected. longer service life.
Semiconductor outputs • Integrated overload protection
• Wear-free Note:
• Suitable for operation in frequently switching applications For SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starters, see www.siemens.com/ic10,
• Insensitive to vibrations and dirt Chapter 8.
• Good electrical endurance 3ZY12 device connectors
Power outputs (3SK1213 output expansion) Using 3ZY12 device connectors to combine devices reduces
• Different voltages can be switched through the floating the time required to configure and wire the components. At the
contacts. same time errors are avoided during wiring, and this
considerably reduces the testing required for the fully-
• The power relay contacts allow currents of up to assembled application.
10 A AC-15/6 A DC-13 to be switched.
• High mechanical and electrical endurance Configuration and stock keeping
• Protective separation between safe outputs and electronics Variable setting options by means of DIP switches or software, a
wide voltage range (3SK1111) and a special power supply unit
Expansion option by adding the 3RM1 motor starter (3SK1 only) reduce the cost of keeping stocks and the
SIRIUS 3SK safety relays are ideal for combining with the considerations involved in configuration where the evaluation
SIRIUS 3RM1 motor starters. units to be selected are concerned.
Combinations are made by means of
• SIRIUS 3ZY12 device connectors (in combination with
3SK1 Advanced/3SK2) or
• Conventional wiring (for all 3SK1 and 3SK2 basic units)

■ Application
3SK1 safety relays 3SK2 safety relays
SIRIUS 3SK1 safety relays are used mainly in autonomous safety SIRIUS 3SK2 safety relays are used primarily in autonomous,
applications which are not connected to a safety-related bus more complex safety applications for which the functional scope
system. Their function here is to evaluate the sensors and the of the 3SK1 devices is no longer sufficient, such as in the
safety-related shutdown of hazards. Also they check and implementation of independent shutdown functions. Their
monitor the sensors, actuators and safety-related functions of function here is to evaluate the sensors and the safety-related
the safety relay. shutdown of hazards. Also they check and monitor the sensors,
actuators and safety-related functions of the safety relay.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/235

 © Siemens AG 2018

Safety Relays
SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
General data

■ Technical specifications
More information
3SK1 manual, see 3SK2 manual, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/67585885 https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/109444336
3SK1230 technical specifications, see FAQs, see
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16389/td https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/16382/faq

2 SIRIUS 3SK1 safety relays

Article number 3SK1111- 3SK1111- 3SK1112 3SK1120 3SK1122 3SK1213 3SK1220
.AB30, .AW20,
3SK1211- 3SK1121,
.BB00, 3SK1211-
3SK1211- .BW20
.BB40
General data:
Ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... +60
• During storage °C -40 ... +80
Installation altitude m 2 000
at height above sea level
maximum
Air pressure kPa 90 … 106
according to
SN 31205
Shock resistance 10 g /11 ms 5 g /10 ms 10 g /11 ms
Vibration resistance 5 ... 500 Hz: 0.75 mm
according to IEC 60068-2-6
IP degree of protection of the IP20
enclosure
Touch protection against Finger-safe
electric shock
Rated insulation voltage V 300 50 300 50
Impulse withstand voltage rated V 4 000 500 4 000 800
value
Safety integrity level (SIL) SIL 3
according to IEC 61508
Performance Level (PL) e
according to EN ISO 13849-1
T1 value for proof test interval or y 20
service duration
according to IEC 61508
EMC emitted interference IEC 60947-5-1, IEC 60947-5-1, IEC 60947-5-1, IEC 60947-5-1,
class B class A class B class A
Certificate of suitability
• UL certification Yes
• TÜV approval Yes

Article number 3SK1111, 3SK1112, 3SK1120 3SK1121-.CB4. 3SK1213

3SK1121-.AB40, 3SK1122
3SK1211
Switching capacity current
of the NO contacts of the
relay outputs
• At AC-15 at 230 V A 5 -- 3 10
• At DC-13 at 24 V A 5 -- 3 6
Switching capacity current A -- 2 0.5 --
of the semiconductor outputs
at DC-13 at 24 V

Article number 3SK1111- 3SK1111- 3SK1112, 3SK1120, 3SK1121- 3SK1121- 3SK1122- 3SK1213
.AB30, .AW20 3SK1220 3SK1122- .AB40 .CB4. .CB4.
3SK1211 .AB40
PFHD with high demand rate 1/h 1.7 x 10-9 1.5 x 10-9 1.0 x 10-9 1.3 x 10-9 2.5 x 10-9 3.7 x 10-9 1.5 x 10-9 1.0 x 10-9
according to EN 62061
PFDavg at low demand rate 1.0 x 10-6 7.0 x 10-6 1.0 x 10-6
according to IEC 61508

2/236 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Safety Relays
SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
General data
SIRIUS 3SK2 safety relays
Article number 3SK2112- 3SK2122-
.AA10 .AA10
General data:
Ambient temperature
• During operation °C -25 ... +60
• During storage °C -40 ... +80
Installation altitude m 2 000
at height above sea level maximum
Air pressure kPa 90 ... 106
2
according to SN 31205
Shock resistance 15 g /11 ms
Vibration resistance 5 ... 500 Hz: 0.75 mm
according to IEC 60068-2-6
IP degree of protection of the IP20
enclosure
Touch protection against Finger-safe
electric shock
Insulation voltage V 50
Rated value
Impulse withstand voltage V 800
Rated value
Safety integrity level (SIL) SIL 3
according to IEC 61508
Performance Level (PL) e
according to EN ISO 13849-1
T1 value for proof test interval y 20
or service duration
according to IEC 61508
EMC emitted interference Class A
according to IEC 60947-1
Certificate of suitability
• UL certification Yes
• TÜV approval Yes
Switching capacity current 4
of the semiconductor outputs
at DC-13 at 24 V
PFHD with high demand rate 1/h 1.0 x 10-8 1.2 x 10-8
according to EN 62061
PFDavg at low demand rate according 1.5 x 10-5 1.8 x 10-5
to IEC 61508

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/237

 © Siemens AG 2018

Safety Relays
SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
Basic Units
SIRIUS 3SK1 Standard basic units

■ Overview
The 3SK111 Standard basic units are characterized by simple,
variable functionality. These devices are recommended for
safety functions requiring only a few sensors and a small number
of outputs on the safety relay.
Note:

2
Use of device connectors not possible.

3SK111 Standard basic units

■ Selection and ordering data

3SK1111-1AB30 3SK1111-1AW20 3SK1112-1BB40

Control supply voltage Number of outputs SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

At AC At DC As contacting contact block As contactless (UNIT, per PU
At 50 Hz semiconductor contact SET, approx.
block M)
As NO As NO For Instan- De- For
contact, contact, signaling tane- layed signaling
instanta- delayed function, ous switch- function,
neous switching instanta- switch- ing instanta-
switching neous ing neous
switching switching
V V d kg
Standard basic units
24 24 3 0 1 0 0 0 } 3SK1111-@AB30 1 1 unit 41L 0.275
110 … 240 110 … 240 3 0 1 0 0 0 3SK1111-@AW20 1 1 unit 41L 0.288
-- 24 0 0 0 2 0 1 3SK1112-@BB40 1 1 unit 41L 0.200
Type of electrical connection
• Screw terminals 1
• Spring-type terminals (push-in) 2

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/238 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Safety Relays
SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
Basic Units
SIRIUS 3SK1 Advanced basic units

■ Overview
The 3SK112 Advanced basic units form an innovative system
landscape that allows even complex safety functions with large
numbers of sensors and outputs to be built up using the device
connectors. It is possible to increase both the number of inputs
for sensors and the number of safe outputs of the basic unit
without the need for wiring outlay between the devices.
Note:
Use of device connectors possible.
2

3SK112 Advanced basic units

■ Selection and ordering data

3SK1121-1AB40 3SK1120-1AB40 3SK1122-1AB40 3SK1122-1CB41

Control Number of outputs Adjustabl SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

supply As contacting As contactless semiconductor e OFF- (UNIT, per PU
voltage at contact block contact block delay time SET, approx.
DC M)
As NO As NO As NC Instanta- De- For signal-
contact, contact, contact for neous layed ing func-
instanta- delayed signaling switch- switch- tion,
neous switching function, ing ing instanta-
switching instanta- neous
neous switching
switching
V s d kg
Advanced basic units
24 3 0 1 0 0 0 -- } 3SK1121-@AB40 1 1 unit 41L 0.283
2 2 0 0 0 0 0.05 ... 3 3SK1121-@CB41 1 1 unit 41L 0.263
0.5 … 30 3SK1121-@CB42 1 1 unit 41L 0.270
5 … 300 3SK1121-@CB44 1 1 unit 41L 0.293
24 0 0 0 1 0 0 -- 3SK1120-@AB40 1 1 unit 41L 0.193
3 0 1 -- 3SK1122-@AB40 1 1 unit 41L 0.210
2 2 0 0.05 ... 3 3SK1122-@CB41 1 1 unit 41L 0.210
0.5 … 30 3SK1122-@CB42 1 1 unit 41L 0.216
5 … 300 3SK1122-@CB44 1 1 unit 41L 0.215
Type of electrical connection
• Screw terminals 1
• Spring-type terminals (push-in) 2

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/239
 © Siemens AG 2018

Safety Relays
SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
Basic Units
SIRIUS 3SK2 basic units

■ Overview

3SK2 basic units Starter Kit

The 3SK2 basic units have a large number of inputs and outputs Starter Kit
within a narrow width. In addition, demanding safety
The Starter Kit is a favorably-priced complete package for the
applications can be implemented simply with several
simple creation of complex safety applications and comprises:
independent safety functions. Flexible application options are
enabled by powerful semiconductor outputs, as well as by • 3SK2112-2AA10 basic unit, 22.5 mm wide, with spring-loaded
expandability with additional 3SK output expansions and 3RM1 terminal (push-in)
Failsafe motor starters. Flexible time functions and diagnostics • SIRIUS Safety ES Standard software for configuring,
options are available. commissioning, operating and diagnosing
• USB PC cable for easy transmission of the configuration to the
device by means of USB

■ Selection and ordering data

3SK2112 3SK2122

Control Number of outputs Number of outputs Number of Width SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
supply as contactless as contactless outputs to the (UNIT, per PU
voltage semiconductor contact semiconductor contact device SET, approx.
at DC block, safety-related block, non-safety-related, connector, M)
2-channel 2-channel safety-related
V mm d kg
3SK2 basic units
24 2 1 2 22.5 3SK2112-@AA10 1 1 unit 41L 0.230
4 2 2 45 3SK2122-@AA10 1 1 unit 41L 0.406
Type of electrical connection
• Screw terminals 1
• Spring-type terminals (push-in) 2

Control Number of outputs Number of outputs Number of Width SD Spring-type terminals PU PS* PG Weight
supply as contactless as contactless outputs to the (push-in) (UNIT, per PU
voltage semiconductor contact semiconductor contact device SET, approx.
at DC block safety-related block, non-safety-related, connector, Article No. M)
2-channel 2-channel safety-related
V mm d kg
3SK2 starter kits
Contains 3SK2112-2AA10 basic unit, SIRIUS Safety ES Standard and
USB PC cable 3UF7941-0AA00-0
24 2 1 2 22.5 2 3SK2941-2AA10 1 1 unit 4N1 0.638

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/240 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Safety Relays
SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
Expansion Units
Output expansions

■ Overview
3SK1211 output expansion
The 3SK1211 output expansion is used to expand the safe
outputs of a basic unit by adding another four safe outputs.
These outputs have a switching capacity of AC-15 5 A at a
switching voltage of 230 V. The devices can be connected to any
3SK basic unit by means of wiring. In addition, the devices with
a 24 V DC control supply voltage can also be connected to
3SK1 Advanced and 3SK2 basic units by means of the 3ZY12 2
device connectors.
3SK1213 output expansion
The 3SK1213 output expansion is used to expand the safe
outputs of a basic unit by adding three safe outputs with high
switching capacity. These outputs have a switching capacity of
AC-15 10 A at a switching voltage of 230 V. The devices can be
connected to any 3SK basic unit by means of wiring. As with the
3SK1211, the devices with a 24 V DC control supply voltage can
also be connected to 3SK1 Advanced and 3SK2 basic units by
means of the 3ZY12 device connectors.
3SK121 output expansion
Note:
The 3SK121 output expansions can be used to expand all 3SK
basic units. It is only possible to expand the Standard basic units by means
of wiring. Advanced basic units and 3SK2 basic units can be
expanded using the 3ZY12 device connector.

■ Benefits
• Perfect adaptation of the number of inputs • Expansion with power contacts for high AC-15/DC-13 currents
• Simple expansion of instantaneous and time-delayed safe in the control circuit
outputs of the Advanced basic units using device connectors • No wiring of the feedback circuit to the basic units is required
• When using the device connector the outputs on the terminals when using device connectors
of the basic device can still be used • Shorter installation times
• Another two freely parameterizable shutdown functions on • Less configuring and testing required
3SK2 basic units when using device connectors

■ Selection and ordering data

3SK1211-1BB40 3SK1213-1AB40

Control supply voltage Number of outputs 3ZY12 SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
As contacting contact block device (UNIT, per PU
At AC At DC As NO As NO As NC contact for connec- SET, approx.
At 50 Hz contact, contact, signaling function, tors M)
instantaneous delayed instantaneous
switching switching switching
V V d kg
Output expansions
24 -- 4 0 0 No 3SK1211-@BB00 1 1 unit 41L 0.248
-- 24 4 0 0 Yes 3SK1211-@BB40 1 1 unit 41L 0.231
110 ... 240 110 ... 240 4 0 0 No 3SK1211-@BW20 1 1 unit 41L 0.247
-- 24 3 0 0 Yes 3SK1213-@AB40 1 1 unit 41L 1.000
115 -- 3 0 0 No 3SK1213-@AJ20 1 1 unit 41L 1.000
230 -- 3 0 0 No 3SK1213-@AL20 1 1 unit 41L 1.000
Type of electrical connection
• Screw terminals 1
• Spring-type terminals (push-in) 2

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/241
 © Siemens AG 2018

Safety Relays
SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
Expansion Units
Input expansions

■ Overview
3SK1220 sensor expansion
The 3SK1220 input expansion allows additional sensors to be
integrated easily and flexibly. The device monitors two 1-channel
sensors or one 2-channel sensor, whatever their output
technology (floating/single-ended).

2
Note:
The 3SK1220 sensor expansion can only be connected to the
3SK1 Advanced basic units by means of the 3ZY12 device
connector, see page 2/243.
3SK1230 power supply
The 3SK1230 power supply makes the 3SK1 devices universally
usable, whatever control supply voltage is to be used.
Note:
Alongside the 3ZY12 device connector, the 3SK1230 power
supply can also be wired to act as a power supply for 3SK1
devices.
3SK1220 sensor expansion
With the input expansions
• 3SK1220 sensor expansion
• 3SK1230 power supply
the 3SK1 Advanced basic units can be made more flexible.

■ Benefits
• A wide voltage range of 110 ... 240 V AC/DC allows the • Perfect adaptation of the number of inputs to suit the
devices to be used worldwide application
• Low stock keeping due to little variance • Universal use thanks to the wide range of adjustable
• Flexible expansion of the number of sensors without the need parameters for sensor expansion (parameters as for
for additional wiring between the devices 3SK1 Advanced basic units)

■ Selection and ordering data

3SK1220-1AB40 3SK1230-1AW20

Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Input expansions
Sensor expansion 3SK1220-@AB40 1 1 unit 41L 0.166
For safety-related expansion of the 3SK1 Advanced basic units by adding a further
2-channel sensor or two 1-channel sensors
Power supply 3SK1230-@AW20 1 1 unit 41L 0.195
For supplying 3SK1 Advanced basic units via 3ZY12 device connectors at voltages of
110 ... 240 V AC/DC
Type of electrical connection
• Screw terminals 1
• Spring-type terminals (push-in) 2

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/242 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Safety Relays
SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
Accessories

■ Overview
Numerous accessories are available for 3SK, such as device Removable terminals for 3SK
connectors, terminals, cables, adapters, covers, memory and
diagnostics modules or software. The following removable terminals are available for the 3SK
safety relays for pre-wiring of the terminals in the control cabinet,
Device connectors for 3SK112., 3SK12.. and 3SK2 or for replacing terminals:
The device connector can be used to connect devices of the For type Removable terminals
3SK/3RM1 system together, with the last device in a system
configuration being placed on a device termination connector.
Screw terminals Spring-type terminals
(push-in) 2
Use of device connectors not possible with 3SK1 standard. 2-pole 3-pole 2-pole 3-pole
3ZY1121- 3ZY1131- 3ZY1121- 3ZY1131-
Device connectors are available in various versions specifically 1BA00 1BA00 2BA00 2BA00
for the 3SK safety relays:
3SK1 basic units
For type Device connectors Device termination 3SK1111 -- ✓ -- ✓
connectors 3SK1112 ✓ -- ✓ --
3ZY1212- 3ZY1212- 3ZY1212- 3ZY1212- 3ZY1212- 3ZY1212- 3SK1120 -- ✓ -- ✓
1BA00 2BA00 2GA00 4GA01 2DA00 0FA01
(for 3SK1, (for 3SK1, (for 3SK2, (for 3SK2, (for 3SK1, (for 3SK1, 3SK1121 -- ✓ -- ✓
width width width width width set for 3SK1122 ✓ bottom ✓ top ✓ bottom ✓ top
17.5 mm) 22.5 mm) 22.5 mm) 45 mm) 22.5 mm) enclo-
sures 3SK2 basic units
> 45 mm) 3SK2112 -- ✓ -- ✓
3SK1 Advanced basic units 3SK2122 -- ✓1) -- ✓1)
3SK1120 ✓ -- -- -- -- -- Output expansions
3SK1121 -- ✓ -- -- ✓ -- 3SK1211 ✓ -- ✓ --
3SK1122 -- ✓ -- -- ✓ -- 3SK1213 -- -- -- --
3SK2 basic units Input expansions
3SK2112 -- -- ✓ -- -- -- 3SK1220 -- ✓ top -- ✓ top
3SK2122 -- -- -- ✓ -- -- 3SK1230 ✓ bottom -- ✓ bottom --
Output expansions ✓ Available
3SK1211 -- ✓ -- -- ✓ -- -- Not available
3SK1213 -- -- -- -- -- ✓ 1) Two sets of terminals are required for 3SK2122.
Input expansions
3SK1220 ✓ -- -- -- -- --
3SK1230 -- ✓ -- -- -- --
✓ Available
-- Not available

■ Selection and ordering data

Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight
(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Device connectors for the electrical connection of SIRIUS devices
in the industrial standard mounting rail enclosure
Device connectors for 3SK1
• Width 17.5 mm 2 3ZY1212-1BA00 1 1 unit 41L 0.050
• Width 22.5 mm 2 3ZY1212-2BA00 1 1 unit 41L 0.050
Device connectors for 3SK2
• Width 22.5 mm 2 3ZY1212-2GA00 1 1 unit 41L 0.678
• Width 45 mm 2 3ZY1212-4GA01 1 1 unit 41L 0.678
Device termination connectors 2 3ZY1212-2DA00 1 1 unit 41L 0.050
For 3SK1, width 22.5 mm
3ZY1212 3ZY1212 Note:
-1BA00 -2DA00 Observe positions of the slide switch, see
Manual "3SK1 Safety Relays",
https://support.industry.siemens.com/
cs/ww/en/view/67585885
Device daisy chain connectors
For 3RM1 and 3SK, 24 V DC, 22.5 mm, for implementation 2 3ZY1212-2AB00 1 1 unit 41L 0.050
of distances between devices according to the installation
guidelines
Device connectors
For height adjustment for devices without electrical 2 3ZY1210-2AA00 1 1 unit 41L 0.050
connection via device connector, with a width of 22.5 mm
or greater
Device termination connector sets 2 3ZY1212-0FA01 1 1 unit 41L 0.050
For 3SK1213, width > 45 mm,
comprising 3ZY1212-2FA00 and 3ZY1210-2AA00

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/243
 © Siemens AG 2018

Safety Relays
SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
Accessories

Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Terminals for SIRIUS devices in the industrial standard mounting rail
enclosure
Removable terminals Screw terminals

2 • 2-pole, up to 2 x 1.5 mm² or 1 x 2.5 mm² 2 3ZY1121-1BA00 1 6 units 41L 0.013

• 3-pole, up to 2 x 1.5 mm2 or 1 x 2.5 mm² 1) 2 3ZY1131-1BA00 1 6 units 41L 0.013
Spring-type terminals
(push-in)
3ZY1121-1BA00 • 2-pole, up to 2 x 1.5 mm² 2 3ZY1121-2BA00 1 6 units 41L 0.007
• 3-pole, up to 2 x 1.5 mm² 1) 2 3ZY1131-2BA00 1 6 units 41L 0.010
PC cables and adapters for 3SK2 (essential accessories)
USB PC cables } 3UF7941-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J 0.093
For connecting to the USB interface of a PC/PG,
for communication with 3SK2 through the system interface,
3UF7941-0AA00-0 recommended for use in connection with 3SK2
USB/serial adapters 5 3UF7946-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J 0.210
For connecting an RS 232 PC cable
to the USB interface of a PC
Connecting cables for 3SK2 (essential accessory for diagnostics module)
Connecting cables
For connecting diagnostics module to 3SK2 basic unit
• Length 0.1 m (flat) } 3UF7931-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J 0.012
• Length 0.3 m (flat) } 3UF7935-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J 0.019
• Length 0.5 m (flat) } 3UF7932-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J 0.023
• Length 0.5 m (round) } 3UF7932-0BA00-0 1 1 unit 42J 0.035
3UF7932-0AA00-0 • Length 1.0 m (round) } 3UF7937-0BA00-0 1 1 unit 42J 0.059
• Length 2.5 m (round) } 3UF7933-0BA00-0 1 1 unit 42J 0.121
Operating and monitoring modules for 3SK2
Diagnostics modules 2 3SK2611-3AA00 1 1 unit 41L 0.107

For direct display of errors, e.g. of cross-circuits

Note:
The 3RK3611-3AA00 diagnostics module cannot be
3SK2611-3AA00 operated on the 3SK2 devices.
Door adapters for 3SK2
Door adapters } 3UF7920-0AA00-0 1 1 unit 42J 0.014
For external connection of the system interface,
e.g. outside a control cabinet

3UF7920-0AA00-0
Interface covers for 3SK2
Interface covers } 3UF7950-0AA00-0 1 5 units 42J 0.001
For system interface

3UF7950-0AA00-0
Memory modules for 3SK2
Memory modules 2 3RK3931-0AA00 1 1 unit 42C 0.004
For backing up the complete parameterization of the 3SK2
safety system without a PC/PG through the system
interface
3RK3931-0AA00
Software for 3SK2
SIRIUS Safety ES
Software for configuring, commissioning, operating and
diagnosing of 3SK2 and 3RK3,
see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 14
""Parameterization, Configuration and Visualization with
SIRIUS" or Industry Mall.

3ZS1316-.C.10-0Y.5

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

2/244 Siemens IC 12 · 2019
 © Siemens AG 2018

Safety Relays
SIRIUS 3SK Safety Relays
Accessories

Version SD Article No. PU PS* PG Weight

(UNIT, per PU
SET, approx.
M)
d kg
Accessories for enclosures
Sealing covers
• 17.5 mm 2 3ZY1321-1AA00 1 5 units 41L 0.002
(for 3SK1120 and 3SK1220)
• 22.5 mm 2 3ZY1321-2AA00 1 5 units 41L 0.003
2
(for all 3SK1 devices except 3SK1120 and 3SK1220)

3ZY1321-2AA00
Push-in lugs 2 3ZY1311-0AA00 1 10 units 41L 0.001
For wall mounting

3ZY1311-0AA00
Coding pins 2 3ZY1440-1AA00 1 12 units 41L 0.001
For removable terminals of SIRIUS devices
in the industrial standard mounting rail enclosure;
enable mechanical coding of terminals,
see Manual "3SK1 safety relays",
https://support.industry.siemens.com/
cs/ww/en/view/67585885
3ZY1440-0AA00
Blank labels
Unit labeling plates 20 3RT2900-1SB20 100 340 41B 0.062
For SIRIUS devices units
20 mm x 7 mm, titanium gray1)
IC01_00181

3RT2900-1SB20
Tools for opening spring-type terminals
Spring-type terminals
(push-in)
Screwdrivers 2 3RA2908-1A 1 1 unit 41B 0.050
For all SIRIUS devices with spring-type terminals;
3.0 mm x 0.5 mm, length approx. 200 mm,
3RA2908-1A titanium gray/black, partially insulated
1) PC labeling system for individual inscription
of unit labeling plates available from:
murrplastik Systemtechnik GmbH,
see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 16 Partners"

* You can order this quantity or a multiple thereof.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/245
 © Siemens AG 2018

Position and Safety Switches

Introduction

■ Overview
More information
Home page, see www.siemens.com/railway-components Configurator, see www.siemens.com/sirius/configurators
Catalog IC 10, see www.siemens.com/ic10 System Manual, see
Home page, see www.siemens.com/sirius-detecting https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/43920150
Industry Mall, see www.siemens.com/product?3SE Conversion tool, see www.siemens.com/sirius/conversion-tool

3SE523. 3SE524., 3SE513., 3SE512. 3SE516. 3SE5413, 3SE5250

3SE521. 3SE511. 3SE5423

Position switches, standard Compact Open-type

design
Enclosure
Plastic ✓ ✓ ✓ -- -- -- ✓
Metal ✓ -- ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Degree of protection IP65, IP66/IP67 IP66/IP67 IP66/IP67 IP66/IP67 IP66/IP67 IP10 or IP20
IP66/IP67
Standards Mounting and Operating Mounting and Operating Operating -- Mounting and
IEC 60947-5-1 operating points acc. to operating points acc. to points acc. to operating
points acc. to EN 50047 points acc. to EN 50041 EN 50047 points acc. to
EN 50047 EN 50041 EN 50047
Approvals CE, TÜV, UL, CSA, CCC, CE, TÜV, UL, CSA, CCC CE, UL, CSA, CE, TÜV, UL,
CCC CSA, CCC
Contact blocks
2 slow-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NC 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NC 2× -- 1 NO + 1 NC
(1 NO + 1 NC)
2 snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC 2× 1 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 1 NC
(1 NO + 1 NC)
• Short stroke 1 NO + 1 NC ✓ -- -- ✓
• With 2 × 2 mm contact gap 1 NO + 1 NC ✓ -- -- ✓
3 slow-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC; 2 NO + 1 NC 1 NO + 2 NC; 2 NO + 1 NC -- -- 1 NO + 2 NC;
2 NO + 1 NC
• With make-before-break 1 NO + 2 NC 1 NO + 2 NC 2× -- 1 NO + 2 NC
(1 NO + 2 NC)
3 snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC 1 NO + 2 NC -- -- 1 NO + 2 NC
Special features
LED status display ✓ ✓ -- -- --
Increased corrosion protection ✓ ✓ ✓ -- --
ASIsafe integrated ✓ ✓ -- -- --
Electrical specifications
Insulation voltage Ui 400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V
Conventional thermal current Ithe 6 A/10 A (3-/2-pole) 6 A/10 A (3-/2-pole) 6A 6A
Connections
Cable entry 1 × M20 × 1.5 2 × M20 × 1.5 1 × M20 × 1.5 3 × M20 × 1.5 3 × M20 × 1.5 -- --
M12 connector socket, 4-, 5- or 8-pole ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ --
Connector socket, 6-pole + PE -- -- ✓ ✓ -- -- --
Molded cables -- -- -- -- -- ✓ --
Actuators
Rounded plungers and roller plungers ✓ ✓ ✓ -- --
Roller levers and angular roller levers ✓ ✓ ✓ -- --
Spring rod ✓ ✓ -- -- --
Twist levers and rod actuators ✓ ✓ ✓ -- --
Fork lever -- ✓ -- -- --
Hinge switches -- -- -- -- --
Plungers, twist levers -- -- ✓ ✓
Page
Ambient temperature –40 °C 2/261, 2/268 2/264 2/267, 2/270 2/271 2/271 -- --
✓ Available
-- Not available

2/246 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

Position and Safety Switches

Introduction

3SE5232, 3SE5132, 3SE5232, 3SE5112, 3SE5322

3SE5212 3SE5112 3SE5242 3SE5122
Safety switches Safety switches
Safety hinge switches
with separate actuator with tumbler
Enclosure
Plastic ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Metal ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Degree of protection IP65, IP66/IP67 IP65, IP66/IP67 IP66/IP67 IP66/IP67,
IP66/IP67 IP69K
Standards Mounting and Mounting and Mounting Mounting EN ISO 14119
IEC 60947-5-1 operating points operating points acc. to EN 50047 acc. to EN 50041,
acc. to EN 50047 acc. to EN 50041
Approvals CE, TÜV, UL, CSA, CCC CE, TÜV, UL, CSA, CCC CE, TÜV, UL, CSA, CCC
Contact blocks/outputs
2 slow-action contacts -- 1 NO + 1 NC, 2 NC --
2 snap-action contacts 1 NO + 1 NC -- --
• Short stroke --
• With 2 × 2 mm contact gap --
3 slow-action contacts -- 1 NO + 2 NC 2 × (1 NO + 2 NC)
• With make-before-break --
3 snap-action contacts 1 NO + 2 NC -- --
Electron. safety outputs -- -- --
Special features
LED status display ✓ ✓ ✓
Increased corrosion protection ✓ ✓ ✓
ASIsafe integrated ✓ ✓ ✓
Electrical specifications
Insulation voltage Ui 400 V 400 V 400 V
Conventional thermal current Ithe 6 A/10 A (3-/2-pole) 6A 6A
Connections
Cable entry 1 × M20 × 1.5 1 × M20 × 1.5 1 × M20 × 1.5, 1 × M20 × 1.5, 3 × M20 × 1.5
2 × M20 × 1.5 3 × M20 × 1.5
M12 connector socket, 4-, 5- or ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
8-pole
Molded cables -- -- -- --
AS-Interface -- ✓ ✓ ✓
Actuators
Plungers, twist levers -- -- -- --
Separate actuators -- ✓ ✓ ✓
Hinge switches ✓ -- -- --
Page
Complete units 2/263 -- -- -- --
Modular system -- -- -- -- --
Ambient temperature –40 °C 2/273 -- 2/273 -- 2/274
✓ Available
-- Not available
Note:
Safety characteristics, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 16.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/247

 © Siemens AG 2018

SIRIUS 3SE5 Mechanical Position Switches

General data

■ Overview
The innovative SIRIUS 3SE5 position switches are modern in Design
design, compact, modular and simple to connect. They save
time and increase flexibility during installation of a whole range All enclosure variants have an integrated chlorinated rubber
of switch variants. In principle it is possible to combine any diaphragm for high functional safety in cold and aggressive
enclosure with any operating mechanism, paying due environments.
consideration to the EN 50041 and EN 50047 standards where Enclosure sizes

2
necessary.
The 3SE5 switches are available in five different enclosure sizes
Complete units with 2 or 3 contacts and with the XL enclosure:
Popular versions of the position switches in standard enclosures • Open-type position switch IP20 or IP10
are available as complete units. • Plastic enclosures according to EN 50047, 31 mm wide, IP65,
1 cable entry
• Metal enclosures according to EN 50047, 31 mm wide,
IP66/IP67, 1 cable entry
• Plastic and metal enclosures according to EN 50041,
40 mm wide, IP66/IP67, 1 cable entry
• Plastic enclosures, 50 mm wide, IP66/IP67, 2 cable entries
• Metal enclosures, 56 mm wide, IP66/IP67, 3 cable entries
• XL metal enclosures with 4 to 6 contacts, 56 mm wide,
IP66/IP67, 3 cable entries
Enclosure versions
Various basic switches can be selected for the enclosures of the
3SE5 series:
• With contact blocks with two or three contacts (screw
terminals) designed as slow-action or snap-action contacts;
the slow-action contacts also with make-before-break
3SE5 position switches with plastic and metal enclosures • Optional LED status display
Modular system • With mounted four- or five-pole M12 connector socket
(available for the wide enclosures as an accessory for
The 3SE5 series is the modular system comprising different self-assembly)
sizes of the basic switch and an actuator which must be ordered
separately. Thanks to the modular design of the switch the user • With 6-pole connector socket + PE on the metal enclosures
can select the right solution for his application from numerous • Versions with increased corrosion protection
versions and install it himself in a very short time. • Versions for operating temperature down to –40 °C
Simple plug-in mounting enables fast replacement of the • AS-Interface version with integrated ASIsafe electronics for all
actuator heads. enclosure designs (see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 12)
Actuator variants
All operating mechanisms can be rotated around the axis in
increments of 22.5°. The following actuator variants are
available:
• Standard, rounded and roller plungers
• Roller levers and angular roller levers
• Spring rod
• Twist levers and rod actuators with twist lever actuator
• Fork levers with twist lever actuator
The actuator rollers are available with various materials and
diameters.

Examples of selection options in the modular system

NSC0_00829a

Twist actuators for twist levers and rod levers,

with setting of switching direction to right, left, or right/left
(standard for all twist lever actuators except fork levers)

2/248 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

SIRIUS 3SE5 Mechanical Position Switches

General data
Cover design Mounting
The mechanical position switches have a turquoise cover, and Simple plug-in mounting
the mechanical safety switches have a yellow cover. for fast replacement of the actuator heads

2 70
_00
IC01
On request the switches can be delivered ex works with a yellow Open the cover (1)
cover. The cover does not have any effect on the way the switch Actuate the locking lever (2)
works. Both versions can be used in safety applications. Replace the head (rotatable by 16 x 22.5°) (3)
Lock and close the cover (4)
Diverse contact types
Quick-connect technology
Exchangeable two and three-pole contact blocks
for all enclosure sizes For plastic enclosure with a width of 31 mm

The three-pole contact block with snap-action or slow-action

contacts is regularly available for all enclosure forms. The same These position switches can be wired quickly and easily as an
installation space is required as for a two-pole block. The version added customer benefit. The connecting cable is first
with 1 NO + 2 NC offers for example more safety through connected to the terminals of the contact block and then guided
redundant shutdowns (2 NC contacts) with simultaneous through a slit into the cable gland opening. The time saved
signaling (NO contact). The three-pole blocks are also available through this new connection method is approx. 20 to 25 %.
with make-before-break and with 2 NO + 1 NC.
A cable gland with seal must be used with the quick-connect
Contact reliability method.
The contact blocks ensure an extremely high contact stability. Optional LED indicators
This applies even when the devices are switching low voltages
and currents, e.g. 1 mA at 5 V DC. LED indicators are available for all enclosure sizes except for XL.
The enclosures are supplied with an LED signaling indicator
Positive opening q (1 × green + 1 × yellow). This is the first time that optical
signaling equipment is also available for small standard
The NC contacts of the switch are forced open mechanically, enclosures according to EN 50047. The LEDs are implemented
positively-driven and reliably by the plunger. This is referred to in 24 V DC and 230 V AC.
as "positive opening".

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/249

 © Siemens AG 2018

SIRIUS 3SE5 Mechanical Position Switches

General data
Article No. scheme
Product versions
SIRIUS position and safety switches 3SE @ @ @ @ – @ @ @ @ @
Series 5
Standard EN 50041 1
EN 50047 2
With tumbler 3

2
Enclosure material and width e.g. 1 = metal, narrow @
Connection Cable entry, connector sockets 2
4/5
LEDs None 0
24 V DC 1
115 V AC 2
230 V AC 3
Version of contacts e.g. C = snap-action 1 NO + 1 NC @
Version of operating mechanism e.g. C02 = rounded plunger @ @ @
Example 3SE 5 1 1 2 – 0 C C 0 2
Note:
The Article No. scheme shows an overview of product versions For your orders, please use the article numbers quoted in the
for better understanding of the logic behind the article numbers. selection and ordering data.

■ Benefits
The 3SE5 position switches differ from the previous series • Elements with 1 NO + 2 NC slow-action contacts with
through the following new characteristics: make-before-break and 2 NO + 1 NC.
• The modular design of the product range allows a number of • The short-stroke contact block 1 NO + 1 NC improves the
versions with a smaller number of bearing types for precision of the switching operation through a reduced
enclosures and operating mechanisms. actuation path.
• All actuators can be turned around the axis in increments of • The contact block with 1 NO + 1 NC snap-action contacts with
22.5° (see picture, page 2/249). 2 x 2 mm contact opening is suitable for simultaneous
• Rounded and roller plungers according to EN 50041 with disconnection and signaling, particularly in the elevator
3 mm overtravel (total travel 9 mm) for greater tolerance when industry.
switching. • XL metal enclosures for accommodating two 2 or 3-pole
• All enclosure sizes – now also including the small enclosure contact blocks.
31 mm wide – are optionally available with an LED signaling • The plastic enclosure with a width of 31 mm has simple and
indicator (see picture, page 2/249). fast wiring equipment which saves approx. 20 to 25 % of the
• All enclosure variants have an integrated chlorinated rubber time when connecting (see picture, page 2/249).
diaphragm for high functional safety in cold and aggressive • The ASIsafe electronic component is integrated in the
environments. enclosure for the versions with AS-Interface connection (see
• All contact blocks are replaceable. www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 12); an additional adapter is
not required.
• The three-pole contact blocks are available for all enclosure
sizes (see picture, page 2/249).

■ Application
With the standard position switches, mechanical positions of Safety position switches
moving machine parts are converted into electrical signals.
Through their modular and uniform design and large number of For controls according to IEC 60204-1 or EN 60204-1 the
variants, the devices can comply with practically all devices can be used as a safety position switch. They comply
requirements in industry. with the standard EN ISO 14119. A TÜV certificate is available.
To secure position switches against changes in their position,
Devices are available with enclosure versions to suit the keyed techniques must be employed on installation.
particular ambient conditions. Different control tasks can be
performed with the best contact blocks suited for the particular Safety circuits
purpose. And many different actuator variants are available to Standards IEC 60947-5-1 and EN 60947-5-1 require positive
match the mechanical configuration of the moving machined opening of the NC contacts. In other words, for the purposes of
parts. Dimensions, fixing points and characteristics are largely in personal safety, the assured opening of NC contacts is
accordance with the EN 50041 or EN 50047 standards. expressly stipulated for the electrical equipment of machines in
The devices are suitable for use in any climate. all safety circuits and marked in accordance with the IEC
standard 60947-5-1 with the symbol q.
Standards
Category 2 according to EN ISO 13849-1 can be attained with
IEC 60947-5-1 or EN 60947-5-1 3SE5 position switches with q, and category 3 or 4 when using
an additional position switch, if the corresponding fail-safe
The protective measure of "total insulation" by the molded-plastic evaluation units are selected and correctly connected. Example:
enclosure is guaranteed by the use of molded-plastic screw 3SK or 3TK28 safety relays or the corresponding devices from
glands. the ASIsafe, SIMATIC or SINUMERIK programs. The operating
mechanisms (actuators) must also be connected to the
enclosure by keyed techniques. The corresponding operating
mechanisms are marked in the catalog with q.

2/250 Siemens IC 12 · 2019

 © Siemens AG 2018

SIRIUS 3SE5 Mechanical Position Switches

General data
Contacts for every application Spring rod
• Snap-action contacts: NC and NO contacts switch • Can be used for undefined actuations and changing starting
simultaneously – regardless of the actuating speed conditions
(vmin = 0.01 m/s) and contact erosion. • Starting from any direction is possible
• Slow-action contacts: Difference in travel between Twist levers and rod actuators
"NC contact opens" and "NO contact closes"; the switching
speed is the same as or proportional to the actuating speed • For a high starting speed (v = 1.5 m/s)
(vmin = 0.4 m/s). • Variety of starting options

2
• Insensitive to oil, grinding dust and coarse-grained material
• Slow-action contacts with make-before-break: e.g. suitable for • Adjustment of the lever in increments of 10°
adding a second function to a sequence control. • Can be adjusted with left or right switching
Operating mechanisms for every application Fork lever
Standard, rounded and roller plungers • Switchable in two directions
• Operation in direction of the plunger axis or in case of roller • Latching actuator
plunger with bar at right angles to the plunger axis. • For reciprocating movements
• The roller plunger is recommended for lateral actuation and
relatively long overtravel.
Roller levers and angular roller levers
• For actuators made of finely ground steel in the form of cams,
straight-edges (approach angle 30°) or cam disks.
Monitoring with fail-safe evaluation units from the 3SK and 3RK3 series
Safe evaluation units Maximum achievable safety level according to type of switch
Compact Standard Hinge Separate Tumbler
actuator

3SE54 3SE51 / 3SE52 3SE51 / 3SE52 3SE51 / 3SE52 3SE53

3SK 3RK3 q q q q q
Use of only one
position switch/safety switch
Monitoring with 1 contact:
SIL 1 / PL c
1 x NC contact
Monitoring with 2 contacts:
2 x NC contact or 1 x NC contact + SIL 1 / PL c SIL 2 / PL d
1 x NO contact
Use of a second
position switch/safety switch
Standard switch 3SE51 / 3SE52
Safety switch / hinge switch 3SE51 / 3SE52
SIL 3 / PLe
Safety switch with separate actuator 3SE51 / 3SE52
Safety switches with tumbler 3SE53
Note:
Taking account of certain fault exclusions (e.g. actuator For more information, see
breakage), use of just one hinge switch or a switch with separate https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/view/35443942.
actuator with or without tumbler up to SIL 2 or PL d is possible as The maximum achievable SIL or PL always depends on other
described in the table. assumptions as well. Factors to be taken into account include
Since the machine manufacturer must provide proof of fault the DC (declaration), the CCF, and the number of actuations.
exclusion, the component manufacturer is unable to carry out a For information on the safe evaluation units and an introduction
definitive assessment of the measures taken. to safety systems, see www.siemens.com/ic10, Chapter 11.

Siemens IC 12 · 2019 2/251